[Title 40 CFR 141]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 1996 Edition]
[Title 40 - PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT]
[Chapter I - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)]
[Part 141 - NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]




  40
  PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
  10
  1996-07-01
  1996-07-01
  false
  NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
  141
  PART 141
  
    PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)
  


PART 141--NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS--Table of Contents




                           Subpart A--General

Sec.
141.1  Applicability.
141.2  Definitions.
141.3  Coverage.
141.4  Variances and exemptions.
141.5  Siting requirements.
141.6  Effective dates.
Subpart B--Maximum Contaminant Levels
141.11  Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic chemicals.
141.12  Maximum contaminant levels for organic chemicals.
141.13  Maximum contaminant levels for turbidity.
141.15  Maximum contaminant levels for radium-226, radium-228, and gross 
          alpha particle radioactivity in community water systems.
141.16  Maximum contaminant levels for beta particle and photon 
          radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in community water 
          systems.
Subpart C--Monitoring and Analytical Requirements
141.21  Coliform sampling.
141.22  Turbidity sampling and analytical requirements.
141.23  Inorganic chemical sampling and analytical requirements.
141.24  Organic chemicals other than total trihalomethanes, sampling and 
          analytical requirements.
141.25  Analytical methods for radioactivity.
141.26  Monitoring frequency for radioactivity in community water 
          systems.
141.27  Alternate analytical techniques.
141.28  Certified laboratories.
141.29  Monitoring of consecutive public water systems.
141.30  Total trihalomethanes sampling, analytical and other 
          requirements.
Subpart D--Reporting, Public Notification and Recordkeeping
141.31  Reporting requirements.
141.32  Public notification.
141.33  Record maintenance.
141.34  [Reserved]
141.35  Reporting and public notification for certain unregulated 
          contaminants.
Subpart E--Special Regulations, Including Monitoring Regulations and 
Prohibition on Lead Use
141.40  Special monitoring for inorganic and organic contaminants.
141.41  Special monitoring for sodium.
141.42  Special monitoring for corrosivity characteristics.
141.43  Prohibition on use of lead pipes, solder, and flux.
Subpart F--Maximum Contaminant Level Goals
141.50  Maximum contaminant level goals for organic contaminants.
141.51  Maximum contaminant level goals for inorganic contaminants.
141.52  Maximum contaminant level goals for microbiological 
          contaminants.
Subpart G--National Revised Primary Drinking Water Regulations: Maximum 
Contaminant Levels
141.60  Effective dates.
141.61  Maximum contaminant levels for organic contaminants.
141.62  Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants.
141.63  Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for microbiological 
          contaminants.
Subpart H--Filtration and Disinfection
141.70  General requirements.
141.71  Criteria for avoiding filtration.
141.72  Disinfection.
141.73  Filtration.
141.74  Analytical and monitoring requirements.
141.75  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Subpart I--Control of Lead and Copper
141.80  General requirements.

[[Page 289]]

141.81  Applicability of corrosion control treatment steps to small, 
          medium-size and large water systems.
141.82  Description of corrosion control treatment requirements.
141.83  Source water treatment requirements.
141.84  Lead service line replacement requirements.
141.85  Public education and supplemental monitoring requirements.
141.86  Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in tap water.
141.87  Monitoring requirements for water quality parameters.
141.88  Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in source water.
141.89  Analytical methods.
141.90  Reporting requirements.
141.91  Recordkeeping requirements.
Subpart J--Use of Non-Centralized Treatment Devices
141.100  Criteria and procedures for public water systems using point-
          of-entry devices.
141.101  Use of other non-centralized treatment devices.
Subpart K--Treatment Techniques
141.110  General requirements.
141.111  Treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin.
Subpart M--Information Collection Requirements (ICR) for Public Water 
Systems
141.140  Definitions specific to subpart M.
141.141  General requirements, applicability, and schedule for 
          information collection.
141.142  Disinfection byproduct and related monitoring.
141.143  Microbial monitoring.
141.144  Disinfection byproduct precursor removal studies.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5, 
300g-6, 300j-4, and 300j-9.

    Source: 40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, unless otherwise noted.

    Note: For community water systems serving 75,000 or more persons, 
monitoring must begin 1 year following promulation and the effective 
date of the MCL is 2 years following promulgation. For community water 
systems serving 10,000 to 75,000 persons, monitoring must begin within 3 
years from the date of promulgation and the effective date of the MCL is 
4 years from the date of promulgation. Effective immediately, systems 
that plan to make significant modifications to their treatment processes 
for the purpose of complying with the TTHM MCL are required to seek and 
obtain State approval of their treatment modification plans. This note 
affects Secs. 141.2, 141.6, 141.12, 141.24 and 141.30. For additional 
information see 44 FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979.



                           Subpart A--General



Sec. 141.1   Applicability.

    This part establishes primary drinking water regulations pursuant to 
section 1412 of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by the Safe 
Drinking Water Act (Pub. L. 93-523); and related regulations applicable 
to public water systems.



Sec. 141.2   Definitions.

    As used in this part, the term:
    Act means the Public Health Service Act, as amended by the Safe 
Drinking Water Act, Public Law 93-523.
    Action level, is the concentration of lead or copper in water 
specified in Sec. 141.80(c) which determines, in some cases, the 
treatment requirements contained in subpart I of this part that a water 
system is required to complete.
    Best available technology or BAT means the best technology, 
treatment techniques, or other means which the Administrator finds, 
after examination for efficacy under field conditions and not solely 
under laboratory conditions, are available (taking cost into 
consideration). For the purposes of setting MCLs for synthetic organic 
chemicals, any BAT must be at least as effective as granular activated 
carbon.
    Coagulation means a process using coagulant chemicals and mixing by 
which colloidal and suspended materials are destabilized and 
agglomerated into flocs.
    Community water system means a public water system which serves at 
least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly 
serves at least 25 year-round residents.
    Compliance cycle means the nine-year calendar year cycle during 
which public water systems must monitor. Each compliance cycle consists 
of three three-year compliance periods. The first calendar year cycle 
begins January 1, 1993 and ends December 31, 2001; the second begins 
January 1, 2002 and ends December 31, 2010; the third begins

[[Page 290]]

January 1, 2011 and ends December 31, 2019.
    Compliance period means a three-year calendar year period within a 
compliance cycle. Each compliance cycle has three three-year compliance 
periods. Within the first compliance cycle, the first compliance period 
runs from January 1, 1993 to December 31, 1995; the second from January 
1, 1996 to December 31, 1998; the third from January 1, 1999 to December 
31, 2001.
    Confluent growth means a continuous bacterial growth covering the 
entire filtration area of a membrane filter, or a portion thereof, in 
which bacterial colonies are not discrete.
    Contaminant means any physical, chemical, biological, or 
radiological substance or matter in water.
    Conventional filtration treatment means a series of processes 
including coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration 
resulting in substantial particulate removal.
    Corrosion inhibitor means a substance capable of reducing the 
corrosivity of water toward metal plumbing materials, especially lead 
and copper, by forming a protective film on the interior surface of 
those materials.
    CT or CTcalc is the product of ``residual disinfectant 
concentration'' (C) in mg/1 determined before or at the first customer, 
and the corresponding ``disinfectant contact time'' (T) in minutes, 
i.e., ``C'' x ``T''. If a public water system applies disinfectants at 
more than one point prior to the first customer, it must determine the 
CT of each disinfectant sequence before or at the first customer to 
determine the total percent inactivation or ``total inactivation 
ratio.'' In determining the total inactivation ratio, the public water 
system must determine the residual disinfectant concentration of each 
disinfection sequence and corresponding contact time before any 
subsequent disinfection application point(s). ``CT99.9'' is the CT 
value required for 99.9 percent (3-log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia 
cysts. CT99.9 for a variety of disinfectants and conditions appear 
in Tables 1.1-1.6, 2.1, and 3.1 of Sec. 141.74(b)(3).

                                                                        
                                 CTcalc                                 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 CT99.9                                 
                                                                        

is the inactivation ratio. The sum of the inactivation ratios, or total 
inactivation ratio shown as

                                                                        
                                                   (CTcalc)             
                           ------------------------------------
                                                   (CT99.9)             
                                                                        

is calculated by adding together the inactivation ratio for each 
disinfection sequence. A total inactivation ratio equal to or greater 
than 1.0 is assumed to provide a 3-log inactivation of Giardia lamblia 
cysts.
    Diatomaceous earth filtration means a process resulting in 
substantial particulate removal in which (1) a precoat cake of 
diatomaceous earth filter media is deposited on a support membrance 
(septum), and (2) while the water is filtered by passing through the 
cake on the septum, additional filter media known as body feed is 
continuously added to the feed water to maintain the permeability of the 
filter cake.
    Direct filtration means a series of processes including coagulation 
and filtration but excluding sedimentation resulting in substantial 
particulate removal.
    Disinfectant means any oxidant, including but not limited to 
chlorine, chlorine dioxide, chloramines, and ozone added to water in any 
part of the treatment or distribution process, that is intended to kill 
or inactivate pathogenic microorganisms.
    Disinfectant contact time (``T'' in CT calculations) means the time 
in minutes that it takes for water to move from the point of 
disinfectant application or the previous point of disinfectant residual 
measurement to a point before or at the point where residual 
disinfectant concentration (``C'') is measured. Where only one ``C'' is 
measured, ``T'' is the time in minutes that it takes for water to move 
from the point of disinfectant application to a point before or at where 
residual disinfectant concentration (``C'') is measured. Where more than 
one ``C'' is measured, ``T'' is (a) for the first measurement of ``C'', 
the time in minutes that it takes for water to move from

[[Page 291]]

the first or only point of disinfectant application to a point before or 
at the point where the first ``C'' is measured and (b) for subsequent 
measurements of ``C'', the time in minutes that it takes for water to 
move from the previous ``C'' measurement point to the ``C'' measurement 
point for which the particular ``T'' is being calculated. Disinfectant 
contact time in pipelines must be calculated based on ``plug flow'' by 
dividing the internal volume of the pipe by the maximum hourly flow rate 
through that pipe. Disinfectant contact time within mixing basins and 
storage reservoirs must be determined by tracer studies or an equivalent 
demonstration.
    Disinfection means a process which inactivates pathogenic organisms 
in water by chemical oxidants or equivalent agents.
    Domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem means a 
coliform contamination problem in a public water system with more than 
one service connection that is limited to the specific service 
connection from which the coliform-positive sample was taken.
    Dose equivalent means the product of the absorbed dose from ionizing 
radiation and such factors as account for differences in biological 
effectiveness due to the type of radiation and its distribution in the 
body as specified by the International Commission on Radiological Units 
and Measurements (ICRU).
    Effective corrosion inhibitor residual, for the purpose of subpart I 
of this part only, means a concentration sufficient to form a 
passivating film on the interior walls of a pipe.
    Filtration means a process for removing particulate matter from 
water by passage through porous media.
    First draw sample means a one-liter sample of tap water, collected 
in accordance with Sec. 141.86(b)(2), that has been standing in plumbing 
pipes at least 6 hours and is collected without flushing the tap.
    Flocculation means a process to enhance agglomeration or collection 
of smaller floc particles into larger, more easily settleable particles 
through gentle stirring by hydraulic or mechanical means.
    Ground water under the direct influence of surface water means any 
water beneath the surface of the ground with (1) significant occurrence 
of insects or other macroorganisms, algae, or large-diameter pathogens 
such as Giardia lamblia, or (2) significant and relatively rapid shifts 
in water characteristics such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, 
or pH which closely correlate to climatological or surface water 
conditions. Direct influence must be determined for individual sources 
in accordance with criteria established by the State. The State 
determination of direct influence may be based on site-specific 
measurements of water quality and/or documentation of well construction 
characteristics and geology with field evaluation.
    Gross alpha particle activity means the total radioactivity due to 
alpha particle emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.
    Gross beta particle activity means the total radioactivity due to 
beta particle emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.
    Halogen means one of the chemical elements chlorine, bromine or 
iodine.
    Initial compliance period means the first full three-year compliance 
period which begins at least 18 months after promulgation, except for 
contaminants listed at Sec. 141.61(a) (19)-(21), (c)(19)-(33), and 
Sec. 141.62(b) (11)-(15), initial compliance period means the first full 
three-year compliance period after promulgation for systems with 150 or 
more service connections (January 1993-December 1995), and first full 
three-year compliance period after the effective date of the regulation 
(January 1996-December 1998) for systems having fewer than 150 service 
connections.
    Large water system, for the purpose of subpart I of this part only, 
means a water system that serves more than 50,000 persons.
    Lead service line means a service line made of lead which connects 
the water main to the building inlet and any lead pigtail, gooseneck or 
other fitting which is connected to such lead line.
    Legionella means a genus of bacteria, some species of which have 
caused a type of pneumonia called Legionnaires Disease.

[[Page 292]]

    Man-made beta particle and photon emitters means all radionuclides 
emitting beta particles and/or photons listed in Maximum Permissible 
Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentration of Radionuclides in 
Air or Water for Occupational Exposure, NBS Handbook 69, except the 
daughter products of thorium-232, uranium-235 and uranium-238.
    Maximum contaminant level means the maximum permissable level of a 
contaminant in water which is delivered to any user of a public water 
system.
    Maximum contaminant level goal or MCLG means the maximum level of a 
contaminant in drinking water at which no known or anticipated adverse 
effect on the health of persons would occur, and which allows an 
adequate margin of safety. Maximum contaminant level goals are 
nonenforceable health goals.
    Maximum Total Trihalomethane Potential (MTP) means the maximum 
concentration of total trihalomethanes produced in a given water 
containing a disinfectant residual after 7 days at a temperature of 
25 deg. C or above.
    Medium-size water system, for the purpose of subpart I of this part 
only, means a water system that serves greater than 3,300 and less than 
or equal to 50,000 persons.
    Near the first service connection means at one of the 20 percent of 
all service connections in the entire system that are nearest the water 
supply treatment facility, as measured by water transport time within 
the distribution system.
    Non-community water system means a public water system that is not a 
community water system.
    Non-transient non-community water system or NTNCWS means a public 
water system that is not a community water system and that regularly 
serves at least 25 of the same persons over 6 months per year.
    Optimal corrosion control treatment, for the purpose of subpart I of 
this part only, means the corrosion control treatment that minimizes the 
lead and copper concentrations at users' taps while insuring that the 
treatment does not cause the water system to violate any national 
primary drinking water regulations.
    Performance evaluation sample means a reference sample provided to a 
laboratory for the purpose of demonstrating that the laboratory can 
successfully analyze the sample within limits of performance specified 
by the Agency. The true value of the concentration of the reference 
material is unknown to the laboratory at the time of the analysis.
    Person means an individual; corporation; company; association; 
partnership; municipality; or State, Federal, or tribal agency.
    Picocurie (pCi) means the quantity of radioactive material producing 
2.22 nuclear transformations per minute.
    Point of disinfectant application is the point where the 
disinfectant is applied and water downstream of that point is not 
subject to recontamination by surface water runoff.
    Point-of-entry treatment device is a treatment device applied to the 
drinking water entering a house or building for the purpose of reducing 
contaminants in the drinking water distributed throughout the house or 
building.
    Point-of-use treatment device is a treatment device applied to a 
single tap used for the purpose of reducing contaminants in drinking 
water at that one tap.
    Public water system or PWS means a system for the provision to the 
public of piped water for human consumption, if such system has at least 
fifteen service connections or regularly serves an average of at least 
twenty-five individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. Such 
term includes (1) any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution 
facilities under control of the operator of such system and used 
primarily in connection with such system, and (2) any collection or 
pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used 
primarily in connection with such system. A public water system is 
either a ``community water system'' or a ``noncommunity water system.''
    Rem means the unit of dose equivalent from ionizing radiation to the 
total body or any internal organ or organ system. A ``millirem (mrem)'' 
is 1/1000 of a rem.

[[Page 293]]

    Repeat compliance period means any subsequent compliance period 
after the initial compliance period.
    Residual disinfectant concentration (``C'' in CT calculations) means 
the concentration of disinfectant measured in mg/l in a representative 
sample of water.
    Sanitary survey means an onsite review of the water source, 
facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance of a public water 
system for the purpose of evaluating the adequacy of such source, 
facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance for producing and 
distributing safe drinking water.
    Sedimentation means a process for removal of solids before 
filtration by gravity or separation.
    Service line sample means a one-liter sample of water collected in 
accordance with Sec. 141.86(b)(3), that has been standing for at least 6 
hours in a service line.
    Single family structure, for the purpose of subpart I of this part 
only, means a building constructed as a single-family residence that is 
currently used as either a residence or a place of business.
    Slow sand filtration means a process involving passage of raw water 
through a bed of sand at low velocity (generally less than 0.4 m/h) 
resulting in substantial particulate removal by physical and biological 
mechanisms.
    Small water system, for the purpose of subpart I of this part only, 
means a water system that serves 3,300 persons or fewer.
    Standard sample means the aliquot of finished drinking water that is 
examined for the presence of coliform bacteria.
    State means the agency of the State or Tribal government which has 
jurisdiction over public water systems. During any period when a State 
or Tribal government does not have primary enforcement responsibility 
pursuant to section 1413 of the Act, the term ``State'' means the 
Regional Administrator, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Supplier of water means any person who owns or operates a public 
water system.
    Surface water means all water which is open to the atmosphere and 
subject to surface runoff.
    System with a single service connection means a system which 
supplies drinking water to consumers via a single service line.
    Too numerous to count means that the total number of bacterial 
colonies exceeds 200 on a 47-mm diameter membrane filter used for 
coliform detection.
    Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) means the sum of the concentration in 
milligrams per liter of the trihalomethane compounds (trichloromethane 
[chloroform], dibromochloromethane, bromodichloromethane and 
tribromomethane [bromoform]), rounded to two significant figures.
    Transient non-community water system or TWS means a non-community 
water system that does not regularly serve at least 25 of the same 
persons over six months per year.
    Trihalomethane (THM) means one of the family of organic compounds, 
named as derivatives of methane, wherein three of the four hydrogen 
atoms in methane are each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular 
structure.
    Virus means a virus of fecal origin which is infectious to humans by 
waterborne transmission.
    Waterborne disease outbreak means the significant occurrence of 
acute infectious illness, epidemiologically associated with the 
ingestion of water from a public water system which is deficient in 
treatment, as determined by the appropriate local or State agency.

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 28403, July 9, 1976; 44 
FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979; 51 FR 11410, Apr. 2, 1986; 52 FR 20674, June 2, 
1987; 52 FR 25712, July 8, 1987; 53 FR 37410, Sept. 26, 1988; 54 FR 
27526, 27562, June 29, 1989; 56 FR 3578, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 26547, 
June 7, 1991; 57 FR 31838, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34322, July 1, 1994; 61 
FR 24368, May 14, 1996]

    Effective Date Note: At 61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996, Sec. 141.2 was 
amended by adding ``or PWS'' to the definition for ``Public water 
system'', effective June 18, 1996 and will expire on Dec. 31, 2000.



Sec. 141.3   Coverage.

    This part shall apply to each public water system, unless the public 
water system meets all of the following conditions:
    (a) Consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does 
not have

[[Page 294]]

any collection and treatment facilities);
    (b) Obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by, 
a public water system to which such regulations apply:
    (c) Does not sell water to any person; and
    (d) Is not a carrier which conveys passengers in interstate 
commerce.



Sec. 141.4   Variances and exemptions.

    (a) Variances or exemptions from certain provisions of these 
regulations may be granted pursuant to sections 1415 and 1416 of the Act 
by the entity with primary enforcement responsibility, except that 
variances or exemptions from the MCL for total coliforms and variances 
from any of the treatment technique requirements of subpart H of this 
part may not be granted.
    (b) EPA has stayed the effective date of this section relating to 
the total coliform MCL of Sec. 141.63(a) for systems that demonstrate to 
the State that the violation of the total coliform MCL is due to a 
persistent growth of total coliforms in the distribution system rather 
than fecal or pathogenic contamination, a treatment lapse or deficiency, 
or a problem in the operation or maintenance of the distribution system.

[54 FR 27562, June 29, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 1557, Jan. 15, 1991]



Sec. 141.5   Siting requirements.

    Before a person may enter into a financial commitment for or 
initiate construction of a new public water system or increase the 
capacity of an existing public water system, he shall notify the State 
and, to the extent practicable, avoid locating part or all of the new or 
expanded facility at a site which:
    (a) Is subject to a significant risk from earthquakes, floods, fires 
or other disasters which could cause a breakdown of the public water 
system or a portion thereof; or
    (b) Except for intake structures, is within the floodplain of a 100-
year flood or is lower than any recorded high tide where appropriate 
records exist. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency will not seek to 
override land use decisions affecting public water systems siting which 
are made at the State or local government levels.



Sec. 141.6  Effective dates.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this 
section, and in Sec. 141.80(a)(2), the regulations set forth in this 
part shall take effect on June 24, 1977.
    (b) The regulations for total trihalomethanes set forth in 
Sec. 141.12(c) shall take effect 2 years after the date of promulgation 
of these regulations for community water systems serving 75,000 or more 
individuals, and 4 years after the date of promulgation for communities 
serving 10,000 to 74,999 individuals.
    (c) The regulations set forth in Secs. 141.11 (a), (d) and (e); 
141.14(a)(1); 141.14(b)(1)(i); 141.14(b)(2)(i); 141.14(d); 141.21 (a), 
(c) and (i); 141.22 (a) and (e); 141.23 (a)(3) and (a)(4); 141.23(f); 
141.24(a)(3); 141.24 (e) and (f); 141.25(e); 141.27(a); 141.28 (a) and 
(b); 141.31 (a), (d) and (e); 141.32(b)(3); and 141.32(d) shall take 
effect immediately upon promulgation.
    (d) The regulations set forth in Sec. 141.41 shall take effect 18 
months from the date of promulgation. Suppliers must complete the first 
round of sampling and reporting within 12 months following the effective 
date.
    (e) The regulations set forth in Sec. 141.42 shall take effect 18 
months from the date of promulgation. All requirements in Sec. 141.42 
must be completed within 12 months following the effective date.
    (f) The regulations set forth in Sec. 141.11(c) and Sec. 141.23(g) 
are effective May 2, 1986. Section 141.23(g)(4) is effective October 2, 
1987.
    (g) The regulations contained in Sec. 141.6, paragraph (c) of the 
table in 141.12, and 141.62(b)(1) are effective July 1, 1991. The 
regulations contained in Secs. 141.11(b), 141.23, 141.24, 142.57(b), 
143.4(b)(12) and (b)(13), are effective July 30, 1992. The regulations 
contained in the revisions to Secs. 141.32(e) (16), (25) through (27) 
and (46); 141.61(c)(16); and 141.62(b)(3) are effective January 1, 1993. 
The effective date of regulations contained in Sec. 141.61(c) (2), (3), 
and (4) is postponed.
    (h) Regulations for the analytic methods listed at Sec. 141.23(k)(4) 
for

[[Page 295]]

measuring antimony, beryllium, cyanide, nickel, and thallium are 
effective August 17, 1992. Regulations for the analytic methods listed 
at Sec. 141.24(f)(16) for dichloromethane, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and 
1,1,2-trichloroethane are effective August 17, 1992. Regulations for the 
analytic methods listed at Sec. 141.24(h)(12) for measuring dalapon, 
dinoseb, diquat, endothall, endrin, glyphosate, oxamyl, picloram, 
simazine, benzo(a)pyrene, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, and 
2,3,7,8-TCDD are effective August 17, 1992. The revision to 
Sec. 141.12(a) promulgated on July 17, 1992 is effective on August 17, 
1992.
    (i) Regulations for information collection requirements listed in 
Subpart M are effective August 14, 1996, and shall remain effective 
until December 31, 2000.

[44 FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 57342, Aug. 27, 1980; 
47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, 1982; 51 FR 11410, Apr. 2, 1986; 56 FR 30274, July 
1, 1991; 57 FR 22178, May 27, 1992; 57 FR 31838, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 
34322, July 1, 1994; 61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996]

    Effective Date Note: At 61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996, Sec. 141.6 is 
amended in paragraph (a) by revising the reference ``(a) through (h)'' 
to read ``(a) through (i)'' and by adding paragraph (i), effective June 
18, 1996 and will expire on Dec. 31, 2000.



                  Subpart B--Maximum Contaminant Levels



Sec. 141.11   Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic chemicals.

    (a) The maximum contaminant level for arsenic applies only to 
community water systems. Compliance with the MCL for arsenic is 
calculated pursuant to Sec. 141.23.
    (b) The maximum contaminant level for arsenic is 0.05 milligrams per 
liter.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) At the discretion of the State, nitrate levels not to exceed 20 
mg/l may be allowed in a non-community water system if the supplier of 
water demonstrates to the satisfaction of the State that:
    (1) Such water will not be available to children under 6 months of 
age; and
    (2) There will be continuous posting of the fact that nitrate levels 
exceed 10 mg/l and the potential health effects of exposure; and
    (3) Local and State public health authorities will be notified 
annually of nitrate levels that exceed 10 mg/l; and
    (4) No adverse health effects shall result.

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 57342, Aug. 27, 1980; 
47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, 1982; 51 FR 11410, Apr. 2, 1986; 56 FR 3578, Jan. 
30, 1991; 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 30274, July 1, 1991; 56 FR 
32113, July 15, 1991; 60 FR 33932, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.12  Maximum contaminant levels for organic chemicals.

    The following are the maximum contaminant levels for organic 
chemicals. The maximum contaminant levels for organic chemicals in 
paragraph (a) of this section apply to all community water systems. 
Compliance with the maximum contaminant level in paragraph (a) of this 
section is calculated pursuant to Sec. 141.24. The maximum contaminant 
level for total trihalomethanes in paragraph (c) of this section applies 
only to community water systems which serve a population of 10,000 or 
more individuals and which add a disinfectant (oxidant) to the water in 
any part of the drinking water treatment process. Compliance with the 
maximum contaminant level for total trihalomethanes is calculated 
pursuant to Sec. 141.30.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Level,   
                                                             milligrams 
                                                              per liter 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) [Reserved]............................................              
(b) [Reserved]............................................              
(c) Total trihalomethanes (the sum of the concentrations                
 of bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane,                         
 tribromomethane (bromoform) and trichloromethane                       
 (chloroform))............................................        0.10  
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[56 FR 3578, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 31838, July 17, 1992]



Sec. 141.13   Maximum contaminant levels for turbidity.

    The maximum contaminant levels for turbidity are applicable to both 
community water systems and non-community water systems using surface 
water sources in whole or in part. The maximum contaminant levels for

[[Page 296]]

turbidity in drinking water, measured at a representative entry point(s) 
to the distribution system, are:

    Editorial Note: At 54 FR 27527, June 29, 1988, Sec. 141.13 was 
amended by adding introductory text, effective December 31, 1990. This 
section already contains an introductory text.
    The requirements in this section apply to unfiltered systems until 
December 30, 1991, unless the State has determined prior to that date, 
in writing pursuant to Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that filtration is 
required. The requirements in this section apply to filtered systems 
until June 29, 1993. The requirements in this section apply to 
unfiltered systems that the State has determined, in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), must install filtration, until June 29, 1993, 
or until filtration is installed, whichever is later.
    (a) One turbidity unit (TU), as determined by a monthly average 
pursuant to Sec. 141.22, except that five or fewer turbidity units may 
be allowed if the supplier of water can demonstrate to the State that 
the higher turbidity does not do any of the following:
    (1) Interfere with disinfection;
    (2) Prevent maintenance of an effective disinfectant agent 
throughout the distribution system; or
    (3) Interfere with microbiological determinations.
    (b) Five turbidity units based on an average for two consecutive 
days pursuant to Sec. 141.22.

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975]



Sec. 141.15   Maximum contaminant levels for radium-226, radium-228, and gross alpha particle radioactivity in community water systems.

    The following are the maximum contaminant levels for radium-226, 
radium-228, and gross alpha particle radioactivity:
    (a) Combined radium-226 and radium-228--5 pCi/1.
    (b) Gross alpha particle activity (including radium-226 but 
excluding radon and uranium)--15 pCi/1.

[41 FR 28404, July 9, 1976]



Sec. 141.16   Maximum contaminant levels for beta particle and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in community water systems.

    (a) The average annual concentration of beta particle and photon 
radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water shall not 
produce an annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal 
organ greater than 4 millirem/year.
    (b) Except for the radionuclides listed in Table A, the 
concentration of man-made radionuclides causing 4 mrem total body or 
organ dose equivalents shall be calculated on the basis of a 2 liter per 
day drinking water intake using the 168 hour data listed in ``Maximum 
Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentration of 
Radionuclides in Air or Water for Occupational Exposure,'' NBS Handbook 
69 as amended August 1963, U.S. Department of Commerce. If two or more 
radionuclides are present, the sum of their annual dose equivalent to 
the total body or to any organ shall not exceed 4 millirem/year.

 Table A--Average Annual Concentrations Assumed to Produce a Total Body 
                       or Organ Dose of 4 mrem/yr                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 pCi per
             Radionuclide                   Critical organ        liter 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tritium..............................  Total body..............   20,000
Strontium-90.........................  Bone marrow.............        8
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[41 FR 28404, July 9, 1976]



            Subpart C--Monitoring and Analytical Requirements



Sec. 141.21  Coliform sampling.

    (a) Routine monitoring. (1) Public water systems must collect total 
coliform samples at sites which are representative of water throughout 
the distribution system according to a written sample siting plan. These 
plans are subject to State review and revision.
    (2) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms for community water 
systems is based on the population served by the system, as follows:

[[Page 297]]



     Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency for Community Water Systems    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Minimum 
                                                               number of
                      Population served                         samples 
                                                               per month
------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 to 1,000 \1\..............................................          1
1,001 to 2,500...............................................          2
2,501 to 3,300...............................................          3
3,301 to 4,100...............................................          4
4,101 to 4,900...............................................          5
4,901 to 5,800...............................................          6
5,801 to 6,700...............................................          7
6,701 to 7,600...............................................          8
7,601 to 8,500...............................................          9
8,501 to 12,900..............................................         10
12,901 to 17,200.............................................         15
17,201 to 21,500.............................................         20
21,501 to 25,000.............................................         25
25,001 to 33,000.............................................         30
33,001 to 41,000.............................................         40
41,001 to 50,000.............................................         50
50,001 to 59,000.............................................         60
59,001 to 70,000.............................................         70
70,001 to 83,000.............................................         80
83,001 to 96,000.............................................         90
96,001 to 130,000............................................        100
130,001 to 220,000...........................................        120
220,001 to 320,000...........................................        150
320,001 to 450,000...........................................        180
450,001 to 600,000...........................................        210
600,001 to 780,000...........................................        240
780,001 to 970,000...........................................        270
970,001 to 1,230,000.........................................        300
1,230,001 to 1,520,000.......................................        330
1,520,001 to 1,850,000.......................................        360
1,850,001 to 2,270,000.......................................        390
2,270,001 to 3,020,000.......................................        420
3,020,001 to 3,960,000.......................................        450
3,960,001 or more............................................        480
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Includes public water systems which have at least 15 service        
  connections, but serve fewer than 25 persons.                         

If a community water system serving 25 to 1,000 persons has no history 
of total coliform contamination in its current configuration and a 
sanitary survey conducted in the past five years shows that the system 
is supplied solely by a protected groundwater source and is free of 
sanitary defects, the State may reduce the monitoring frequency 
specified above, except that in no case may the State reduce the 
monitoring frequency to less than one sample per quarter. The State must 
approve the reduced monitoring frequency in writing.
    (3) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms for non-community 
water systems is as follows:
    (i) A non-community water system using only ground water (except 
ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in 
Sec. 141.2) and serving 1,000 persons or fewer must monitor each 
calendar quarter that the system provides water to the public, except 
that the State may reduce this monitoring frequency, in writing, if a 
sanitary survey shows that the system is free of sanitary defects. 
Beginning June 29, 1994, the State cannot reduce the monitoring 
frequency for a non-community water system using only ground water 
(except ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as 
defined in Sec. 141.2) and serving 1,000 persons or fewer to less than 
once/year.
    (ii) A non-community water system using only ground water (except 
ground water under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in 
Sec. 141.2) and serving more than 1,000 persons during any month must 
monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized community water system, as 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, except the State may 
reduce this monitoring frequency, in writing, for any month the system 
serves 1,000 persons or fewer. The State cannot reduce the monitoring 
frequency to less than once/year. For systems using ground water under 
the direct influence of surface water, paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this 
section applies.
    (iii) A non-community water system using surface water, in total or 
in part, must monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized community 
water system, as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
regardless of the number of persons it serves.
    (iv) A non-community water system using ground water under the 
direct influence of surface water, as defined in Sec. 141.2, must 
monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized community water system, as 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The system must begin 
monitoring at this frequency beginning six months after the State 
determines that the ground water is under the direct influence of 
surface water.
    (4) The public water system must collect samples at regular time 
intervals throughout the month, except that a system which uses only 
ground water (except ground water under the direct influence of surface 
water, as defined in Sec. 141.2), and serves 4,900 persons or fewer, may 
collect all required samples

[[Page 298]]

on a single day if they are taken from different sites.
    (5) A public water system that uses surface water or ground water 
under the direct influence of surface water, as defined in Sec. 141.2, 
and does not practice filtration in compliance with Subpart H must 
collect at least one sample near the first service connection each day 
the turbidity level of the source water, measured as specified in 
Sec. 141.74(b)(2), exceeds 1 NTU. This sample must be analyzed for the 
presence of total coliforms. When one or more turbidity measurements in 
any day exceed 1 NTU, the system must collect this coliform sample 
within 24 hours of the first exceedance, unless the State determines 
that the system, for logistical reasons outside the system's control, 
cannot have the sample analyzed within 30 hours of collection. Sample 
results from this coliform monitoring must be included in determining 
compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63.
    (6) Special purpose samples, such as those taken to determine 
whether disinfection practices are sufficient following pipe placement, 
replacement, or repair, shall not be used to determine compliance with 
the MCL for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63. Repeat samples taken 
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section are not considered special 
purpose samples, and must be used to determine compliance with the MCL 
for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63.
    (b) Repeat monitoring. (1) If a routine sample is total coliform-
positive, the public water system must collect a set of repeat samples 
within 24 hours of being notified of the positive result. A system which 
collects more than one routine sample/month must collect no fewer than 
three repeat samples for each total coliform-positive sample found. A 
system which collects one routine sample/month or fewer must collect no 
fewer than four repeat samples for each total coliform-positive sample 
found. The State may extend the 24-hour limit on a case-by-case basis if 
the system has a logistical problem in collecting the repeat samples 
within 24 hours that is beyond its control. In the case of an extension, 
the State must specify how much time the system has to collect the 
repeat samples.
    (2) The system must collect at least one repeat sample from the 
sampling tap where the original total coliform-positive sample was 
taken, and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service 
connections upstream and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five 
service connections downstream of the original sampling site. If a total 
coliform-positive sample is at the end of the distribution system, or 
one away from the end of the distribution system, the State may waive 
the requirement to collect at least one repeat sample upstream or 
downstream of the original sampling site.
    (3) The system must collect all repeat samples on the same day, 
except that the State may allow a system with a single service 
connection to collect the required set of repeat samples over a four-day 
period or to collect a larger volume repeat sample(s) in one or more 
sample containers of any size, as long as the total volume collected is 
at least 400 ml (300 ml for systems which collect more than one routine 
sample/month).
    (4) If one or more repeat samples in the set is total coliform-
positive, the public water system must collect an additional set of 
repeat samples in the manner specified in paragraphs (b)(1)-(3) of this 
section. The additional samples must be collected within 24 hours of 
being notified of the positive result, unless the State extends the 
limit as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The system must 
repeat this process until either total coliforms are not detected in one 
complete set of repeat samples or the system determines that the MCL for 
total coliforms in Sec. 141.63 has been exceeded and notifies the State.
    (5) If a system collecting fewer than five routine samples/month has 
one or more total coliform-positive samples and the State does not 
invalidate the sample(s) under paragraph (c) of this section, it must 
collect at least five routine samples during the next month the system 
provides water to the public, except that the State may waive this 
requirement if the conditions of paragraph (b)(5) (i) or (ii) of this 
section are met. The State cannot waive

[[Page 299]]

the requirement for a system to collect repeat samples in paragraphs 
(b)(1)-(4) of this section.
    (i) The State may waive the requirement to collect five routine 
samples the next month the system provides water to the public if the 
State, or an agent approved by the State, performs a site visit before 
the end of the next month the system provides water to the public. 
Although a sanitary survey need not be performed, the site visit must be 
sufficiently detailed to allow the State to determine whether additional 
monitoring and/or any corrective action is needed. The State cannot 
approve an employee of the system to perform this site visit, even if 
the employee is an agent approved by the State to perform sanitary 
surveys.
    (ii) The State may waive the requirement to collect five routine 
samples the next month the system provides water to the public if the 
State has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive and 
establishes that the system has corrected the problem or will correct 
the problem before the end of the next month the system serves water to 
the public. In this case, the State must document this decision to waive 
the following month's additional monitoring requirement in writing, have 
it approved and signed by the supervisor of the State official who 
recommends such a decision, and make this document available to the EPA 
and public. The written documentation must describe the specific cause 
of the total coliform-positive sample and what action the system has 
taken and/or will take to correct this problem. The State cannot waive 
the requirement to collect five routine samples the next month the 
system provides water to the public solely on the grounds that all 
repeat samples are total coliform-negative. Under this paragraph, a 
system must still take at least one routine sample before the end of the 
next month it serves water to the public and use it to determine 
compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63, unless the 
State has determined that the system has corrected the contamination 
problem before the system took the set of repeat samples required in 
paragraphs (b)(1)-(4) of this section, and all repeat samples were total 
coliform-negative.
    (6) After a system collects a routine sample and before it learns 
the results of the analysis of that sample, if it collects another 
routine sample(s) from within five adjacent service connections of the 
initial sample, and the initial sample, after analysis, is found to 
contain total coliforms, then the system may count the subsequent 
sample(s) as a repeat sample instead of as a routine sample.
    (7) Results of all routine and repeat samples not invalidated by the 
State must be included in determining compliance with the MCL for total 
coliforms in Sec. 141.63.
    (c) Invalidation of total coliform samples. A total coliform-
positive sample invalidated under this paragraph (c) does not count 
towards meeting the minimum monitoring requirements of this section. (1) 
The State may invalidate a total coliform-positive sample only if the 
conditions of paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are 
met.
    (i) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused 
the total coliform-positive result.
    (ii) The State, on the basis of the results of repeat samples 
collected as required by paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this section, 
determines that the total coliform-positive sample resulted from a 
domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem. The State 
cannot invalidate a sample on the basis of repeat sample results unless 
all repeat sample(s) collected at the same tap as the original total 
coliform-positive sample are also total coliform-positive, and all 
repeat samples collected within five service connections of the original 
tap are total coliform-negative (e.g., a State cannot invalidate a total 
coliform-positive sample on the basis of repeat samples if all the 
repeat samples are total coliform-negative, or if the public water 
system has only one service connection).
    (iii) The State has substantial grounds to believe that a total 
coliform-positive result is due to a circumstance or condition which 
does not reflect water quality in the distribution system. In this case, 
the system

[[Page 300]]

must still collect all repeat samples required under paragraphs (b) (1)-
(4) of this section, and use them to determine compliance with the MCL 
for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63. To invalidate a total coliform-
positive sample under this paragraph, the decision with the rationale 
for the decision must be documented in writing, and approved and signed 
by the supervisor of the State official who recommended the decision. 
The State must make this document available to EPA and the public. The 
written documentation must state the specific cause of the total 
coliform-positive sample, and what action the system has taken, or will 
take, to correct this problem. The State may not invalidate a total 
coliform-positive sample solely on the grounds that all repeat samples 
are total coliform-negative.
    (2) A laboratory must invalidate a total coliform sample (unless 
total coliforms are detected) if the sample produces a turbid culture in 
the absence of gas production using an analytical method where gas 
formation is examined (e.g., the Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique), 
produces a turbid culture in the absence of an acid reaction in the 
Presence-Absence (P-A) Coliform Test, or exhibits confluent growth or 
produces colonies too numerous to count with an analytical method using 
a membrane filter (e.g., Membrane Filter Technique). If a laboratory 
invalidates a sample because of such interference, the system must 
collect another sample from the same location as the original sample 
within 24 hours of being notified of the interference problem, and have 
it analyzed for the presence of total coliforms. The system must 
continue to re-sample within 24 hours and have the samples analyzed 
until it obtains a valid result. The State may waive the 24-hour time 
limit on a case-by-case basis.
    (d) Sanitary surveys. (1)(i) Public water systems which do not 
collect five or more routine samples/month must undergo an initial 
sanitary survey by June 29, 1994, for community public water systems and 
June 29, 1999, for non-community water systems. Thereafter, systems must 
undergo another sanitary survey every five years, except that non-
community water systems using only protected and disinfected ground 
water, as defined by the State, must undergo subsequent sanitary surveys 
at least every ten years after the initial sanitary survey. The State 
must review the results of each sanitary survey to determine whether the 
existing monitoring frequency is adequate and what additional measures, 
if any, the system needs to undertake to improve drinking water quality.
    (ii) In conducting a sanitary survey of a system using ground water 
in a State having an EPA-approved wellhead protection program under 
section 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, information on sources of 
contamination within the delineated wellhead protection area that was 
collected in the course of developing and implementing the program 
should be considered instead of collecting new information, if the 
information was collected since the last time the system was subject to 
a sanitary survey.
    (2) Sanitary surveys must be performed by the State or an agent 
approved by the State. The system is responsible for ensuring the survey 
takes place.
    (e) Fecal coliforms/Escherichia coli (E. coli) testing. (1) If any 
routine or repeat sample is total coliform-positive, the system must 
analyze that total coliform-positive culture medium to determine if 
fecal coliforms are present, except that the system may test for E. coli 
in lieu of fecal coliforms. If fecal coliforms or E. coli are present, 
the system must notify the State by the end of the day when the system 
is notified of the test result, unless the system is notified of the 
result after the State office is closed, in which case the system must 
notify the State before the end of the next business day.
    (2) The State has the discretion to allow a public water system, on 
a case-by-case basis, to forgo fecal coliform or E. coli testing on a 
total coliform-positive sample if that system assumes that the total 
coliform-positive sample is fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-positive. 
Accordingly, the system must notify the State as specified in paragraph 
(e)(1) of this section and the provisions of Sec. 141.63(b) apply.

[[Page 301]]

    (f) Analytical methodology. (1) The standard sample volume required 
for total coliform analysis, regardless of analytical method used, is 
100 ml.
    (2) Public water systems need only determine the presence or absence 
of total coliforms; a determination of total coliform density is not 
required.
    (3) Public water systems must conduct total coliform analyses in 
accordance with one of the analytical methods in the following table. 
These methods are contained in the 18th edition of Standard Methods for 
the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992, American Public Health 
Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. A 
description of the Colisure Test may be obtained from the Millipore 
Corporation, Technical Services Department, 80 Ashby Road, Bedford, MA 
01730. The toll-free phone number is (800) 645-5476.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Organism                 Methodology           Citation     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Coliforms 1..............  Total Coliform      9221A, B.          
                                  Fermentation                          
                                  Technique 2,3,4.                      
                                 Total Coliform      9222A, B, C.       
                                  Membrane Filter                       
                                  Technique.                            
                                 Presence-Absence    9221D.             
                                  (P-A) Coliform                        
                                  Test 4,5.                             
                                 ONPG-MUG Test 6     9223.              
                                 Colisure Test 7...                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not   
  exceed 30 hours. Systems are encouraged but not required to hold      
  samples below 10 deg.C during transit.                                
\2\ Lactose broth, as commercially available, may be used in lieu of    
  laurel tryptose broth, if the system conducts at least 25 parallel    
  tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth using the water   
  normally tested, and this comparison demonstrates that the false-     
  positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliforms, using      
  lactose broth, is less than 10 percent.                               
\3\ If inverted tubes are used to detect gas production, the media      
  should cover these tubes at least one-half to two-thirds after the    
  sample is added.                                                      
\4\ No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of   
  all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.                          
\5\ Six-times formulation strength may be used if the medium is filter- 
  sterilized rather than autoclaved.                                    
\6\ The ONPG-MUG Test is also known as the Autoanalysis Colilert System.
\7\ The Colisure Test must be incubated for 28 hours before examining   
  the results. If an examination of the results at 28 hours is not      
  convenient, then results may be examined at any time between 28 hours 
  and 48 hours.                                                         

    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) Public water systems must conduct fecal coliform analysis in 
accordance with the following procedure. When the MTF Technique or 
Presence-Absence (PA) Coliform Test is used to test for total coliforms, 
shake the lactose-positive presumptive tube or P-A vigorously and 
transfer the growth with a sterile 3-mm loop or sterile applicator stick 
into brilliant green lactose bile broth and EC medium to determine the 
presence of total and fecal coliforms, respectively. For EPA-approved 
analytical methods which use a membrane filter, transfer the total 
coliform-positive culture by one of the following methods: remove the 
membrane containing the total coliform colonies from the substrate with 
a sterile forceps and carefully curl and insert the membrane into a tube 
of EC medium (the laboratory may first remove a small portion of 
selected colonies for verification), swab the entire membrane filter 
surface with a sterile cotton swab and transfer the inoculum to EC 
medium (do not leave the cotton swab in the EC medium), or inoculate 
individual total coliform-positive colonies into EC Medium. Gently shake 
the inoculated tubes of EC medium to insure adequate mixing and incubate 
in a waterbath at 44.5  0.2  deg.C for 24  2 
hours. Gas production of any amount in the inner fermentation tube of 
the EC medium indicates a positive fecal coliform test. The preparation 
of EC medium is described in the 18th edition of Standard Methods for 
the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992, Method 9221E--p. 9-52, 
paragraph 1a. Public water systems need only determine the presence or 
absence of fecal coliforms; a determination of fecal coliform density is 
not required.
    (6) Public water systems must conduct analysis of Escherichia coli 
in accordance with one of the following analytical methods:
    (i) EC medium supplemented with 50 g/ml of 4-
methylumbelliferyl-beta-D-glucuronide (MUG) (final concentration). EC 
medium is described in the 18th edition of Standard Methods for the 
Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992, Method 9221E--p. 9-52, 
paragraph 1a. MUG may be added to EC medium before autoclaving. EC 
medium supplemented with 50 g/ml of MUG is commercially 
available. At least 10 ml of EC medium supplemented with MUG must be 
used. The inner inverted fermentation tube may be omitted. The procedure 
for transferring a total coliform-positive culture to EC medium 
supplemented with MUG shall be as specified in paragraph (f)(5) of this 
section for transferring a total coliform-positive culture to EC medium. 
Observe fluorescence with an ultraviolet

[[Page 302]]

light (366 nm) in the dark after incubating tube at 44.5  
0.2  deg.C for 24  2 hours; or
    (ii) Nutrient agar supplemented with 100 g/ml 4-
methylumbelliferyl-beta-D-glucuronide (MUG) (final concentration). 
Nutrient Agar is described in the 18th edition of Standard Methods for 
the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992, p. 9-47 to 9-48. This 
test is used to determine if a total coliform-positive sample, as 
determined by the Membrane Filter Technique or any other method in which 
a membrane filter is used, contains E. coli. Transfer the membrane 
filter containing a total coliform colony(ies) to nutrient agar 
supplemented with 100 g/ml (final concentration) of MUG. After 
incubating the agar plate at 35  deg.C for 4 hours, observe the 
colony(ies) under ultraviolet light (366 nm) in the dark for 
fluorescence. If fluorescence is visible, E. coli are present.
    (iii) Minimal Medium ONPG-MUG (MMO-MUG) Test, as set forth in the 
article ``National Field Evaluation of a Defined Substrate Method for 
the Simultaneous Detection of Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli from 
Drinking Water: Comparison with Presence-Absence Techniques'' (Edberg et 
al.), Applied and Environmental Microbiology, Volume 55, pp. 1003-1008, 
April 1989. (Note: The Autoanalysis Colilert System is an MMO-MUG test). 
If the MMO-MUG test is total coliform-positive after a 24-hour 
incubation, test the medium for fluorescence with a 366-nm ultraviolet 
light (preferably with a 6-watt lamp) in the dark. If fluorescence is 
observed, the sample is E. coli-positive. If fluorescence is 
questionable (cannot be definitively read) after 24 hours incubation, 
incubate the culture for an additional four hours (but not to exceed 28 
hours total), and again test the medium for fluorescence. The MMO-MUG 
Test with hepes buffer in lieu of phosphate buffer is the only approved 
formulation for the detection of E. coli.
    (iv) The Colisure Test. A description of the Colisure Test may be 
obtained from the Millipore Corporation, Technical Services Department, 
80 Ashby Road, Bedford, MA 01730.
    (7) As an option to paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this section, a system 
with a total coliform-positive, MUG-negative, MMO-MUG test may further 
analyze the culture for the presence of E. coli by transferring a 0.1 
ml, 28-hour MMO-MUG culture to EC Medium + MUG with a pipet. The 
formulation and incubation conditions of EC Medium + MUG, and 
observation of the results are described in paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this 
section.
    (8) The following materials are incorporated by reference in this 
section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the 
analytical methods cited in Standard Methods for the Examination of 
Water and Wastewater may be obtained from the American Public Health 
Association et al.; 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW.; Washington, DC 20005. 
Copies of the methods set forth in Microbiological Methods for 
Monitoring the Environment, Water and Wastes may be obtained from ORD 
Publications, U.S. EPA, 26 W. Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 
45268. Copies of the MMO-MUG Test as set forth in the article ``National 
Field Evaluation of a Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous 
Enumeration of Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli from Drinking Water: 
Comparison with the Standard Multiple Tube Fermentation Method'' (Edberg 
et al.) may be obtained from the American Water Works Association 
Research Foundation, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235. A 
description of the Colisure Test may be obtained from the Millipore 
Corp., Technical Services Department, 80 Ashby Road, Bedford, MA 01730. 
Copies may be inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket; 401 M Street, 
SW.; Washington, DC 20460, or at the Office of the Federal Register; 800 
North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (g) Response to violation. (1) A public water system which has 
exceeded the MCL for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63 must report the 
violation to the State no later than the end of the next business day 
after it learns of the violation, and notify the public in accordance 
with Sec. 141.32.
    (2) A public water system which has failed to comply with a coliform 
monitoring requirement, including the sanitary survey requirement, must 
report

[[Page 303]]

the monitoring violation to the State within ten days after the system 
discovers the violation, and notify the public in accordance with 
Sec. 141.32.

[54 FR 27562, June 29, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 30001, July 17, 1989; 
55 FR 25064, June 19, 1990; 56 FR 642, Jan. 8, 1991; 57 FR 1852, Jan. 
15, 1992; 57 FR 24747, June 10, 1992; 59 FR 62466, Dec. 5, 1994; 60 FR 
34085, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.22   Turbidity sampling and analytical requirements.

    The requirements in this section apply to unfiltered systems until 
December 30, 1991, unless the State has determined prior to that date, 
in writing pursuant to section 1412(b)(7)(iii), that filtration is 
required. The requirements in this section apply to filtered systems 
until June 29, 1993. The requirements in this section apply to 
unfiltered systems that the State has determined, in writing pursuant to 
section 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), must install filtration, until June 29, 
1993, or until filtration is installed, whichever is later.
    (a) Samples shall be taken by suppliers of water for both community 
and non-community water systems at a representative entry point(s) to 
the water distribution system at least once per day, for the purposes of 
making turbidity measurements to determine compliance with Sec. 141.13. 
If the State determines that a reduced sampling frequency in a non-
community will not pose a risk to public health, it can reduce the 
required sampling frequency. The option of reducing the turbidity 
frequency shall be permitted only in those public water systems that 
practice disinfection and which maintain an active residual disinfectant 
in the distribution system, and in those cases where the State has 
indicated in writing that no unreasonable risk to health existed under 
the circumstances of this option. Turbidity measurements shall be made 
as directed in Sec. 141.74(a)(1).
    (b) If the result of a turbidity analysis indicates that the maximum 
allowable limit has been exceeded, the sampling and measurement shall be 
confirmed by resampling as soon as practicable and preferably within one 
hour. If the repeat sample confirms that the maximum allowable limit has 
been exceeded, the supplier of water shall report to the State within 48 
hours. The repeat sample shall be the sample used for the purpose of 
calculating the monthly average. If the monthly average of the daily 
samples exceeds the maximum allowable limit, or if the average of two 
samples taken on consecutive days exceeds 5 TU, the supplier of water 
shall report to the State and notify the public as directed in 
Secs. 141.31 and 141.32.
    (c) Sampling for non-community water systems shall begin within two 
years after the effective date of this part.
    (d) The requirements of this Sec. 141.22 shall apply only to public 
water systems which use water obtained in whole or in part from surface 
sources.
    (e) The State has the authority to determine compliance or initiate 
enforcement action based upon analytical results or other information 
compiled by their sanctioned representatives and agencies.

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 57344, Aug. 27, 1980; 
47 FR 8998, Mar. 3, 1982; 47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, 1982; 54 FR 27527, June 
29, 1989; 59 FR 62466, Dec. 5, 1994]



Sec. 141.23  Inorganic chemical sampling and analytical requirements.

    Community water systems shall conduct monitoring to determine 
compliance with the maximum contaminant levels specified in Sec. 141.62 
in accordance with this section. Non-transient, non-community water 
systems shall conduct monitoring to determine compliance with the 
maximum contaminant levels specified in Sec. 141.62 in accordance with 
this section. Transient, non-community water systems shall conduct 
monitoring to determine compliance with the nitrate and nitrite maximum 
contaminant levels in Sec. 141.11 and Sec. 141.62 (as appropriate) in 
accordance with this section.
    (a) Monitoring shall be conducted as follows:
    (1) Groundwater systems shall take a minimum of one sample at every 
entry point to the distribution system which is representative of each 
well after treatment (hereafter called a sampling point) beginning in 
the initial compliance period. The system shall take each sample at the 
same sampling point unless conditions make another

[[Page 304]]

sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant.
    (2) Surface water systems shall take a minimum of one sample at 
every entry point to the distribution system after any application of 
treatment or in the distribution system at a point which is 
representative of each source after treatment (hereafter called a 
sampling point) beginning in the initial compliance period. The system 
shall take each sample at the same sampling point unless conditions make 
another sampling point more representative of each source or treatment 
plant.

    Note: For purposes of this paragraph, surface water systems include 
systems with a combination of surface and ground sources.

    (3) If a system draws water from more than one source and the 
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at an 
entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal 
operating conditions (i.e., when water is representative of all sources 
being used).
    (4) The State may reduce the total number of samples which must be 
analyzed by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from a 
maximum of five samples are allowed, provided that the detection limit 
of the method used for analysis is less than one-fifth of the MCL. 
Compositing of samples must be done in the laboratory.
    (i) If the concentration in the composite sample is greater than or 
equal to one-fifth of the MCL of any inorganic chemical, then a follow-
up sample must be taken within 14 days at each sampling point included 
in the composite. These samples must be analyzed for the contaminants 
which exceeded one-fifth of the MCL in the composite sample. Detection 
limits for each analytical method and MCLs for each inorganic 
contaminant are the following:

               Detection Limits for Inorganic Contaminants              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Detection  
        Contaminant          MCL (mg/l)     Methodology     limit (mg/l)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony..................  0.006......  Atomic            0.003        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Furnace.                      
                                         Atomic            0.0008 \5\   
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Platform.                     
                                         ICP-Mass          0.0004       
                                          Spectrometry.                 
                                         Hydride-Atomic    0.001        
                                          Absorption.                   
Asbestos..................  7 MFL \1\..  Transmission      0.01 MFL     
                                          Electron                      
                                          Microscopy.                   
Barium....................  2..........  Atomic            0.002        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          furnace                       
                                          technique.                    
                                         Atomic            0.1          
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          direct                        
                                          aspiration.                   
                                         Inductively       0.002 (0.001)
                                          Coupled Plasma.               
Beryllium.................  0.004......  Atomic            0.0002       
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Furnace.                      
                                         Atomic            0.00002 \5\  
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Platform.                     
                                         Inductively       0.0003       
                                          Coupled Plasma                
                                          \2\.                          
                                         ICP-Mass          0.0003       
                                          Spectrometry.                 
Cadmium...................  0.005......  Atomic            0.0001       
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          furnace                       
                                          technique.                    
                                         Inductively       0.001        
                                          Coupled Plasma.               
Chromium..................  0.1........  Atomic            0.001        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          furnace                       
                                          technique.                    
                                         Inductively       0.007 (0.001)
                                          Coupled Plasma.               
Cyanide...................  0.2........  Distillation,     0.02         
                                          Spectrophotomet               
                                          ric \3\.                      
                                         Distillation,     0.005        
                                          Automated,                    
                                          Spectrophotomet               
                                          ric \3\.                      
                                         Distillation,     0.05         
                                          Selective                     
                                          Electrode \3\.                
                                         Distillation,     0.02         
                                          Amenable,                     
                                          Spectrophotomet               
                                          ric \4\.                      
Mercury...................  0.002......  Manual Cold       0.0002       
                                          Vapor Technique.              
                                         Automated Cold    0.0002       
                                          Vapor Technique.              
Nickel....................  xl.........  Atomic            0.001        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Furnace.                      
                                         Atomic            0.0006 \5\   
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Platform.                     
                                         Inductively       0.005        
                                          Coupled Plasma                
                                          \2\.                          
                                         ICP-Mass          0.0005       
                                          Spectrometry.                 
Nitrate...................  10 (as N)..  Manual Cadmium    0.01         
                                          Reduction.                    
                                         Automated         0.01         
                                          Hydrazine                     
                                          Reduction.                    
                                         Automated         0.05         
                                          Cadmium                       
                                          Reduction.                    
                                         Ion Selective     1            
                                          Electrode.                    
                                         Ion               0.01         
                                          Chromatography.               
Nitrite...................  1 (as N)...  Spectrophotometr  0.01         
                                          ic.                           
                                         Automated         0.05         
                                          Cadmium                       
                                          Reduction.                    
                                         Manual Cadmium    0.01         
                                          Reduction.                    
                                         Ion               0.004        
                                          Chromatography.               
Selenium..................  0.05.......  Atomic            0.002        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          furnace.                      
                                         Atomic            0.002        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          gaseous hydride.              
Thallium..................  0.002......  Atomic            0.001        
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Furnace.                      

[[Page 305]]

                                                                        
                                         Atomic            0.0007 \5\   
                                          Absorption;                   
                                          Platform.                     
                                         ICP-Mass          0.0003       
                                          Spectrometry.                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ MFL = million fibers per liter >10 m.                      
\2\ Using a 2X preconcentration step as noted in Method 200.7. Lower    
  MDLs may be achieved when using a 4X preconcentration.                
\3\ Screening method for total cyanides.                                
\4\ Measures ``free'' cyanides.                                         
\5\ Lower MDLs are reported using stabilized temperature graphite       
  furnace atomic absorption.                                            

    (ii) If the population served by the system is >3,300 persons, then 
compositing may only be permitted by the State at sampling points within 
a single system. In systems serving 3,300 persons, the State 
may permit compositing among different systems provided the 5-sample 
limit is maintained.
    (iii) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling 
point used in the composite are available, the system may use these 
instead of resampling. The duplicates must be analyzed and the results 
reported to the State within 14 days of collection.
    (5) The frequency of monitoring for asbestos shall be in accordance 
with paragraph (b) of this section: the frequency of monitoring for 
antimony, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, 
mercury, nickel, selenium and thallium shall be in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section; the frequency of monitoring for nitrate 
shall be in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section; and the 
frequency of monitoring for nitrite shall be in accordance with 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (b) The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance 
with the maximum contaminant level for asbestos specified in 
Sec. 141.62(b) shall be conducted as follows:
    (1) Each community and non-transient, non-community water system is 
required to monitor for asbestos during the first three-year compliance 
period of each nine-year compliance cycle beginning in the compliance 
period starting January 1, 1993.
    (2) If the system believes it is not vulnerable to either asbestos 
contamination in its source water or due to corrosion of asbestos-cement 
pipe, or both, it may apply to the State for a waiver of the monitoring 
requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If the State grants the 
waiver, the system is not required to monitor.
    (3) The State may grant a waiver based on a consideration of the 
following factors:
    (i) Potential asbestos contamination of the water source, and
    (ii) The use of asbestos-cement pipe for finished water distribution 
and the corrosive nature of the water.
    (4) A waiver remains in effect until the completion of the three-
year compliance period. Systems not receiving a waiver must monitor in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (5) A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to 
corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall take one sample at a tap served 
by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions where asbestos 
contamination is most likely to occur.
    (6) A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to 
source water shall monitor in accordance with the provision of paragraph 
(a) of this section.
    (7) A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due both to its 
source water supply and corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall take one 
sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions 
where asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.
    (8) A system which exceeds the maximum contaminant levels as 
determined in Sec. 141.23(i) of this section shall monitor quarterly 
beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred.
    (9) The State may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement to 
the frequency specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section provided the 
State has determined that the system is reliably

[[Page 306]]

and consistently below the maximum contaminant level. In no case can a 
State make this determination unless a groundwater system takes a 
minimum of two quarterly samples and a surface (or combined surface/
ground) water system takes a minimum of four quarterly samples.
    (10) If monitoring data collected after January 1, 1990 are 
generally consistent with the requirements of Sec. 141.23(b), then the 
State may allow systems to use that data to satisfy the monitoring 
requirement for the initial compliance period beginning January 1, 1993.
    (c) The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance 
with the maximum contaminant levels in Sec. 141.62 for antimony, barium, 
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, 
selenium and thallium shall be as follows:
    (1) Groundwater systems shall take one sample at each sampling point 
during each compliance period. Surface water systems (or combined 
surface/ground) shall take one sample annually at each sampling point.
    (2) The system may apply to the State for a waiver from the 
monitoring frequencies specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
States may grant a public water system a waiver for monitoring of 
cyanide, provided that the State determines that the system is not 
vulnerable due to lack of any industrial source of cyanide.
    (3) A condition of the waiver shall require that a system shall take 
a minimum of one sample while the waiver is effective. The term during 
which the waiver is effective shall not exceed one compliance cycle 
(i.e., nine years).
    (4) The State may grant a waiver provided surface water systems have 
monitored annually for at least three years and groundwater systems have 
conducted a minimum of three rounds of monitoring. (At least one sample 
shall have been taken since January 1, 1990). Both surface and 
groundwater systems shall demonstrate that all previous analytical 
results were less than the maximum contaminant level. Systems that use a 
new water source are not eligible for a waiver until three rounds of 
monitoring from the new source have been completed.
    (5) In determining the appropriate reduced monitoring frequency, the 
State shall consider:
    (i) Reported concentrations from all previous monitoring;
    (ii) The degree of variation in reported concentrations; and
    (iii) Other factors which may affect contaminant concentrations such 
as changes in groundwater pumping rates, changes in the system's 
configuration, changes in the system's operating procedures, or changes 
in stream flows or characteristics.
    (6) A decision by the State to grant a waiver shall be made in 
writing and shall set forth the basis for the determination. The 
determination may be initiated by the State or upon an application by 
the public water system. The public water system shall specify the basis 
for its request. The State shall review and, where appropriate, revise 
its determination of the appropriate monitoring frequency when the 
system submits new monitoring data or when other data relevant to the 
system's appropriate monitoring frequency become available.
    (7) Systems which exceed the maximum contaminant levels as 
calculated in Sec. 141.23(i) of this section shall monitor quarterly 
beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred.
    (8) The State may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement to 
the frequencies specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this 
section provided it has determined that the system is reliably and 
consistently below the maximum contaminant level. In no case can a State 
make this determination unless a groundwater system takes a minimum of 
two quarterly samples and a surface water system takes a minimum of four 
quarterly samples.
    (d) All public water systems (community; non-transient, non-
community; and transient, non-community systems) shall monitor to 
determine compliance with the maximum contaminant level for nitrate in 
Sec. 141.62.
    (1) Community and non-transient, non-community water systems served 
by groundwater systems shall monitor annually beginning January 1, 1993; 
systems served by surface water shall

[[Page 307]]

monitor quarterly beginning January 1, 1993.
    (2) For community and non-transient, non-community water systems, 
the repeat monitoring frequency for groundwater systems shall be 
quarterly for at least one year following any one sample in which the 
concentration is 50 percent of the MCL. The State may allow a 
groundwater system to reduce the sampling frequency to annually after 
four consecutive quarterly samples are reliably and consistently less 
than the MCL.
    (3) For community and non-transient, non-community water systems, 
the State may allow a surface water system to reduce the sampling 
frequency to annually if all analytical results from four consecutive 
quarters are <50 percent of the MCL. A surface water system shall return 
to quarterly monitoring if any one sample is 50 percent of 
the MCL.
    (4) Each transient non-community water system shall monitor annually 
beginning January 1, 1993.
    (5) After the initial round of quarterly sampling is completed, each 
community and non-transient non-community system which is monitoring 
annually shall take subsequent samples during the quarter(s) which 
previously resulted in the highest analytical result.
    (e) All public water systems (community; non-transient, non-
community; and transient, non-community systems) shall monitor to 
determine compliance with the maximum contaminant level for nitrite in 
Sec. 141.62(b).
    (1) All public water systems shall take one sample at each sampling 
point in the compliance period beginning January 1, 1993 and ending 
December 31, 1995.
    (2) After the initial sample, systems where an analytical result for 
nitrite is <50 percent of the MCL shall monitor at the frequency 
specified by the State.
    (3) For community, non-transient, non-community, and transient non-
community water systems, the repeat monitoring frequency for any water 
system shall be quarterly for at least one year following any one sample 
in which the concentration is 50 percent of the MCL. The 
State may allow a system to reduce the sampling frequency to annually 
after determining the system is reliably and consistently less than the 
MCL.
    (4) Systems which are monitoring annually shall take each subsequent 
sample during the quarter(s) which previously resulted in the highest 
analytical result.
    (f) Confirmation samples:
    (1) Where the results of sampling for asbestos, antimony, barium, 
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, 
selenium or thallium indicate an exceedance of the maximum contaminant 
level, the State may require that one additional sample be collected as 
soon as possible after the initial sample was taken (but not to exceed 
two weeks) at the same sampling point.
    (2) Where nitrate or nitrite sampling results indicate an exceedance 
of the maximum contaminant level, the system shall take a confirmation 
sample within 24 hours of the system's receipt of notification of the 
analytical results of the first sample. Systems unable to comply with 
the 24-hour sampling requirement must immediately notify the consumers 
served by the area served by the public water system in accordance with 
Sec. 141.32. Systems exercising this option must take and analyze a 
confirmation sample within two weeks of notification of the analytical 
results of the first sample.
    (3) If a State-required confirmation sample is taken for any 
contaminant, then the results of the initial and confirmation sample 
shall be averaged. The resulting average shall be used to determine the 
system's compliance in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section. 
States have the discretion to delete results of obvious sampling errors.
    (g) The State may require more frequent monitoring than specified in 
paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this section or may require 
confirmation samples for positive and negative results at its 
discretion.
    (h) Systems may apply to the State to conduct more frequent 
monitoring than the minimum monitoring frequencies specified in this 
section.
    (i) Compliance with Secs. 141.11 or 141.62(b) (as appropriate) shall 
be determined based on the analytical result(s) obtained at each 
sampling point.

[[Page 308]]

    (1) For systems which are conducting monitoring at a frequency 
greater than annual, compliance with the maximum contaminant levels for 
antimony, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, 
fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium or thallium is determined by a 
running annual average at any sampling point. If the average at any 
sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the system is out of 
compliance. If any one sample would cause the annual average to be 
exceeded, then the system is out of compliance immediately. Any sample 
below the method detection limit shall be calculated at zero for the 
purpose of determining the annual average.
    (2) For systems which are monitoring annually, or less frequently, 
the system is out of compliance with the maximum contaminant levels for 
asbestos, antimony, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, 
fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium or thallium if the level of a 
contaminant at any sampling point is greater than the MCL. If a 
confirmation sample is required by the State, the determination of 
compliance will be based on the average of the two samples.
    (3) Compliance with the maximum contaminant levels for nitrate and 
nitrate is determined based on one sample if the levels of these 
contaminants are below the MCLs. If the levels of nitrate and/or nitrite 
exceed the MCLs in the initial sample, a confirmation sample is required 
in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section, and compliance 
shall be determined based on the average of the initial and confirmation 
samples.
    (4) If a public water system has a distribution system separable 
from other parts of the distribution system with no interconnections, 
the State may allow the system to give public notice to only the area 
served by that portion of the system which is out of compliance.
    (j) Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated by 
the State during each compliance period.
    (k) Inorganic analysis:
    (1) Analysis for the following contaminants shall be conducted in 
accordance with the methods in the following Table, or their equivalent 
as determined by EPA. Criteria for analyzing arsenic, barium, beryllium, 
cadmium, calcium, chromium, copper, lead, nickel, selenium, sodium, and 
thallium with digestion or directly without digestion, and other 
analytical test procedures are contained in Technical Notes on Drinking 
Water Methods, EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994. This document also 
contains approved analytical test methods which remain available for 
compliance monitoring until July 1, 1996. These methods will not be 
available for use after July 1, 1996. This document is available from 
the National Technical Information Service, NTIS PB95-104766, U.S. 
Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 
22161. The toll-free number is 800-553-6847.

[[Page 309]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Contaminant        Methodology        EPA            ASTM \3\               SM \4\               Other     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony............  ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Hydride-Atomic   ...........  D-3697-92                                                   
                       Absorption.                                                                              
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Arsenic.............  Inductively        \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  D-2972-93C            3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
                      Hydride Atomic   ...........  D-2972-93B            3114B...............                  
                       Absorption.                                                                              
Asbestos............  Transmission       \9\ 100.1                                                              
                       Electron                                                                                 
                       Microscopy.                                                                              
                      Transmission      \10\ 100.2                                                              
                       Electron                                                                                 
                       Microscopy.                                                                              
Barium..............  Inductively        \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3111D...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Direct.                                                                                  
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Beryllium...........  Inductively        \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  D-3645-93B            3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Cadmium.............  Inductively         \2\200.7                                                              
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Chromium............  Inductively        \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Cyanide.............  Manual           ...........  ....................  4500-CN-C...........                  
                       Distillation                                                                             
                       followed by.                                                                             
                        Spectrophotom  ...........  D2036-91B             4500CN-G............                  
                       etric,                                                                                   
                       Amenable.                                                                                
                        Spectrophotom  ...........  D2036-91A             4500-CN-E...........  \5\ I-3300-85   
                       etric Manual.                                                                            
                          Semi-          \6\ 335.4                                                              
                       automated.                                                                               
                      Selective        ...........  ....................  4500CN-F............                  
                       Electrode.                                                                               
Fluoride............  Ion                \6\ 300.0  D4327-91              4110B...............                  
                       Chromatography.                                                                          
                      Manual           ...........  ....................  4500F-B,D...........                  
                       Distill.;                                                                                
                       Color. SPADNS.                                                                           
                      Manual           ...........  D1179-93B             4500F-C.............                  
                       Electrode.                                                                               
                      Automated        ...........  ....................  ....................  \11\ 380-75WE   
                       Electrode.                                                                               
                      Automated        ...........  ....................  4500F-E.............  \11\ 129-71W    
                       Alizarin.                                                                                
Mercury.............  Manual, Cold       \2\ 245.1  D3223-91              3112B...............                  
                       Vapor.                                                                                   
                      Automated, Cold    \1\ 245.2                                                              
                       Vapor.                                                                                   
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
Nickel..............  Inductively        \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       Coupled Plasma.                                                                          
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3111B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Direct.                                                                                  
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Nitrate.............  Ion                \6\ 300.0  D4327-91              4110B...............  \8\ B-1011      
                       Chromatography.                                                                          
                      Automated          \6\ 353.2  D3867-90A             4500-NO3-F..........                  
                       Cadmium                                                                                  
                       Reduction.                                                                               
                      Ion Selective    ...........  ....................  4500-NO3-D..........  \7\ 601         
                       Electrode.                                                                               

[[Page 310]]

                                                                                                                
                      Manual Cadmium   ...........  D3867-90B             4500-NO3-E..........                  
                       Reduction.                                                                               
Nitrite.............  Ion                \6\ 300.0  D4327-91              4110B...............  \8\ B-1011      
                       Chromatography.                                                                          
                      Automated          \6\ 353.2  D3867-90A             4500-NO3-F..........                  
                       Cadmium                                                                                  
                       Reduction.                                                                               
                      Manual Cadmium   ...........  D3867-90B             4500-NO3-E..........                  
                       Reduction.                                                                               
                      Spectrophotomet  ...........  ....................  4500-NO2-B..........                  
                       ric.                                                                                     
Selenium............  Hydride-Atomic   ...........  D3859-93A             3114B...............                  
                       Absorption.                                                                              
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
                      Atomic           ...........  D3859-93B             3113B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Furnace.                                                                                 
Thallium............  ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       Spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       Platform.                                                                                
Lead................  Atomic           ...........  D3559-90D             3113B...............                  
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       furnace.                                                                                 
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       platform.                                                                                
Copper..............  Atomic           ...........  D1688-90C             3113B...............                  
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       furnace.                                                                                 
                      Atomic           ...........  D1688-90A             3111B...............                  
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       direct                                                                                   
                       aspiration.                                                                              
                      ICP............    \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                      ICP-Mass           \2\ 200.8                                                              
                       spectrometry.                                                                            
                      Atomic             \2\ 200.9                                                              
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       platform.                                                                                
pH..................  Electrometric..    \1\ 150.1  D1293-84              4500-H+-B...........                  
                      ...............    \1\ 150.2                                                              
Conductivity........  Conductance....  ...........  D1125-91A             2510B...............                  
Calcium.............  EDTA             ...........  D511-93A              3500-Ca-D...........                  
                       titrimetric.                                                                             
                      Atomic           ...........  D511-93B              3111B...............                  
                       absorption;                                                                              
                       direct                                                                                   
                       aspiration.                                                                              
                      Inductively-       \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       coupled plasma.                                                                          
Alkalinity..........  Titrimetric....  ...........  D1067-92B             2320B...............                  
                      Electrometric    ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-1030-85   
                       titration.                                                                               
Orthophosphate \12\.  Colorimetric,      \6\ 365.1  ....................  4500-P-F............                  
                       automated,                                                                               
                       ascorbic acid.                                                                           
                      Colorimetric,    ...........  D515-88A              4500-P-E............                  
                       ascorbic acid,                                                                           
                       single reagent.                                                                          
                      Colorimetric,    ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-1601-85   
                       phosphomolybda                                                                           
                       te;.                                                                                     
                        automated-     ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-2601-90   
                       segmented                                                                                
                       flow;.                                                                                   
                        automated      ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-2598-85   
                       discrete.                                                                                
                      Ion                \6\ 300.0  D4327-91              4110................                  
                       Chromatography.                                                                          
Silica..............  Colorimetric,    ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-1700-85   
                       molybdate                                                                                
                       blue;.                                                                                   
                        automated-     ...........  ....................  ....................  \5\ I-2700-85   
                       segmented flow.                                                                          
                      Colorimetric...  ...........  D859-88                                                     
                      Molybdosilicate  ...........  ....................  4500-Si-D...........                  
                      Heteropoly blue  ...........  ....................  4500-Si-E...........                  
                      Automated        ...........  ....................  4500-Si-F...........                  
                       method for                                                                               
                       molybdate-                                                                               
                       reactive                                                                                 
                       silica.                                                                                  
                      Inductively-       \2\ 200.7  ....................  3120B...............                  
                       coupled plasma.                                                                          
Temperature.........  Thermometric...  ...........  ....................  2550................                  
Sodium..............  Inductively-       \2\ 200.7                                                              
                       coupled plasma.                                                                          
                      Atomic           ...........  ....................  3111B...............                  
                       Absorption;                                                                              
                       direct                                                                                   
                       aspiration.                                                                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Footnotes:                                                                                                      
\1\ Methods 150.1, 150.2 and 245.2 are available from US EPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. The identical methods 
  were formerly in ``Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes'', EPA-600/4-79-020, March 1983, which is
  available at NTIS, PB84-128677.                                                                               
\2\ ``Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples--Supplement I'', EPA-600/R-94-111, May   
  1994. Available at NTIS, PB 94-184942.                                                                        

[[Page 311]]

                                                                                                                
\3\ The procedures shall be done in accordance with the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, Vols. 11.01 and    
  11.02, American Society for Testing and Materials. This incorporation by reference was approved by the        
  Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be obtained 
  from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may be  
  inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or at the Office of the    
  Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.                                   
\4\ The procedures shall be done in accordance with the 18th edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of 
  Water and Wastewater, 1992, American Public Health Association. This incorporation by reference was approved  
  by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be   
  obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20005. Copies  
  may be inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or at the Office of 
  the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.                               
\5\ Available from Books and Open-File Reports Section, U.S. Geological Survey, Federal Center, Box 25425,      
  Denver, CO 80225-0425.                                                                                        
\6\ ``Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples'', EPA-600/R-93-100, August
  1993. Available at NTIS, PB94-121811.                                                                         
\7\ The procedure shall be done in accordance with the Technical Bulletin 601 ``Standard Method of Test for     
  Nitrate in Drinking Water'', July 1994, PN 221890-001, Analytical Technology, Inc. This incorporation by      
  reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR   
  Part 51. Copies may be obtained from ATI Orion, 529 Main Street, Boston, MA 02129. Copies may be inspected at 
  EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or at the Office of the Federal         
  Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.                                           
\8\ Method B-1011, ``Waters Test Method for Determination of Nitrite/Nitrate in Water Using Single Column Ion   
  Chromatography'', Millipore Corporation, Waters Chromatography Division, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757.  
\9\ Method 100.1, ``Analytical Method For Determination of Asbestos Fibers in Water'', EPA-600/4-83-043, EPA,   
  September 1983. Available at NTIS, PB83-260471.                                                               
\10\ Method 100.2, ``Determination Of Asbestos Structure Over 10-m In Length In Drinking Water'', EPA- 
  600/R-94-134, June 1994. Available at NTIS, PB94-201902.                                                      
\11\ The procedures shall be done in accordance with the Industrial Method No. 129-71W, ``Fluoride in Water and 
  Wastewater'', December 1972, and Method No. 380-75WE, ``Fluoride in Water and Wastewater'', February 1976,    
  Technicon Industrial Systems. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal     
  Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be obtained from the Technicon      
  Industrial Systems, Tarrytown, NY 10591. Copies may be inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street,
  SW., Washington, DC 20460; or at the Office of Federal Register, 800 Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700,          
  Washington, DC.                                                                                               
\12\ Unfiltered, no digestion or hydrolysis.                                                                    


[[Page 312]]

    (2) Sample collection for antimony, asbestos, barium, beryllium, 
cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, 
selenium, and thallium under this section shall be conducted using the 
sample preservation, container, and maximum holding time procedures 
specified in the table below:

[[Page 313]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Contaminant                            Preservative \1\              Container \2\      Time \3\ 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony.................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Asbestos.................................  Cool, 4C.............................  P or G...........  ...........
Barium...................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Beryllium................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Cadmium..................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Chromium.................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Cyanide..................................  Cool, 4 deg.C, NaOH to pH>12 \3\.....  P or G...........  14 days    
Fluoride.................................  None.................................  P or G...........  1 month.   
Mercury..................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  28 days.   
Nickel...................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Nitrate                                                                                                         
  Chlorinated............................  Cool, 4C.............................  P or G...........  28 days.   
  Non-chlorinated........................  Conc H2SO4 to pH <2..................  P or G...........  14 days.   
Nitrite..................................  Cool, 4C.............................  P or G...........  48 hours.  
Selenium.................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
Thallium.................................  Conc HNO3 to pH <2...................  P or G...........  6 months.  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ P=plastic, hard or soft; G=glass, hard or soft.                                                             
\2\ In all cases, samples should be analyzed as soon after collection as possible.                              
\3\ See method(s) for the information for preservation.                                                         


[[Page 314]]

    (3) Analysis under this section shall only be conducted by 
laboratories that have been certified by EPA or the State. Laboratories 
may conduct sample analysis under provisional certification until 
January 1, 1996. To receive certification to conduct analyses for 
antimony, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, 
fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite and selenium and thallium, 
the laboratory must:
    (i) Analyze Performance Evaluation samples which include those 
substances provided by EPA Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory 
or equivalent samples provided by the State.
    (ii) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses that are within 
the following acceptance limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Contaminant                       Acceptance limit         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony............................  30 at 0.006 mg/1      
Asbestos............................  2 standard deviations based on    
                                       study statistics.                
Barium..............................  15% at 0.15 mg/1      
Beryllium...........................  15% at 0.001 mg/1     
Cadmium.............................  20% at 0.002 mg/1     
Chromium............................  15% at 0.01 mg/1      
Cyanide.............................  25% at 0.1 mg/1       
Fluoride............................  10% at 1 to 10 mg/1   
Mercury.............................  30% at 0.0005 mg/1    
Nickel..............................  15% at 0.01 mg/1      
Nitrate.............................  10% at 0.4 mg/1       
Nitrite.............................  15% at 0.4 mg/1       
Selenium............................  20% at 0.01 mg/1      
Thallium............................  30% at 0.002 mg/1     
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    (l) Analyses for the purpose of determining compliance with 
Sec. 141.11 shall be conducted using the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (l) through (q) of this section.
    (1) Analyses for all community water systems utilizing surface water 
sources shall be completed by June 24, 1978. These analyses shall be 
repeated at yearly intervals.
    (2) Analyses for all community water systems utilizing only ground 
water sources shall be completed by June 24, 1979. These analyses shall 
be repeated at three-year intervals.
    (3) For non-community water systems, whether supplied by surface or 
ground sources, analyses for nitrate shall be completed by December 24, 
1980. These analyses shall be repeated at intervals determined by the 
State.
    (4) The State has the authority to determine compliance or initiate 
enforcement action based upon analytical results and other information 
compiled by their sanctioned representatives and agencies.
    (m) If the result of an analysis made under paragraph (l) of this 
section indicates that the level of any contaminant listed in 
Sec. 141.11 exceeds the maximum contaminant level, the supplier of the 
water shall report to the State within 7 days and initiate three 
additional analyses at the same sampling point within one month.
    (n) When the average of four analyses made pursuant to paragraph (m) 
of this section, rounded to the same number of significant figures as 
the maximum contaminant level for the substance in question, exceeds the 
maximum contaminant level, the supplier of water shall notify the State 
pursuant to Sec. 141.31 and give notice to the public pursuant to 
Sec. 141.32. Monitoring after public notification shall be at a 
frequency designated by the State and shall continue until the maximum 
contaminant level has not been exceeded in two successive samples or 
until a monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, exemption or 
enforcement action shall become effective.
    (o) The provisions of paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section 
notwithstanding, compliance with the maximum contaminant level for 
nitrate shall be determined on the basis of the mean of two analyses. 
When a level exceeding the maximum contaminant level for nitrate is 
found, a second analysis shall be initiated within 24 hours, and if the 
mean of the two analyses exceeds the maximum contaminant level, the 
supplier of water shall report his findings to the State pursuant to 
Sec. 141.31 and shall notify the public pursuant to Sec. 141.32.
    (p) For the initial analyses required by paragraph (l) (1), (2) or 
(3) of this section, data for surface waters acquired within one year 
prior to the effective date and data for ground waters acquired within 3 
years prior to the effective date of this part may be substituted at the 
discretion of the State.
    (q) [Reserved]

[56 FR 3579, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 30274, July 1, 1991; 57 
FR 31838, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34322, July 1, 1994; 59 FR 62466, Dec. 5, 
1994; 60 FR 33932, 34085, June 29, 1995]

[[Page 315]]



Sec. 141.24  Organic chemicals other than total trihalomethanes, sampling and analytical requirements.

    (a)-(d) [Reserved]
    (e) Analyses for the contaminants in this section shall be conducted 
using the following EPA methods or their equivalent as approved by EPA. 
Methods 502.2, 505, 507, 508, 508A, 515.1 and 531.1 are in Methods for 
the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water, EPA-600/4-88-
039, December 1988, Revised, July 1991. Methods 506, 547, 550, 550.1 and 
551 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in 
Drinking Water--Supplement I, EPA-600-4-90-020, July 1990. Methods 
515.2, 524.2, 548.1, 549.1, 552.1 and 555 are in Methods for the 
Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement II, 
EPA-600/R-92-129, August 1992. Method 1613 is titled ``Tetra-through 
Octa-Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope-Dilution HRGC/HRMS'', 
EPA-821-B-94-005, October 1994. These documents are available from the 
National Technical Information Service, NTIS PB91-231480, PB91-146027, 
PB92-207703 and PB95-104774, U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port 
Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free number is 800-
553-6847. Method 6651 shall be followed in accordance with the 18th 
edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
1992, American Public Health Association. This incorporation by 
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be 
obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth 
Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. Copies may be inspected at EPA's 
Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or at 
the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 
700, Washington, DC. Method 6610 shall be followed in accordance with 
the Supplement to the 18th edition of Standard Methods for the 
Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1994, American Public Health 
Association. This incorporation by reference was approved by the 
Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 
1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American Public Health 
Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. Copies may 
be inspected at EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., 
Washington, DC 20460; or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC. Other analytical 
test procedures are contained in Technical Notes on Drinking Water 
Methods, EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, NTIS PB95-104766. This document 
also contains approved analytical methods which remain available for 
compliance monitoring until July 1, 1996. These methods will not be 
available for use after July 1, 1996. EPA Methods 504.1, 508.1 and 525.2 
are available from US EPA EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. The phone number 
is 513-569-7586.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Contaminant                            Method           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benzene...................................  502.2, 524.2.               
Carbon tetrachloride......................  502.2, 524.2, 551.          
Chlorobenzene.............................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,2-Dichlorobenzene.......................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,4-Dichlorobenzene.......................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,2-Dichloroethane........................  502.2, 524.2.               
cis-Dichloroethylene......................  502.2, 524.2.               
trans-Dichloroethylene....................  502.2, 524.2.               
Dichloromethane...........................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,2-Dichloropropane.......................  502.2, 524.2.               
Ethylbenzene..............................  502.2, 524.2.               
Styrene...................................  502.2, 524.2.               
Tetrachloroethylene.......................  502.2, 524.2, 551.          
1,1,1-Trichloroethane.....................  502.2, 524.2, 551.          
Trichloroethylene.........................  502.2, 524.2, 551.          
Toluene...................................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene....................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,1-Dichloroethylene......................  502.2, 524.2.               
1,1,2-Trichloroethane.....................  502.2, 524.2.               
Vinyl chloride............................  502.2, 524.2.               
Xylenes (total)...........................  502.2, 524.2.               
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin).....................  1613.                       
2,4-D.....................................  515.2, 555, 515.1.          
2,4,5-TP (Silvex).........................  515.2, 555, 515.1.          
Alachlor..................................  505 \1\, 507, 525.2, 508.1. 
Atrazine..................................  505 \1\, 507, 525.2, 508.1. 
Benzo(a)pyrene............................  525.2, 550, 550.1.          
Carbofuran................................  531.1, 6610.                
Chlordane.................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Dalapon...................................  552.1, 515.1.               
Di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate..................  506, 525.2.                 
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate................  506, 525.2.                 
Dibromochloropropane (DBCP)...............  504.1, 551.                 
Dinoseb...................................  515.2, 555, 515.1.          
Diquat....................................  549.1.                      
Endothall.................................  548.1.                      
Endrin....................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Ethylene dibromide (EDB)..................  504.1, 551.                 
Glyphosate................................  547, 6651.                  
Heptachlor................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Heptachlor Epoxide........................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Hexachlorobenzene.........................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.................  505, 525.2, 508, 508.1.     
Lindane...................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Methoxychlor..............................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
Oxamyl....................................  531.1, 6610.                

[[Page 316]]

                                                                        
PCBs \2\ (as decachlorobiphenyl)..........  508A.                       
  (as Aroclors)...........................  505, 508.                   
Pentachlorophenol.........................  515.2, 525.2, 555, 515.1.   
Picloram..................................  515.2, 555, 515.1.          
Simazine..................................  505 \1\, 507, 525.2, 508.1. 
Toxaphene.................................  505, 508, 525.2.            
Total Trihalomethanes.....................  502.2, 524.2, 551.          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A nitrogen-phosphorous detector should be substituted for the       
  electron capture detector in Method 505 (or another approved method   
  should be used) to determine alachlor, atrazine and simazine, if lower
  detection limits are required.                                        
\2\ PCBs are qualitatively identified as Aroclors and measured for      
  compliance purposes as decachlorobiphenyl.                            

    (f) Beginning with the initial compliance period, analysis of the 
contaminants listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (1) through (21) for the purpose 
of determining compliance with the maximum contaminant level shall be 
conducted as follows:
    (1) Groundwater systems shall take a minimum of one sample at every 
entry point to the distribution system which is representative of each 
well after treatment (hereafter called a sampling point). Each sample 
must be taken at the same sampling point unless conditions make another 
sampling point more representative of each source, treatment plant, or 
within the distribution system.
    (2) Surface water systems (or combined surface/ground) shall take a 
minimum of one sample at points in the distribution system that are 
representative of each source or at each entry point to the distribution 
system after treatment (hereafter called a sampling point). Each sample 
must be taken at the same sampling point unless conditions make another 
sampling point more representative of each source, treatment plant, or 
within the distribution system.
    (3) If the system draws water from more than one source and the 
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at an 
entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal 
operating conditions (i.e., when water representative of all sources is 
being used).
    (4) Each community and non-transient non-community water system 
shall take four consecutive quarterly samples for each contaminant 
listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (2) through (21) during each compliance period, 
beginning in the initial compliance period.
    (5) If the initial monitoring for contaminants listed in 
Sec. 141.61(a) (1) through (8) and the monitoring for the contaminants 
listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (9) through (21) as allowed in paragraph 
(f)(18) has been completed by December 31, 1992, and the system did not 
detect any contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (1) through (21), then 
each ground and surface water system shall take one sample annually 
beginning with the initial compliance period.
    (6) After a minimum of three years of annual sampling, the State may 
allow groundwater systems with no previous detection of any contaiminant 
listed in Sec. 141.61(a) to take one sample during each compliance 
period.
    (7) Each community and non-transient non-community ground water 
system which does not detect a contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (1) 
through (21) may apply to the State for a waiver from the requirements 
of paragraphs (f)(5) and (f)(6) of this section after completing the 
initial monitoring. (For purposes of this section, detection is defined 
as 0.0005 mg/l.) A waiver shall be effective for no more than 
six years (two compliance periods). States may also issue waivers to 
small systems for the initial round of monitoring for 1,2,4-
trichlorobenzene.
    (8) A State may grant a waiver after evaluating the following 
factor(s):
    (i) Knowledge of previous use (including transport, storage, or 
disposal) of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence 
of the system. If a determination by the State reveals no previous use 
of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence, a waiver 
may be granted.
    (ii) If previous use of the contaminant is unknown or it has been 
used previously, then the following factors shall be used to determine 
whether a waiver is granted.
    (A) Previous analytical results.
    (B) The proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point 
source of contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of 
chemicals at or near a water treatment facility or at manufacturing, 
distribution, or storage facilities, or from hazardous and municipal 
waste landfills and other waste handling or treatment facilities.

[[Page 317]]

    (C) The environmental persistence and transport of the contaminants.
    (D) The number of persons served by the public water system and the 
proximity of a smaller system to a larger system.
    (E) How well the water source is protected against contamination, 
such as whether it is a surface or groundwater system. Groundwater 
systems must consider factors such as depth of the well, the type of 
soil, and wellhead protection. Surface water systems must consider 
watershed protection.
    (9) As a condition of the waiver a groundwater system must take one 
sample at each sampling point during the time the waiver is effective 
(i.e., one sample during two compliance periods or six years) and update 
its vulnerability assessment considering the factors listed in paragraph 
(f)(8) of this section. Based on this vulnerability assessment the State 
must reconfirm that the system is non-vulnerable. If the State does not 
make this reconfirmation within three years of the initial 
determination, then the waiver is invalidated and the system is required 
to sample annually as specified in paragraph (5) of this section.
    (10) Each community and non-transient non-community surface water 
system which does not detect a contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (1) 
through (21) may apply to the State for a waiver from the requirements 
of (f)(5) of this section after completing the initial monitoring. 
Composite samples from a maximum of five sampling points are allowed, 
provided that the detection limit of the method used for analysis is 
less than one-fifth of the MCL. Systems meeting this criterion must be 
determined by the State to be non-vulnerable based on a vulnerability 
assessment during each compliance period. Each system receiving a waiver 
shall sample at the frequency specified by the State (if any).
    (11) If a contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (2) through (21) is 
detected at a level exceeding 0.0005 mg/l in any sample, then:
    (i) The system must monitor quarterly at each sampling point which 
resulted in a detection.
    (ii) The State may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement 
speci fied in paragraph (f)(11)(i) of this section provided it has 
determined that the system is reliably and consistently below the 
maximum contaminant level. In no case shall the State make this 
determination unless a groundwater system takes a minimum of two 
quarterly samples and a surface water system takes a minimum of four 
quarterly samples.
    (iii) If the State determines that the system is reliably and 
consistently below the MCL, the State may allow the system to monitor 
annually. Systems which monitor annually must monitor during the 
quarter(s) which previously yielded the highest analytical result.
    (iv) Systems which have three consecutive annual samples with no 
detection of a contaminant may apply to the State for a waiver as 
specified in paragraph (f)(7) of this section.
    (v) Groundwater systems which have detected one or more of the 
following two-carbon organic compounds: trichloroethylene, 
tetrachloroethylene, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, cis-1,2-
dichloroethylene, trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, or 1,1-dichloroethylene 
shall monitor quarterly for vinyl chloride. A vinyl chloride sample 
shall be taken at each sampling point at which one or more of the two-
carbon organic compounds was detected. If the results of the first 
analysis do not detect vinyl chloride, the State may reduce the 
quarterly monitoring frequency of vinyl chloride monitoring to one 
sample during each compliance period. Surface water systems are required 
to monitor for vinyl chloride as specified by the State.
    (12) Systems which violate the requirements of Sec. 141.61(a) (1) 
through (21), as determined by paragraph (f)(15) of this section, must 
monitor quarterly. After a minimum of four consecutive quarterly samples 
which show the system is in compliance as specified in paragraph (f)(15) 
of this section the system and the State determines that the system is 
reliably and consistently below the maximum contaminant level, the 
system may monitor at the frequency and times specified in paragraph 
(f)(11)(iii) of this section.

[[Page 318]]

    (13) The State may require a confirmation sample for positive or 
negative results. If a confirmation sample is required by the State, the 
result must be averaged with the first sampling result and the average 
is used for the compliance determination as specified by paragraph 
(f)(15). States have discretion to delete results of obvious sampling 
errors from this calculation.
    (14) The State may reduce the total number of samples a system must 
analyze by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from a 
maximum of five sampling points are allowed, provided that the detection 
limit of the method used for analysis is less than one-fifth of the MCL. 
Compositing of samples must be done in the laboratory and analyzed 
within 14 days of sample collection.
    (i) If the concentration in the composite sample is greater than or 
equal to 0.0005 mg/l for any contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(a), then 
a follow-up sample must be taken within 14 days at each sampling point 
included in the composite, and be analyzed for that contaminant.
    (ii) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling 
point used in the composite are available, the system may use these 
instead of resampling. The duplicate must be analyzed and the results 
reported to the State within 14 days of collection.
    (iii) If the population served by the system is > 3,300 persons, 
then compositing may only be permitted by the State at sampling points 
within a single system. In systems serving  3,300 persons, 
the State may permit compositing among different systems provided the 5-
sample limit is maintained.
    (iv) Compositing samples prior to GC analysis.
    (A) Add 5 ml or equal larger amounts of each sample (up to 5 samples 
are allowed) to a 25 ml glass syringe. Special precautions must be made 
to maintain zero headspace in the syringe.
    (B) The samples must be cooled at 4 deg.C during this step to 
minimize volatilization losses.
    (C) Mix well and draw out a 5-ml aliquot for analysis.
    (D) Follow sample introduction, purging, and desorption steps 
described in the method.
    (E) If less than five samples are used for compositing, a 
proportionately small syringe may be used.
    (v) Compositing samples prior to GC/MS analysis.
    (A) Inject 5-ml or equal larger amounts of each aqueous sample (up 
to 5 samples are allowed) into a 25-ml purging device using the sample 
introduction technique described in the method.
    (B) The total volume of the sample in the purging device must be 25 
ml.
    (C) Purge and desorb as described in the method.
    (15) Compliance with Sec. 141.61(a) (1) through (21) shall be 
determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling 
point.
    (i) For systems which are conducting monitoring at a frequency 
greater than annual, compliance is determined by a running annual 
average of all samples taken at each sampling point. If the annual 
average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the system 
is out of compliance. If the initial sample or a subsequent sample would 
cause the annual average to be exceeded, then the system is out of 
compliance immediately.
    (ii) If monitoring is conducted annually, or less frequently, the 
system is out of compliance if the level of a contaminant at any 
sampling point is greater than the MCL. If a confirmation sample is 
required by the State, the determination of compliance will be based on 
the average of two samples.
    (iii) If a public water system has a distribution system separable 
from other parts of the distribution system with no interconnections, 
the State may allow the system to give public notice to only that area 
served by that portion of the system which is out of compliance.
    (16) [Reserved]
    (17) Analysis under this section shall only be conducted by 
laboratories that are certified by EPA or the State according to the 
following conditions (laboratories may conduct sample analysis under 
provisional certification until January 1, 1996):

[[Page 319]]

    (i) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the 
contaminants in Sec. 141.61(a) (2) through (21) the laboratory must:
    (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation samples which include these 
substances provided by EPA Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory 
or equivalent samples provided by the State.
    (B) Achieve the quantitative acceptance limits under paragraphs 
(f)(17)(i) (C) and (D) of this section for at least 80 percent of the 
regulated organic chemicals listed in Sec. 141.61(a) (2) through (21).
    (C) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under 
paragraph (f)(17)(i)(A) of this section that are within 20% 
of the actual amount of the substances in the Performance Evaluation 
sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.010 mg/l.
    (D) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under 
paragraph (f)(17)(i)(A) of this section that are within 40 
percent of the actual amount of the substances in the Performance 
Evaluation sample when the actual amount is less than 0.010 mg/l.
    (E) Achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/l, according to 
the procedures in Appendix B of Part 136.
    (ii) To receive certification for vinyl chloride, the laboratory 
must:
    (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation samples provided by EPA 
Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory or equivalent samples 
provided by the State.
    (B) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under 
paragraph (f)(17)(ii)(A) of this section that are within 40 
percent of the actual amount of vinyl chloride in the Performance 
Evaluation sample.
    (C) Achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/l, according to 
the procedures in appendix B of part 136.
    (D) Obtain certification for the contaminants listed in 
Sec. 141.61(a)(2) through (21).
    (18) States may allow the use of monitoring data collected after 
January 1, 1988, required under section 1445 of the Act for purposes of 
initial monitoring compliance. If the data are generally consistent with 
the other requirements of this section, the State may use these data 
(i.e., a single sample rather than four quarterly samples) to satisfy 
the initial monitoring requirement of paragraph (f)(4) of this section. 
Systems which use grandfathered samples and did not detect any 
contaminant listed Sec. 141.61(a)(2) through (21) shall begin monitoring 
annually in accordance with paragraph (f)(5) of this section beginning 
with the initial compliance period.
    (19) States may increase required monitoring where necessary to 
detect variations within the system.
    (20) Each certified laboratory must determine the method detection 
limit (MDL), as defined in appendix B to part 136, at which it is 
capable of detecting VOCs. The acceptable MDL is 0.0005 mg/l. This 
concentration is the detection concentration for purposes of this 
section.
    (21) Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated 
by the State within each compliance period.
    (g) [Reserved]
    (h) Analysis of the contaminants listed in Sec. 141.61(c) for the 
purposes of determining compliance with the maximum contaminant level 
shall be conducted as follows: \7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ Monitoring for the contaminants aldicarb, aldicarb sulfoxide, 
and aldicarb sulfone shall be conducted in accordance with Sec. 141.40.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) Groundwater systems shall take a minimum of one sample at every 
entry point to the distribution system which is representative of each 
well after treatment (hereafter called a sampling point). Each sample 
must be taken at the same sampling point unless conditions make another 
sampling point more representative of each source or treatment plant.
    (2) Surface water systems shall take a minimum of one sample at 
points in the distribution system that are representative of each source 
or at each entry point to the distribution system after treatment 
(hereafter called a sampling point). Each sample must be taken at the 
same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more 
representative of each source or treatment plant.

    Note: For purposes of this paragraph, surface water systems include 
systems

[[Page 320]]

with a combination of surface and ground sources.

    (3) If the system draws water from more than one source and the 
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at an 
entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal 
operating conditions (i.e., when water representative of all sources is 
being used).
    (4) Monitoring frequency:
    (i) Each community and non-transient non-community water system 
shall take four consecutive quarterly samples for each contaminant 
listed in Sec. 141.61(c) during each compliance period beginning with 
the initial compliance period.
    (ii) Systems serving more than 3,300 persons which do not detect a 
contaminant in the initial compliance period may reduce the sampling 
frequency to a minimum of two quarterly samples in one year during each 
repeat compliance period.
    (iii) Systems serving less than or equal to 3,300 persons which do 
not detect a contaminant in the initial compliance period may reduce the 
sampling frequency to a minimum of one sample during each repeat 
compliance period.
    (5) Each community and non-transient water system may apply to the 
State for a waiver from the requirement of paragraph (h)(4) of this 
section. A system must reapply for a waiver for each compliance period.
    (6) A State may grant a waiver after evaluating the following 
factor(s): Knowledge of previous use (including transport, storage, or 
disposal) of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence 
of the system. If a determination by the State reveals no previous use 
of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence, a waiver 
may be granted. If previous use of the contaminant is unknown or it has 
been used previously, then the following factors shall be used to 
determine whether a waiver is granted.
    (i) Previous analytical results.
    (ii) The proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point 
source of contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of 
chemicals at or near a water treatment facility or at manufacturing, 
distribution, or storage facilities, or from hazardous and municipal 
waste landfills and other waste handling or treatment facilities. Non-
point sources include the use of pesticides to control insect and weed 
pests on agricultural areas, forest lands, home and gardens, and other 
land application uses.
    (iii) The environmental persistence and transport of the pesticide 
or PCBs.
    (iv) How well the water source is protected against contamination 
due to such factors as depth of the well and the type of soil and the 
integrity of the well casing.
    (v) Elevated nitrate levels at the water supply source.
    (vi) Use of PCBs in equipment used in the production, storage, or 
distribution of water (i.e., PCBs used in pumps, transformers, etc.).
    (7) If an organic contaminant listed in Sec. 141.61(c) is detected 
(as defined by paragraph (h)(18) of this section) in any sample, then:
    (i) Each system must monitor quarterly at each sampling point which 
resulted in a detection.
    (ii) The State may decrease the quarterly monitoring requirement 
specified in paragraph (h)(7)(i) of this section provided it has 
determined that the system is reliably and consistently below the 
maximum contaminant level. In no case shall the State make this 
determination unless a groundwater system takes a minimum of two 
quarterly samples and a surface water system takes a minimum of four 
quarterly samples.
    (iii) After the State determines the system is reliably and 
consistently below the maximum contaminant level the State may allow the 
system to monitor annually. Systems which monitor annually must monitor 
during the quarter that previously yielded the highest analytical 
result.
    (iv) Systems which have 3 consecutive annual samples with no 
detection of a contaminant may apply to the State for a waiver as 
specified in paragraph (h)(6) of this section.
    (v) If monitoring results in detection of one or more of certain 
related contaminants (aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone,

[[Page 321]]

aldicarb sulfoxide and heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide), then subsequent 
monitoring shall analyze for all related contaminants.
    (8) Systems which violate the requirements of Sec. 141.61(c) as 
determined by paragraph (h)(11) of this section must monitor quarterly. 
After a minimum of four quarterly samples show the system is in 
compliance and the State determines the system is reliably and 
consistently below the MCL, as specified in paragraph (h)(11) of this 
section, the system shall monitor at the frequency specified in 
paragraph (h)(7)(iii) of this section.
    (9) The State may require a confirmation sample for positive or 
negative results. If a confirmation sample is required by the State, the 
result must be averaged with the first sampling result and the average 
used for the compliance determination as specified by paragraph (h)(11) 
of this section. States have discretion to delete results of obvious 
sampling errors from this calculation.
    (10) The State may reduce the total number of samples a system must 
analyze by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from a 
maximum of five sampling points are allowed, provided that the detection 
limit of the method used for analysis is less than one-fifth of the MCL. 
Compositing of samples must be done in the laboratory and analyzed 
within 14 days of sample collection.
    (i) If the concentration in the composite sample detects one or more 
contaminants listed in Sec. 141.61(c), then a follow-up sample must be 
taken within 14 days at each sampling point included in the composite, 
and be analyzed for that contaminant.
    (ii) If duplicates of the original sample taken from each sampling 
point used in the composite are available, the system may use these 
duplicates instead of resampling. The duplicate must be analyzed and the 
results reported to the State within 14 days of collection.
    (iii) If the population served by the system is >3,300 persons, then 
compositing may only be permitted by the State at sampling points within 
a single system. In systems serving  3,300 persons, the State 
may permit compositing among different systems provided the 5-sample 
limit is maintained.
    (11) Compliance with Sec. 141.61(c) shall be determined based on the 
analytical results obtained at each sampling point.
    (i) For systems which are conducting monitoring at a frequency 
greater than annual, compliance is determined by a running annual 
average of all samples taken at each sampling point. If the annual 
average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the system 
is out of compliance. If the initial sample or a subsequent sample would 
cause the annual average to be exceeded, then the system is out of 
compliance immediately. Any samples below the detection limit shall be 
calculated as zero for purposes of determining the annual average.
    (ii) If monitoring is conducted annually, or less frequently, the 
system is out of compliance if the level of a contaminant at any 
sampling point is greater than the MCL. If a confirmation sample is 
required by the State, the determination of compliance will be based on 
the average of two samples.
    (iii) If a public water system has a distribution system separable 
from other parts of the distribution system with no interconnections, 
the State may allow the system to give public notice to only that 
portion of the system which is out of compliance.
    (12) [Reserved]
    (13) Analysis for PCBs shall be conducted as follows using the 
methods in paragraph (e) of this section:
    (i) Each system which monitors for PCBs shall analyze each sample 
using either Method 505 or Method 508.
    (ii) If PCBs (as one of seven Aroclors) are detected (as designated 
in this paragraph) in any sample analyzed using Method 505 or 508, the 
system shall reanalyze the sample using Method 508A to quantitate PCBs 
(as decachlorobiphenyl).

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Detection 
                          Aroclor                           limit (mg/l)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1016......................................................       0.00008
1221......................................................       0.02   
1232......................................................       0.0005 
1242......................................................       0.0003 
1248......................................................       0.0001 
1254......................................................       0.0001 

[[Page 322]]

                                                                        
1260......................................................       0.0002 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Compliance with the PCB MCL shall be determined based upon the 
quantitative results of analyses using Method 508A.
    (14) If monitoring data collected after January 1, 1990, are 
generally consistent with the requirements of Sec. 141.24(h), then the 
State may allow systems to use that data to satisfy the monitoring 
requirement for the initial compliance period beginning January 1, 1993.
    (15) The State may increase the required monitoring frequency, where 
necessary, to detect variations within the system (e.g., fluctuations in 
concentration due to seasonal use, changes in water source).
    (16) The State has the authority to determine compliance or initiate 
enforcement action based upon analytical results and other information 
compiled by their sanctioned representatives and agencies.
    (17) Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated 
by the State within each compliance period.
    (18) Detection as used in this paragraph shall be defined as greater 
than or equal to the following concentrations for each contaminant.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Detection 
                        Contaminant                           limit (mg/
                                                                  l)    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alachlor...................................................   .0002     
Aldicarb...................................................   .0005     
Aldicarb sulfoxide.........................................   .0005     
Aldicarb sulfone...........................................   .0008     
Atrazine...................................................   .0001     
Benzo[a]pyrene.............................................   .00002    
Carbofuran.................................................   .0009     
Chlordane..................................................   .0002     
Dalapon....................................................   .001      
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).........................   .00002    
Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate..................................   .0006     
Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate................................   .0006     
Dinoseb....................................................   .0002     
Diquat.....................................................   .0004     
2,4-D......................................................   .0001     
Endothall..................................................   .009      
Endrin.....................................................   .00001    
Ethylene dibromide (EDB)...................................   .00001    
Glyphosate.................................................   .006      
Heptachlor.................................................   .00004    
Heptachlor epoxide.........................................   .00002    
Hexachlorobenzene..........................................   .0001     
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene..................................   .0001     
Lindane....................................................   .00002    
Methoxychlor...............................................   .0001     
Oxamyl.....................................................   .002      
Picloram...................................................   .0001     
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) (as decachlorobiphenyl)...   .0001     
Pentachlorophenol..........................................   .00004    
Simazine...................................................   .00007    
Toxaphene..................................................   .001      
2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)......................................   .000000005
2,4,5-TP (Silvex)..........................................   .0002     
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    (19) Anaylsis under this section shall only be conducted by 
laboratories that have received certification by EPA or the State and 
have met the following conditions:
    (i) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the 
contaminants in Sec. 141.61(c) the laboratory must:
    (A) Analyze Performance Evaluation samples which include those 
substances provided by EPA Environmental Monitoring and Support 
Laboratory or equivalent samples provided by the State.
    (B) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses that are within the 
following acceptance limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Contaminant                  Acceptance limits (percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DBCP......................................  40              
EDB.......................................  40.             
Alachlor..................................  45.             
Atrazine..................................  45.             
Benzo[a]pyrene............................  2 standard deviations.      
Carbofuran................................  45.             
Chlordane.................................  45.             
Dalapon...................................  2 standard deviations.      
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate...................  2 standard deviations.      
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate.................  2 standard deviations.      
Dinoseb...................................  2 standard deviations.      
Diquat....................................  2 standard deviations.      
Endothall.................................  2 standard deviations.      
Endrin....................................  30.             
Glyphosate................................  2 standard deviations.      
Heptachlor................................  45.             
Heptachlor epoxide........................  45.             
Hexachlorobenzene.........................  2 standard deviations.      
Hexachloro- cyclopentadiene                 2 standard deviations.      
Lindane...................................  45.             
Methoxychlor..............................  45.             
Oxamyl....................................  2 standard deviations.      
PCBs (as Decachlorobiphenyl)                0-200.                      
Picloram..................................  2 standard deviations.      
Simazine..................................  2 standard deviations.      
Toxaphene.................................  45.             
Aldicarb..................................  2 standard deviations.      
Aldicarb sulfoxide........................  2 standard deviations.      
Aldicarb sulfone..........................  2 standard deviations.      
Pentachlorophenol.........................  50.             
2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin).....................  2 standard deviations.      
2,4-D.....................................  50.             
2,4,5-TP (Silvex).........................  50.             
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 323]]

    (ii) [Reserved]

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 
2040-0090)

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 44 FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979; 
45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10998, Mar. 12, 1982; 52 FR 25712, 
July 8, 1987; 53 FR 5147, Feb. 19, 1988; 53 FR 25110, July 1, 1988; 56 
FR 3583, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 30277, July 1, 1991; 57 FR 22178, May 27, 
1992; 57 FR 31841, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34323, July 1, 1994; 59 FR 
62468, Dec. 5, 1994; 60 FR 34085, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.25   Analytical methods for radioactivity.

    (a) The methods specified in Interim Radiochemical Methodology for 
Drinking Water, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, EPA-
600/4-75-008, USEPA, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, or those listed below, are 
to be used to determine compliance with Secs. 141.15 and 141.16 
(radioactivity) except in cases where alternative methods have been 
approved in accordance with Sec. 141.27.
    (1) Gross Alpha and Beta--Method 302 ``Gross Alpha and Beta 
Radioactivity in Water'' Standard Methods for the Examination of Water 
and Wastewater, 13th Edition, American Public Health Association, New 
York, NY., 1971.
    (2) Total Radium--Method 304 ``Radium in Water by Precipitation'' 
Ibid.
    (3) Radium-226--Method 305 ``Radium-226 by Radon in Water'' Ibid.
    (4) Strontium-89,90 -- Method 303 ``Total Strontium and Strontium-90 
in Water'' Ibid.
    (5) Tritium--Method 306 ``Tritium in Water'' Ibid.
    (6) Cesium-134 -- ASTM D-2459 ``Gamma Spectrometry in Water,'' 1975 
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water and Atmospheric Analysis, Part 31, 
American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. (1975).
    (7) Uranium--ASTM D-2907 ``Microquantities of Uranium in Water by 
Fluorometry,'' Ibid.
    (b) When the identification and measurement of radionuclides other 
than those listed in paragraph (a) of this section is required, the 
following references are to be used, except in cases where alternative 
methods have been approved in accordance with Sec. 141.27.
    (1) Procedures for Radiochemical Analysis of Nuclear Reactor Aqueous 
Solutions, H. L. Krieger and S. Gold, EPA-R4-73-014. USEPA, Cincinnati, 
Ohio, May 1973.
    (2) HASL Procedure Manual, Edited by John H. Harley. HASL 300, ERDA 
Health and Safety Laboratory, New York, NY., 1973.
    (c) For the purpose of monitoring radioactivity concentrations in 
drinking water, the required sensitivity of the radioanalysis is defined 
in terms of a detection limit. The detection limit shall be that 
concentration which can be counted with a precision of plus or minus 100 
percent at the 95 percent confidence level (1.96 where 
 is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the 
sample).
    (1) To determine compliance with Sec. 141.15(a) the detection limit 
shall not exceed 1 pCi/1. To determine compliance with Sec. 141.15(b) 
the detection limit shall not exceed 3 pCi/1.
    (2) To determine compliance with Sec. 141.16 the detection limits 
shall not exceed the concentrations listed in Table B.

Table B--Detection Limits for Man-made Beta Particle and Photon Emitters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Radionuclide                        Detection limit      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tritium...................................  1,000 pCi/1.                
Strontium-89..............................  10 pCi/1.                   
Strontium-90..............................  2 pCi/1.                    
Iodine-131................................  1 pCi/1.                    
Cesium-134................................  10 pCi/1.                   
Gross beta................................  4 pCi/1.                    
Other radionuclides.......................  \1/10\ of the applicable    
                                             limit.                     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) To judge compliance with the maximum contaminant levels listed 
in Secs. 141.15 and 141.16, averages of data shall be used and shall be 
rounded to the same number of significant figures as the maximum 
contaminant level for the substance in question.
    (e) The State has the authority to determine compliance or initiate 
enforcement action based upon analytical results or other information 
compiled by their sanctioned representatives and agencies.

[41 FR 28404, July 9, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980]



Sec. 141.26   Monitoring frequency for radioactivity in community water systems.

    (a) Monitoring requirements for gross alpha particle activity, 
radium-226 and radium-228.

[[Page 324]]

    (1) Initial sampling to determine compliance with Sec. 141.15 shall 
begin within two years of the effective date of these regulations and 
the analysis shall be completed within three years of the effective date 
of these regulations. Compliance shall be based on the analysis of an 
annual composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or the average of 
the analyses of four samples obtained at quarterly intervals.
    (i) A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted 
for the required radium-226 and radium-228 analysis Provided, That the 
measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 5 pCi/1 at a 
confidence level of 95 percent (1.65 where  is the 
standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample). In 
localities where radium-228 may be present in drinking water, it is 
recommended that the State require radium-226 and/or radium-228 analyses 
when the gross alpha particle activity exceeds 2 pCi/1.
    (ii) When the gross alpha particle activity exceeds 5 pCi/1, the 
same or an equivalent sample shall be analyzed for radium-226. If the 
concentration of radium-226 exceeds 3 pCi/1 the same or an equivalent 
sample shall be analyzed for radium-228.
    (2) For the initial analysis required by paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section, data acquired within one year prior to the effective date of 
this part may be substituted at the discretion of the State.
    (3) Suppliers of water shall monitor at least once every four years 
following the procedure required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section. At 
the discretion of the State, when an annual record taken in conformance 
with paragraph (a)(1) of this section has established that the average 
annual concentration is less than half the maximum contaminant levels 
established by Sec. 141.15, analysis of a single sample may be 
substituted for the quarterly sampling procedure required by paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section.
    (i) More frequent monitoring shall be conducted when ordered by the 
State in the vicinity of mining or other operations which may contribute 
alpha particle radioactivity to either surface or ground water sources 
of drinking water.
    (ii) A supplier of water shall monitor in conformance with paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section within one year of the introduction of a new 
water source for a community water system. More frequent monitoring 
shall be conducted when ordered by the State in the event of possible 
contamination or when changes in the distribution system or treatment 
processing occur which may increase the concentration of radioactivity 
in finished water.
    (iii) A community water system using two or more sources having 
different concentrations of radioactivity shall monitor source water, in 
addition to water from a free-flowing tap, when ordered by the State.
    (iv) Monitoring for compliance with Sec. 141.15 after the initial 
period need not include radium-228 except when required by the State, 
Provided, That the average annual concentration of radium-228 has been 
assayed at least once using the quarterly sampling procedure required by 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (v) Suppliers of water shall conduct annual monitoring of any 
community water system in which the radium-226 concentration exceeds 3 
pCi/1, when ordered by the State.
    (4) If the average annual maximum contaminant level for gross alpha 
particle activity or total radium as set forth in Sec. 141.15 is 
exceeded, the supplier of a community water system shall give notice to 
the State pursuant to Sec. 141.31 and notify the public as required by 
Sec. 141.32. Monitoring at quarterly intervals shall be continued until 
the annual average concentration no longer exceeds the maximum 
contaminant level or until a monitoring schedule as a condition to a 
variance, exemption or enforcement action shall become effective.
    (b) Monitoring requirements for manmade radioactivity in community 
water systems.
    (1) Within two years of the effective date of this part, systems 
using surface water sources and serving more than 100,000 persons and 
such other community water systems as are designated by the State shall 
be monitored for compliance with Sec. 141.16 by analysis of

[[Page 325]]

a composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or analysis of four 
quarterly samples. Compliance with Sec. 141.16 may be assumed without 
further analysis if the average annual concentration of gross beta 
particle activity is less than 50 pCi/1 and if the average annual 
concentrations of tritium and strontium-90 are less than those listed in 
Table A, Provided, That if both radionuclides are present the sum of 
their annual dose equivalents to bone marrow shall not exceed 4 
millirem/year.
    (i) If the gross beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/1, an 
analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major 
radioactive constituents present and the appropriate organ and total 
body doses shall be calculated to determine compliance with Sec. 141.16.
    (ii) Suppliers of water shall conduct additional monitoring, as 
ordered by the State, to determine the concentration of man-made 
radioactivity in principal watersheds designated by the State.
    (iii) At the discretion of the State, suppliers of water utilizing 
only ground waters may be required to monitor for man-made 
radioactivity.
    (2) For the initial analysis required by paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section data acquired within one year prior to the effective date of 
this part may be substituted at the discretion of the State.
    (3) After the initial analysis required by paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section suppliers of water shall monitor at least every four years 
following the procedure given in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (4) Within two years of the effective date of these regulations the 
supplier of any community water system designated by the State as 
utilizing waters contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities shall 
initiate quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle and iodine-131 
radioactivity and annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium.
    (i) Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity shall be 
based on the analysis of monthly samples or the analysis of a composite 
of three monthly samples. The former is recommended. If the gross beta 
particle activity in a sample exceeds 15 pCi/1, the same or an 
equivalent sample shall be analyzed for strontium-89 and cesium-134. If 
the gross beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/1, an analysis of the 
sample must be performed to identify the major radioactive constituents 
present and the appropriate organ and total body doses shall be 
calculated to determine compliance with Sec. 141.16.
    (ii) For iodine-131, a composite of five consecutive daily samples 
shall be analyzed once each quarter. As ordered by the State, more 
frequent monitoring shall be conducted when iodine-131 is identified in 
the finished water.
    (iii) Annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium shall be 
conducted by means of the analysis of a composite of four consecutive 
quarterly samples or analysis of four quarterly samples. The latter 
procedure is recommended.
    (iv) The State may allow the substitution of environmental 
surveillance data taken in conjunction with a nuclear facility for 
direct monitoring of manmade radioactivity by the supplier of water 
where the State determines such data is applicable to a particular 
community water system.
    (5) If the average annual maximum contaminant level for man-made 
radioactivity set forth in Sec. 141.16 is exceeded, the operator of a 
community water system shall give notice to the State pursuant to 
Sec. 141.31 and to the public as required by Sec. 141.32. Monitoring at 
monthly intervals shall be continued until the concentration no longer 
exceeds the maximum contaminant level or until a monitoring schedule as 
a condition to a variance, exemption or enforcement action shall become 
effective.

[41 FR 28404, July 9, 1976]



Sec. 141.27  Alternate analytical techniques.

    (a) With the written permission of the State, concurred in by the 
Administrator of the U.S. EPA, an alternate analytical technique may be 
employed. An alternate technique shall be accepted only if it is 
substantially equivalent to the prescribed test in both precision and 
accuracy as it relates to the determination of compliance with any MCL. 
The use of the alternate analytical

[[Page 326]]

technique shall not decrease the frequency of monitoring required by 
this part.

[45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980]



Sec. 141.28  Certified laboratories.

    (a) For the purpose of determining compliance with Secs. 141.21 
through 141.27, 141.41 and 141.42, samples may be considered only if 
they have been analyzed by a laboratory certified by the State except 
that measurements for turbidity, free chlorine residual, temperature and 
pH may be performed by any person acceptable to the State.
    (b) Nothing in this part shall be construed to preclude the State or 
any duly designated representative of the State from taking samples or 
from using the results from such samples to determine compliance by a 
supplier of water with the applicable requirements of this part.

[45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10999, Mar. 12, 1982, as amended at 
59 FR 34323, July 1, 1994]



Sec. 141.29   Monitoring of consecutive public water systems.

    When a public water system supplies water to one or more other 
public water systems, the State may modify the monitoring requirements 
imposed by this part to the extent that the interconnection of the 
systems justifies treating them as a single system for monitoring 
purposes. Any modified monitoring shall be conducted pursuant to a 
schedule specified by the State and concurred in by the Administrator of 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.



Sec. 141.30  Total trihalomethanes sampling, analytical and other requirements.

    (a) Community water system which serve a population of 10,000 or 
more individuals and which add a disinfectant (oxidant) to the water in 
any part of the drinking water treatment process shall analyze for total 
trihalomethanes in accordance with this section. For systems serving 
75,000 or more individuals, sampling and analyses shall begin not later 
than 1 year after the date of promulgation of this regulation. For 
systems serving 10,000 to 74,999 individuals, sampling and analyses 
shall begin not later than 3 years after the date of promulgation of 
this regulation. For the purpose of this section, the minimum number of 
samples required to be taken by the system shall be based on the number 
of treatment plants used by the system, except that multiple wells 
drawing raw water from a single aquifer may, with the State approval, be 
considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of 
samples. All samples taken within an established frequency shall be 
collected within a 24-hour period.
    (b)(1) For all community water systems utilizing surface water 
sources in whole or in part, and for all community water systems 
utilizing only ground water sources that have not been determined by the 
State to qualify for the monitoring requirements of paragraph (c) of 
this section, analyses for total trihalomethanes shall be performed at 
quarterly intervals on at least four water samples for each treatment 
plant used by the system. At least 25 percent of the samples shall be 
taken at locations within the distribution system reflecting the maximum 
residence time of the water in the system. The remaining 75 percent 
shall be taken at representative locations in the distribution system, 
taking into account number of persons served, different sources of water 
and different treatment methods employed. The results of all analyses 
per quarter shall be arithmetically averaged and reported to the State 
within 30 days of the system's receipt of such results. Results shall 
also be reported to EPA until such monitoring requirements have been 
adopted by the State. All samples collected shall be used in the 
computation of the average, unless the analytical results are 
invalidated for technical reasons. Sampling and analyses shall be 
conducted in accordance with the methods listed in paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (2) Upon the written request of a community water system, the 
monitoring frequency required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be 
reduced by the State to a minimum of one sample analyzed for TTHMs per 
quarter taken at a point in the distribution system reflecting the 
maximum residence time of the water in the system, upon a

[[Page 327]]

written determination by the State that the data from at least 1 year of 
monitoring in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section and local 
conditions demonstrate that total trihalomethane concentrations will be 
consistently below the maximum contaminant level.
    (3) If at any time during which the reduced monitoring frequency 
prescribed under this paragraph applies, the results from any analysis 
exceed 0.10 mg/l of TTHMs and such results are confirmed by at least one 
check sample taken promptly after such results are received, or if the 
system makes any significant change to its source of water or treatment 
program, the system shall immediately begin monitoring in accordance 
with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, which 
monitoring shall continue for at least 1 year before the frequency may 
be reduced again. At the option of the State, a system's monitoring 
frequency may and should be increased above the minimum in those cases 
where it is necessary to detect variations of TTHM levels within the 
distribution system.
    (c)(1) Upon written request to the State, a community water system 
utilizing only ground water sources may seek to have the monitoring 
frequency required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section reduced to a 
minimum of one sample for maximum TTHM potential per year for each 
treatment plant used by the system taken at a point in the distribution 
system reflecting maximum residence time of the water in the system. The 
system shall submit the results of at least one sample for maximum TTHM 
potential using the procedure specified in paragraph (g) of this 
section. A sample must be analyzed from each treatment plant used by the 
system and be taken at a point in the distribution system reflecting the 
maximum residence time of the water in the system. The system's 
monitoring frequency may only be reduced upon a written determination by 
the State that, based upon the data submitted by the system, the system 
has a maximum TTHM potential of less than 0.10 mg/l and that, based upon 
an assessment of the local conditions of the system, the system is not 
likely to approach or exceed the maximum contaminant level for total 
TTHMs. The results of all analyses shall be reported to the State within 
30 days of the system's receipt of such results. Results shall also be 
reported to EPA until such monitoring requirements have been adopted by 
the State. All samples collected shall be used for determining whether 
the system must comply with the monitoring requirements of paragraph (b) 
of this section, unless the analytical results are invalidated for 
technical reasons. Sampling and analyses shall be conducted in 
accordance with the methods listed in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) If at any time during which the reduced monitoring frequency 
prescribed under paragraph (c)(1) of this section applies, the results 
from any analysis taken by the system for maximum TTHM potential are 
equal to or greater than 0.10 mg/l, and such results are confirmed by at 
least one check sample taken promptly after such results are received, 
the system shall immediately begin monitoring in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and such monitoring shall 
continue for at least one year before the frequency may be reduced 
again. In the event of any significant change to the system's raw water 
or treatment program, the system shall immediately analyze an additional 
sample for maximum TTHM potential taken at a point in the distribution 
system reflecting maximum residence time of the water in the system for 
the purpose of determining whether the system must comply with the 
monitoring requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. At the option 
of the State, monitoring frequencies may and should be increased above 
the minimum in those cases where this is necessary to detect variation 
of TTHM levels within the distribution system.
    (d) Compliance with Sec. 141.12(c) shall be determined based on a 
running annual average of quarterly samples collected by the system as 
prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section. If the average of 
samples covering any 12 month period exceeds the Maximum Contaminant 
Level, the supplier of

[[Page 328]]

water shall report to the State pursuant to Sec. 141.31 and notify the 
public pursuant to Sec. 141.32. Monitoring after public notification 
shall be at a frequency designated by the State and shall continue until 
a monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, exemption or 
enforcement action shall become effective.
    (e) Sampling and analyses made pursuant to this section shall be 
conducted by one of the total trihalomethane methods as directed in 
Sec. 141.24(e), and the Technical Notes on Drinking Water Methods, EPA-
600/R-94-173, October 1994, which is available from NTIS, PB-104766. 
Samples for TTHM shall be dechlorinated upon collection to prevent 
further production of trihalomethanes, according to the procedures 
described in the methods, except acidification is not required if only 
THMs or TTHMs are to be determined. Samples for maximum TTHM potential 
should not be dechlorinated or acidified, and should be held for seven 
days at 25 deg.C (or above) prior to analysis.
    (f) Before a community water system makes any significant 
modifications to its existing treatment process for the purposes of 
achieving compliance with Sec. 141.12(c), such system must submit and 
obtain State approval of a detailed plan setting forth its proposed 
modification and those safeguards that it will implement to ensure that 
the bacteriological quality of the drinking water served by such system 
will not be adversely affected by such modification. Each system shall 
comply with the provisions set forth in the State-approved plan. At a 
minimum, a State approved plan shall require the system modifying its 
disinfection practice to:
    (1) Evaluate the water system for sanitary defects and evaluate the 
source water for biological quality;
    (2) Evaluate its existing treatment practices and consider 
improvements that will minimize disinfectant demand and optimize 
finished water quality throughout the distribution system;
    (3) Provide baseline water quality survey data of the distribution 
system. Such data should include the results from monitoring for 
coliform and fecal coliform bacteria, fecal streptococci, standard plate 
counts at 35 deg. C and 20 deg. C, phosphate, ammonia nitrogen and total 
organic carbon. Virus studies should be required where source waters are 
heavily contaminated with sewage effluent;
    (4) Conduct additional monitoring to assure continued maintenance of 
optimal biological quality in finished water, for example, when 
chloramines are introduced as disinfectants or when pre-chlorination is 
being discontinued. Additional monitoring should also be required by the 
State for chlorate, chlorite and chlorine dioxide when chlorine dioxide 
is used. Standard plate count analyses should also be required by the 
State as appropriate before and after any modifications;
    (5) Consider inclusion in the plan of provisions to maintain an 
active disinfectant residual throughout the distribution system at all 
times during and after the modification.
    (g) The water sample for determination of maximum total 
trihalomethane potential is taken from a point in the distribution 
system that reflects maximum residence time. Procedures for sample 
collection and handling are given in the methods. No reducing agent is 
added to ``quench'' the chemical reaction producing THMs at the time of 
sample collection. The intent is to permit the level of THM precursors 
to be depleted and the concentration of THMs to be maximized for the 
supply being tested. Four experimental parameters affecting maximum THM 
production are pH, temperature, reaction time and the presence of a 
disinfectant residual. These parameters are dealt with as follows: 
Measure the disinfectant residual at the selected sampling point. 
Proceed only if a measurable disinfectant residual is present. Collect 
triplicate 40 ml water samples at the pH prevailing at the time of 
sampling, and prepare a method blank according to the methods. Seal and 
store these samples together for seven days at 25 deg.C or above. After 
this time period, open one of the sample containers and check for 
disinfectant residual. Absence of a disinfectant residual invalidates 
the sample for further analysis. Once a disinfectant residual has been 
demonstrated, open another of the sealed

[[Page 329]]

samples and determine total THM concentration using an approved 
analytical method.

[44 FR 68641, Nov. 29, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 15545, 15547, Mar. 11, 
1980; 58 FR 41345, Aug. 3, 1993; 59 FR 62469, Dec. 5, 1994; 60 FR 34085, 
June 29, 1995]



       Subpart D--Reporting, Public Notification and Recordkeeping



Sec. 141.31   Reporting requirements.

    (a) Except where a shorter period is specified in this part, the 
supplier of water shall report to the State the results of any test 
measurement or analysis required by this part within (1) The first ten 
days following the month in which the result is received, or (2) the 
first ten days following the end of the required monitoring period as 
stipulated by the State, whichever of these is shortest.
    (b) Except where a different reporting period is specified in this 
part, the supplier of water must report to the State within 48 hours the 
failure to comply with any national primary drinking water regulation 
(including failure to comply with monitoring requirements) set forth in 
this part.
    (c) The supplier of water is not required to report analytical 
results to the State in cases where a State laboratory performs the 
analysis and reports the results to the State office which would 
normally receive such notification from the supplier.
    (d) The water supply system, within ten days of completion of each 
public notification required pursuant to Sec. 141.32, shall submit to 
the State a representative copy of each type of notice distributed, 
published, posted, and/or made available to the persons served by the 
system and/or to the media.
    (e) The water supply system shall submit to the State within the 
time stated in the request copies of any records required to be 
maintained under Sec. 141.33 hereof or copies of any documents then in 
existence which the State or the Administrator is entitled to inspect 
pursuant to the authority of section 1445 of the Safe Drinking Water Act 
or the equivalent provisions of State law.

[40 FR 59570, Dec. 24, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980]



Sec. 141.32  Public notification.

    The requirements in this section are effective April 28, 1989. The 
requirements of Sec. 141.36 apply until April 28, 1989.
    (a) Maximum contaminant level (MCL), treatment technique, and 
variance and exemption schedule violations. The owner or operator of a 
public water system which fails to comply with an applicable MCL or 
treatment technique established by this part or which fails to comply 
with the requirements of any schedule prescribed pursuant to a variance 
or exemption, shall notify persons served by the system as follows:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the 
owner or operator of a public water system must give notice:
    (i) By publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in 
the area served by the system as soon as possible, but in no case later 
than 14 days after the violation or failure. If the area served by a 
public water system is not served by a daily newspaper of general 
circulation, notice shall instead be given by publication in a weekly 
newspaper of general circulation serving the area; and
    (ii) By mail delivery (by direct mail or with the water bill), or by 
hand delivery, not later than 45 days after the violation or failure. 
The State may waive mail or hand delivery if it determines that the 
owner or operator of the public water system in violation has corrected 
the violation or failure within the 45-day period. The State must make 
the waiver in writing and within the 45-day period; and
    (iii) For violations of the MCLs of contaminants that may pose an 
acute risk to human health, by furnishing a copy of the notice to the 
radio and television stations serving the area served by the public 
water system as soon as possible but in no case later than 72 hours 
after the violation. The following violations are acute violations:
    (A) Any violations specified by the State as posing an acute risk to 
human health.

[[Page 330]]

    (B) Violation of the MCL for nitrate or nitrite as defined in 
Sec. 141.62 and determined according to Sec. 141.23(i)(3).
    (C) Violation of the MCL for total coliforms, when fecal coliforms 
or E. coli are present in the water distribution system, as specified in 
Sec. 141.63(b).
    (D) Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak, as defined in 
Sec. 141.2, in an unfiltered system subject to the requirements of 
subpart H of this part, after December 30, 1991 (see Sec. 141.71(b)(4)).
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
following the initial notice given under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section, the owner or operator of the public water system must give 
notice at least once every three months by mail delivery (by direct mail 
or with the water bill) or by hand delivery, for as long as the 
violation or failure exists.
    (3)(i) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of 
this section, the owner or operator of a community water system in an 
area that is not served by a daily or weekly newspaper of general 
circulation must give notice by hand delivery or by continuous posting 
in conspicuous places within the area served by the system. Notice by 
hand delivery or posting must begin as soon as possible, but no later 
than 72 hours after the violation or failure for acute violations (as 
defined in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section), or 14 days after the 
violation or failure (for any other violation). Posting must continue 
for as long as the violation or failure exists. Notice by hand delivery 
must be repeated at least every three months for as long as the 
violation or failure exists.
    (ii) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of 
this section, the owner or operator of a non-community water system may 
give notice by hand delivery or by continuous posting in conspicuous 
places within the area served by the system. Notice by hand delivery or 
posting must begin as soon as possible, but no later than 72 hours after 
the violation or failure for acute violations (as defined in paragraph 
(a)(1)((iii) of this section), or 14 days after the violation or failure 
(for any other violation). Posting must continue for as long as the 
violation or failure exists. Notice by hand delivery must be repeated at 
least every three months for as long as the violation or failure exists.
    (b) Other violations, variances, exemptions. The owner or operator 
of a public water system which fails to perform monitoring required by 
section 1445(a) of the Act (including monitoring required by the 
National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWRs) of this part), 
fails to comply with a testing procedure established by this part, is 
subject to a variance granted under section 1415(a)(1)(A) or 1415(a)(2) 
of the Act, or is subject to an exemption under section 1416 of the Act, 
shall notify persons served by the system as follows:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) or (b)(4) of this 
section, the owner or operator of a public water system must give notice 
within three months of the violation or granting of a variance or 
exemption by publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in 
the area served by the system. If the area served by a public water 
system is not served by a daily newspaper of general circulation, notice 
shall instead be given by publication in a weekly newspaper of general 
circulation serving the area.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) or (b)(4) of this 
section, following the initial notice given under paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, the owner or operator of the public water system must give 
notice at least once every three months by mail delivery (by direct mail 
or with the water bill) or by hand delivery, for as long as the 
violation exists. Repeat notice of the existence of a variance or 
exemption must be given every three months for as long as the variance 
or exemption remains in effect.
    (3) (i) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) 
of this section, the owner or operator of a community water system in an 
area that is not served by a daily or weekly newspaper of general 
circulation must give notice, within three months of the violation or 
granting of the variance or exemption, by hand delivery or by continuous 
posting in conspicuous places with the area served by the system. 
Posting must continue for as long as

[[Page 331]]

the violation exists or a variance or exemption remains in effect. 
Notice by hand delivery must be repeated at least every three months for 
as long as the violation exists or a variance or exemption remains in 
effect.
    (ii) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of 
this section, the owner or operator of a non-community water system may 
give notice, within three months of the violation or the granting of the 
variance or exemption, by hand delivery or by continuous posting in 
conspicuous places within the area served by the system. Posting must 
continue for as long as the violation exists, or a variance or exemption 
remains in effect. Notice by hand delivery must be repeated at least 
every three months for as long as the violation exists or a variance or 
exemption remains in effect.
    (4) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and 
(b)(3) of this section, the owner or operator of a public water system, 
at the discretion of the State, may provide less frequent notice for 
minor monitoring violations as defined by the State, if EPA has approved 
the State's application for a program revision under Sec. 142.16. Notice 
of such violations must be given no less frequently than annually.
    (c) Notice to new billing units. The owner or operator of a 
community water system must give a copy of the most recent public notice 
for any outstanding violation of any maximum contaminant level, or any 
treatment technique requirement, or any variance or exemption schedule 
to all new billing units or new hookups prior to or at the time service 
begins.
    (d) General content of public notice. Each notice required by this 
section must provide a clear and readily understandable explanation of 
the violation, any potential adverse health effects, the population at 
risk, the steps that the public water system is taking to correct such 
violation, the necessity for seeking alternative water supplies, if any, 
and any preventive measures the consumer should take until the violation 
is corrected. Each notice shall be conspicuous and shall not contain 
unduly technical language, unduly small print, or similar problems that 
frustrate the purpose of the notice. Each notice shall include the 
telephone number of the owner, operator, or designee of the public water 
system as a source of additional information concerning the notice. 
Where appropriate, the notice shall be multi-lingual.
    (e) Mandatory health effects language. When providing the 
information on potential adverse health effects required by paragraph 
(d) of this section in notices of violations of maximum contaminant 
levels or treatment technique requirements, or notices of the granting 
or the continued existence of exemptions or variances, or notices of 
failure to comply with a variance or exemption schedule, the owner or 
operator of a public water system shall include the language specified 
below for each contaminant. (If language for a particular contaminant is 
not specified below at the time notice is required, this paragraph does 
not apply.)
    (1) Trichloroethylene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
trichloroethylene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This chemical is a common metal cleaning and dry cleaning fluid. It 
generally gets into drinking water by improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as 
rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over their 
lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may 
increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed at lower levels 
over long periods of time. EPA has set forth the enforceable drinking 
water standard for trichloroethylene at 0.005 parts per million (ppm) to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should be 
considered safe.
    (2) Carbon tetrachloride. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
carbon tetrachloride is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This chemical was once a popular household cleaning fluid. It generally 
gets into

[[Page 332]]

drinking water by improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown 
to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that 
cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer 
in humans who are exposed at lower levels over long periods of of time. 
EPA has set the enforceable drinking water standard for carbon 
tetrachloride at 0.005 parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of 
cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed in 
laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets this standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe.
    (3) 1,2-Dichloroethane. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 1,2-
dichloroethane is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
chemical is used as a cleaning fluid for fats, oils, waxes, and resins. 
It generally gets into drinking water from improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as 
rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over their 
lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may 
increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed at lower levels 
over long periods of time. EPA has set the enforceable drinking water 
standard for 1,2-dichloroethane at 0.005 parts per million (ppm) to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should be 
considered safe.
    (4) Vinyl chloride. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that vinyl 
chloride is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
chemical is used in industry and is found in drinking water as a result 
of the breakdown of related solvents. The solvents are used as cleaners 
and degreasers of metals and generally get into drinking water by 
improper waste disposal. This chemical has been associated with 
significantly increased risks of cancer among certain industrial workers 
who were exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical during 
their working careers. This chemical has also been shown to cause cancer 
in laboratory animals when the animals are exposed at high levels over 
their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause increased risk of cancer among 
exposed industrial workers and in laboratory animals also may increase 
the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed at lower levels over long 
periods of time. EPA has set the enforceable drinking water standard for 
vinyl chloride at 0.002 part per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of 
cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed in 
humans and laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets this standard 
is associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe.
    (5) Benzene. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that benzene is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This chemical is used as a 
solvent and degreaser of metals. It is also a major component of 
gasoline. Drinking water contamination generally results from leaking 
undergound gasoline and petroleum tanks or improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been associated with significantly increased risks of 
leukemia among certain industrial workers who were exposed to relatively 
large amounts of this chemical during their working careers. This 
chemical has also been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals when 
the animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals 
that cause increased risk of cancer among exposed industrial workers and 
in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed at lower levels over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
enforceable drinking water standard for benzene at 0.005 parts per 
million (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health 
effects which have been observed in humans and laboratory animals. 
Drinking water which meets this standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and should be considered safe.

[[Page 333]]

    (6) 1,1-Dichloroethylene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 1,1-
dichloroethylene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
chemical is used in industry and is found in drinking water as a result 
of the breakdown of related solvents. The solvents are used as cleaners 
and degreasers of metals and generally get into drinking water by 
improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to cause liver and 
kidney damage in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals which 
cause adverse effects in laboratory animals also may cause adverse 
health effects in humans who are exposed at lower levels over long 
periods of time. EPA has set the enforceable drinking water standard for 
1,1-dichloroethylene at 0.007 parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk 
of these adverse health effects which have been observed in laboratory 
animals. Drinking water which meets this standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe.
    (7) Para-dichlorobenzene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that para-
dichlorobenzene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
chemical is a component of deodorizers, moth balls, and pesticides. It 
generally gets into drinking water by improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to cause liver and kidney damage in laboratory 
animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed to high 
levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals which cause adverse effects in 
laboratory animals also may cause adverse health effects in humans who 
are exposed at lower levels over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
enforceable drinking water standard for para-dichlorobenzene at 0.075 
parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of these adverse health 
effects which have been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water 
which meets this standard is associated with little to none of this risk 
and should be considered safe.
    (8) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that the 1,1,1-trichloroethane is a health concern at certain levels of 
exposure. This chemical is used as a cleaner and degreaser of metals. It 
generally gets into drinking water by improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to damage the liver, nervous system, and 
circulatory system of laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Some industrial 
workers who were exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical 
during their working careers also suffered damage to the liver, nervous 
system, and circulatory system. Chemicals which cause adverse effects 
among exposed industrial workers and in laboratory animals also may 
cause adverse health effects in humans who are exposed at lower levels 
over long periods of time. EPA has set the enforceable drinking water 
standard for 1,1,1-trichloroethane at 0.2 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of these adverse health effects which have been 
observed in humans and laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets 
this standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should 
be considered safe.
    (9) Fluoride.

    [Note: EPA is not specifying language that must be included in a 
public notice for a violation of the fluoride maximum contaminant level 
in this section because Sec. 143.5 of this part includes the necessary 
information. See paragraph (f) of this section.]

    (10) Microbiological contaminants (for use when there is a violation 
of the treatment technique requirements for filtration and disinfection 
in Subpart H of this part). The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that the 
presence of microbiological contaminants are a health concern at certain 
levels of exposure. If water is inadequately treated, microbiological 
contaminants in that water may cause disease. Disease symptoms may 
include diarrhea, cramps, nausea, and possibly jaundice, and any 
associated headaches and fatigue. These

[[Page 334]]

symptoms, however, are not just associated with disease-causing 
organisms in drinking water, but also may be caused by a number of 
factors other than your drinking water. EPA has set enforceable 
requirements for treating drinking water to reduce the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Treatment such as filtering and disinfecting the 
water removes or destroys microbiological contaminants. Drinking water 
which is treated to meet EPA requirements is associated with little to 
none of this risk and should be considered safe.
    (11) Total coliforms (To be used when there is a violation of 
Sec. 141.63(a), and not a violation of Sec. 141.63(b)). The United 
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water 
standards and has determined that the presence of total coliforms is a 
possible health concern. Total coliforms are common in the environment 
and are generally not harmful themselves. The presence of these bacteria 
in drinking water, however, generally is a result of a problem with 
water treatment or the pipes which distribute the water, and indicates 
that the water may be contaminated with organisms that can cause 
disease. Disease symptoms may include diarrhea, cramps, nausea, and 
possibly jaundice, and any associated headaches and fatigue. These 
symptoms, however, are not just associated with disease-causing 
organisms in drinking water, but also may be caused by a number of 
factors other than your drinking water. EPA has set an enforceable 
drinking water standard for total coliforms to reduce the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Under this standard, no more than 5.0 percent of 
the samples collected during a month can contain these bacteria, except 
that systems collecting fewer than 40 samples/month that have one total 
coliform-positive sample per month are not violating the standard. 
Drinking water which meets this standard is usually not associated with 
a health risk from disease-causing bacteria and should be considered 
safe.
    (12) Fecal Coliforms/E. coli (To be used when there is a violation 
of Sec. 141.63(b) or both Sec. 141.63 (a) and (b)). The United States 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and 
has determined that the presence of fecal coliforms or E. coli is a 
serious health concern. Fecal coliforms and E. coli are generally not 
harmful themselves, but their presence in drinking water is serious 
because they usually are associated with sewage or animal wastes. The 
presence of these bacteria in drinking water is generally a result of a 
problem with water treatment or the pipes which distribute the water, 
and indicates that the water may be contaminated with organisms that can 
cause disease. Disease symptoms may include diarrhea, cramps, nausea, 
and possibly jaundice, and associated headaches and fatigue. These 
symptoms, however, are not just associated with disease-causing 
organisms in drinking water, but also may be caused by a number of 
factors other than your drinking water. EPA has set an enforceable 
drinking water standard for fecal coliforms and E. coli to reduce the 
risk of these adverse health effects. Under this standard all drinking 
water samples must be free of these bacteria. Drinking water which meets 
this standard is associated with little or none of this risk and should 
be considered safe. State and local health authorities recommend that 
consumers take the following precautions: [To be inserted by the public 
water system, according to instructions from State or local 
authorities].
    (13) Lead. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that lead is a health 
concern at certain exposure levels. Materials that contain lead have 
frequently been used in the construction of water supply distribution 
systems, and plumbing systems in private homes and other buildings. The 
most commonly found materials include service lines, pipes, brass and 
bronze fixtures, and solders and fluxes. Lead in these materials can 
contaminate drinking water as a result of the corrosion that takes place 
when water comes into contact with those materials. Lead can cause a 
variety of adverse health effects in humans. At relatively low levels of 
exposure, these effects may include interference with red blood cell 
chemistry, delays in normal physical and mental development in babies 
and young children, slight

[[Page 335]]

deficits in the attention span, hearing, and learning abilities of 
children, and slight increases in the blood pressure of some adults. 
EPA's national primary drinking water regulation requires all public 
water systems to optimize corrosion control to minimize lead 
contamination resulting from the corrosion of plumbing materials. Public 
water systems serving 50,000 people or fewer that have lead 
concentrations below 15 parts per billion (ppb) in more than 90% of tap 
water samples (the EPA ``action level'') have optimized their corrosion 
control treatment. Any water system that exceeds the action level must 
also monitor their source water to determine whether treatment to remove 
lead in source water is needed. Any water system that continues to 
exceed the action level after installation of corrosion control and/or 
source water treatment must eventually replace all lead service lines 
contributing in excess of 15 (ppb) of lead to drinking water. Any water 
system that exceeds the action level must also undertake a public 
education program to inform consumers of ways they can reduce their 
exposure to potentially high levels of lead in drinking water.
    (14) Copper. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that copper is a health 
concern at certain exposure levels. Copper, a reddish-brown metal, is 
often used to plumb residential and commercial structures that are 
connected to water distribution systems. Copper contaminating drinking 
water as a corrosion byproduct occurs as the result of the corrosion of 
copper pipes that remain in contact with water for a prolonged period of 
time. Copper is an essential nutrient, but at high doses it has been 
shown to cause stomach and intestinal distress, liver and kidney damage, 
and anemia. Persons with Wilson's disease may be at a higher risk of 
health effects due to copper than the general public. EPA's national 
primary drinking water regulation requires all public water systems to 
install optimal corrosion control to minimize copper contamination 
resulting from the corrosion of plumbing materials. Public water systems 
serving 50,000 people or fewer that have copper concentrations below 1.3 
parts per million (ppm) in more than 90% of tap water samples (the EPA 
``action level'') are not required to install or improve their 
treatment. Any water system that exceeds the action level must also 
monitor their source water to determine whether treatment to remove 
copper in source water is needed.
    (15) Asbestos. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that asbestos 
fibers greater than 10 micrometers in length are a health concern at 
certain levels of exposure. Asbestos is a naturally occurring mineral. 
Most asbestos fibers in drinking water are less than 10 micrometers in 
length and occur in drinking water from natural sources and from 
corroded asbestos-cement pipes in the distribution system. The major 
uses of asbestos were in the production of cements, floor tiles, paper 
products, paint, and caulking; in transportation-related applications; 
and in the production of textiles and plastics. Asbestos was once a 
popular insulating and fire retardent material. Inhalation studies have 
shown that various forms of asbestos have produced lung tumors in 
laboratory animals. The available information on the risk of developing 
gastrointestinal tract cancer associated with the ingestion of asbestos 
from drinking water is limited. Ingestion of intermediate-range 
chrysotile asbestos fibers greater than 10 micrometers in length is 
associated with causing benign tumors in male rats. Chemicals that cause 
cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in 
humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for asbestos at 7 million long fibers per liter 
to reduce the potential risk of cancer or other adverse health effects 
which have been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water which 
meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk 
and should be considered safe with respect to asbestos.
    (16) Barium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that barium is a health 
concern at certain levels of exposure.

[[Page 336]]

This inorganic chemical occurs naturally in some aquifers that serve as 
sources of ground water. It is also used in oil and gas drilling muds, 
automotive paints, bricks, tiles and jet fuels. It generally gets into 
drinking water after dissolving from naturally occurring minerals in the 
ground. This chemical may damage the heart and cardiovascular system, 
and is associated with high blood pressure in laboratory animals such as 
rats exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. In humans, EPA 
believes that effects from barium on blood pressure should not occur 
below 2 parts per million (ppm) in drinking water. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for barium at 2 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water 
that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and is considered safe with respect to barium.
    (17) Cadmium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that cadmium is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. Food and the smoking of 
tobacco are common sources of general exposure. This inorganic metal is 
a contaminant in the metals used to galvanize pipe. It generally gets 
into water by corrosion of galvanized pipes or by improper waste 
disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the kidney in animals 
such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over 
their lifetimes. Some industrial workers who were exposed to relatively 
large amounts of this chemical during working careers also suffered 
damage to the kidney. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
cadmium at 0.005 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard 
is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe 
with respect to cadmium.
    (18) Chromium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that chromium is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This inorganic metal 
occurs naturally in the ground and is often used in the electroplating 
of metals. It generally gets into water from runoff from old mining 
operations and improper waste disposal from plating operations. This 
chemical has been shown to damage the kidney, nervous system, and the 
circulatory system of laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels. Some humans who were exposed to high 
levels of this chemical suffered liver and kidney damage, dermatitis and 
respiratory problems. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
chromium at 0.1 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard 
is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe 
with respect to chromium.
    (19) Mercury. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that mercury is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This inorganic metal is 
used in electrical equipment and some water pumps. It usually gets into 
water as a result of improper waste disposal. This chemical has been 
shown to damage the kidney of laboratory animals such as rats when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for mercury at 0.002 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water 
that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and is considered safe with respect to mercury.
    (20) Nitrate. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that nitrate 
poses an acute health concern at certain levels of exposure. Nitrate is 
used in fertilizer and is found in sewage and wastes from human and/or 
farm animals and generally gets into drinking water from those 
activities. Excessive levels of nitrate in drinking water have caused 
serious illness and sometimes death in infants under six months of age. 
The serious illness in infants is caused because nitrate is converted to 
nitrite in the body. Nitrite interferes with the oxygen carrying 
capacity of the child's blood. This is an acute disease in that

[[Page 337]]

symptoms can develop rapidly in infants. In most cases, health 
deteriorates over a period of days. Symptoms include shortness of breath 
and blueness of the skin. Clearly, expert medical advice should be 
sought immediately if these symptoms occur. The purpose of this notice 
is to encourage parents and other responsible parties to provide infants 
with an alternate source of drinking water. Local and State health 
authorities are the best source for information concerning alternate 
sources of drinking water for infants. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard at 10 parts per million (ppm) for nitrate to protect against 
the risk of these adverse effects. EPA has also set a drinking water 
standard for nitrite at 1 ppm. To allow for the fact that the toxicity 
of nitrate and nitrite are additive, EPA has also established a standard 
for the sum of nitrate and nitrite at 10 ppm. Drinking water that meets 
the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is 
considered safe with respect to nitrate.
    (21) Nitrite. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that nitrite 
poses an acute health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
inorganic chemical is used in fertilizers and is found in sewage and 
wastes from humans and/or farm animals and generally gets into drinking 
water as a result of those activities. While excessive levels of nitrite 
in drinking water have not been observed, other sources of nitrite have 
caused serious illness and sometimes death in infants under six months 
of age. The serious illness in infants is caused because nitrite 
interferes with the oxygen carrying capacity of the child's blood. This 
is an acute disease in that symptoms can develop rapidly. However, in 
most cases, health deteriorates over a period of days. Symptoms include 
shortness of breath and blueness of the skin. Clearly, expert medical 
advice should be sought immediately if these symptoms occur. The purpose 
of this notice is to encourage parents and other responsible parties to 
provide infants with an alternate source of drinking water. Local and 
State health authorities are the best source for information concerning 
alternate sources of drinking water for infants. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard at 1 part per million (ppm) for nitrite to 
protect against the risk of these adverse effects. EPA has also set a 
drinking water standard for nitrate (converted to nitrite in humans) at 
10 ppm and for the sum of nitrate and nitrite at 10 ppm. Drinking water 
that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and is considered safe with respect to nitrite.
    (22) Selenium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that selenium is 
a health concern at certain high levels of exposure. Selenium is also an 
essential nutrient at low levels of exposure. This inorganic chemical is 
found naturally in food and soils and is used in electronics, photocopy 
operations, the manufacture of glass, chemicals, drugs, and as a 
fungicide and a feed additive. In humans, exposure to high levels of 
selenium over a long period of time has resulted in a number of adverse 
health effects, including a loss of feeling and control in the arms and 
legs. EPA has set the drinking water standard for selenium at 0.05 parts 
per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health 
effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to 
selenium.
    (23) Acrylamide. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that acrylamide 
is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. Polymers made from 
acrylamide are sometimes used to treat water supplies to remove 
particulate contaminants. Acrylamide has been shown to cause cancer in 
laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at 
high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in 
laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed over long periods of time. Sufficiently large doses of 
acrylamide are known to cause neurological injury. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for acrylamide using a treatment technique to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse

[[Page 338]]

health effects which have been observed in laboratory animals. This 
treatment technique limits the amount of acrylamide in the polymer and 
the amount of the polymer which may be added to drinking water to remove 
particulates. Drinking water systems which comply with this treatment 
technique have little to no risk and are considered safe with respect to 
acrylamide.
    (24) Alachlor. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that alachlor is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
a widely used pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions are 
favorable, alachlor may get into drinking water by runoff into surface 
water or by leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to 
cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that 
cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer 
in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for alachlor at 0.002 parts per million (ppm) to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is 
considered safe with respect to alachlor.
    (25) Aldicarb. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that aldicarb is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. Aldicarb is a widely 
used pesticide. Under certain soil and climatic conditions (e.g., sandy 
soil and high rainfall), aldicarb may leach into ground water after 
normal agricultural applications to crops such as potatoes or peanuts or 
may enter drinking water supplies as a result of surface runoff. This 
chemical has been shown to damage the nervous system in laboratory 
animals such as rats and dogs exposed to high levels. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for aldicarb at 0.003 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of adverse health effects. Drinking water that 
meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk 
and is considered safe with respect to aldicarb.
    (26) Aldicarb sulfoxide. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
aldicarb sulfoxide is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
Aldicarb is a widely used pesticide. Aldicarb sulfoxide in ground water 
is primarily a breakdown product of aldicarb. Under certain soil and 
climatic conditions (e.g., sandy soil and high rainfall), aldicarb 
sulfoxide may leach into ground water after normal agricultural 
applications to crops such as potatoes or peanuts or may enter drinking 
water supplies as a result of surface runoff. This chemical has been 
shown to damage the nervous system in laboratory animals such as rats 
and dogs exposed to high levels. EPA has set the drinking water standard 
for aldicarb sulfoxide at 0.004 parts per million (ppm) to protect 
against the risk of adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets 
the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is 
considered safe with respect to aldicarb sulfoxide.
    (27) Aldicarb sulfone. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
aldicarb sulfone is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
Aldicarb is a widely used pesticide. Aldicarb sulfone is formed from the 
breakdown of aldicarb and is considered for registration as a pesticide 
under the name aldoxycarb. Under certain soil and climatic conditions 
(e.g., sandy soil and high rainfall), aldicarb sulfone may leach into 
ground water after normal agricultural applications to crops such as 
potatoes or peanuts or may enter drinking water supplies as a result of 
surface runoff. This chemical has been shown to damage the nervous 
system in laboratory animals such as rats and dogs exposed to high 
levels. EPA has set the drinking water standard for aldicarb sulfone at 
0.002 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of adverse 
health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated 
with little to none of this

[[Page 339]]

risk and is considered safe with respect to aldicarb sulfone.
    (28) Atrazine. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that atrazine is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
a herbicide. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, atrazine 
may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or by leaching 
into ground water. This chemical has been shown to affect offspring of 
rats and the heart of dogs. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
atrazine at 0.003 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard 
is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe 
with respect to atrazine.
    (29) Carbofuran. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that carbofuran 
is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical 
is a pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, 
carbofuran may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or 
by leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to damage 
the nervous and reproductive systems of laboratory animals such as rats 
and mice exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Some humans who 
were exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical during their 
working careers also suffered damage to the nervous system. Effects on 
the nervous system are generally rapidly reversible. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for carbofuran at 0.04 parts per million (ppm) 
to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking 
water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of 
this risk and is considered safe with respect to carbofuran.
    (30) Chlordane. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA sets drinking water standards and has determined that chlordane is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
a pesticide used to control termites. Chlordane is not very mobile in 
soils. It usually gets into drinking water after application near water 
supply intakes or wells. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in 
laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at 
high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in 
laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for chlordane at 0.002 parts per million (ppm) to reduce the 
risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed 
in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to chlordane.
    (31) Dibromochloropropane (DBCP). The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that DBCP is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
organic chemical was once a popular pesticide. When soil and climatic 
conditions are favorable, dibromochloropropane may get into drinking 
water by runoff into surface water or by leaching into ground water. 
This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such 
as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over their 
lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may 
increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed over long periods 
of time. EPA has set the drinking water standard for DBCP at 0.0002 
parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse 
health effects which have been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking 
water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of 
this risk and is considered safe with respect to DBCP.
    (32) o-Dichlorobenzene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that o-
dichlorobenzene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
organic chemical is used as a solvent in the production of pesticides 
and dyes. It generally gets into water by improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to damage the liver, kidney and the blood cells 
of laboratory animals

[[Page 340]]

such as rats and mice exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. 
Some industrial workers who were exposed to relatively large amounts of 
this chemical during working careers also suffered damage to the liver, 
nervous system, and circulatory system. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for o-dichlorobenzene at 0.6 parts per million (ppm) to protect 
against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water that 
meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk 
and is considered safe with respect to o-dichlorobenzene.
    (33) cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) establishes drinking water standards and has 
determined that cis-1,2-dichloroethylene is a health concern at certain 
levels of exposure. This organic chemical is used as a solvent and 
intermediate in chemical production. It generally gets into water by 
improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver, nervous system, and circulatory system of laboratory animals such 
as rats and mice when exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Some 
humans who were exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical 
also suffered damage to the nervous system. EPA has set the drinking 
water standard for cis-1,2-dichloroethylene at 0.07 parts per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to cis-1,2-
dichloroethylene.
    (34) trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) establishes drinking water standards and has 
determined that trans-1,2-dichloroethylene is a health concern at 
certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is used as a solvent 
and intermediate in chemical production. It generally gets into water by 
improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver, nervous system, and the circulatory system of laboratory animals 
such as rats and mice when exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. 
Some humans who were exposed to relatively large amounts of this 
chemical also suffered damage to the nervous system. EPA has set 
drinking water standard for trans-1,2-dichloroethylene at 0.1 parts per 
million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health 
effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to 
trans-1,2-dichloroethylene.
    (35) 1,2-Dichloropropane. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 1,2-
dichloropropane is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
organic chemical is used as a solvent and pesticide. When soil and 
climatic conditions are favorable, 1,2-dichloropropane may get into 
drinking water by runoff into surface water or by leaching into ground 
water. It may also get into drinking water through improper waste 
disposal. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory 
animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high 
levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory 
animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed 
over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
1,2-dichloropropane at 0.005 parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk 
of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed in 
laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to 1,2-dichloropropane.
    (36) 2,4-D. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that 2,4-D is a health 
concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is used as 
a herbicide and to control algae in reservoirs. When soil and climatic 
conditions are favorable, 2,4-D may get into drinking water by runoff 
into surface water or by leaching into ground water. This chemical has 
been shown to damage the liver and kidney of laboratory animals such as 
rats exposed at high levels during their lifetimes. Some humans who were 
exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical also suffered 
damage to the nervous system.

[[Page 341]]

EPA has set the drinking water standard for 2,4-D at 0.07 parts per 
million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health 
effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to 2,4-
D.
    (37) Epichlorohydrin. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
epichlorohydrin is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
Polymers made from epichlorohydrin are sometimes used in the treatment 
of water supplies as a flocculent to remove particulates. 
Epichlorohydrin generally gets into drinking water by improper use of 
these polymers. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in 
laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at 
high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in 
laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for epichlorohydrin using a treatment technique to reduce the 
risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed 
in laboratory animals. This treatment technique limits the amount of 
epichlorohydrin in the polymer and the amount of the polymer which may 
be added to drinking water as a flocculent to remove particulates. 
Drinking water systems which comply with this treatment technique have 
little to no risk and are considered safe with respect to 
epichlorohydrin.
    (38) Ethylbenzene. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined ethylbenzene is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a 
major component of gasoline. It generally gets into water by improper 
waste disposal or leaking gasoline tanks. This chemical has been shown 
to damage the kidney, liver, and nervous system of laboratory animals 
such as rats exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. EPA has set 
the drinking water standard for ethylbenzene at 0.7 part per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to ethylbenzene.
    (39) Ethylene dibromide (EDB). The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that EDB is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic 
chemical was once a popular pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions 
are favorable, EDB may get into drinking water by runoff into surface 
water or by leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to 
cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that 
cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer 
in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for EDB at 0.00005 part per million (ppm) to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is 
considered safe with respect to EDB.
    (40) Heptachlor. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that heptachlor 
is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical 
was once a popular pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions are 
favorable, heptachlor may get into drinking water by runoff into surface 
water or by leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to 
cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that 
cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer 
in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standards for heptachlor at 0.0004 part per million (ppm) 
to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this

[[Page 342]]

risk and is considered safe with respect to heptachlor.
    (41) Heptachlor epoxide. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
heptachlor epoxide is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical was once a popular pesticide. When soil and 
climatic conditions are favorable, heptachlor expoxide may get into 
drinking water by runoff into surface water or by leaching into ground 
water. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory 
animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high 
levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory 
animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed 
over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water standards for 
heptachlor epoxide at 0.0002 part per million (ppm) to reduce the risk 
of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed in 
laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to heptachlor epoxide.
    (42) Lindane. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that lindane is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used as a pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, 
lindane may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or by 
leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver, kidney, nervous system, and immune system of laboratory animals 
such as rats, mice and dogs exposed at high levels during their 
lifetimes. Some humans who were exposed to relatively large amounts of 
this chemical also suffered damage to the nervous system and circulatory 
system. EPA has established the drinking water standard for lindane at 
0.0002 part per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to lindane.
    (43) Methoxychlor. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that methoxychlor 
is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical 
is used as a pesticide. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, 
methoxychlor may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or 
by leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to damage 
the liver, kidney, nervous system, and reproductive system of laboratory 
animals such as rats exposed at high levels during their lifetimes. It 
has also been shown to produce growth retardation in rats. EPA has set 
the drinking water standard for methoxychlor at 0.04 part per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to methoxychlor.
    (44) Monochlorobenzene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
monochlorobenzene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical is used as a solvent. It generally gets into water 
by improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver, kidney and nervous system of laboratory animals such as rats and 
mice exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for monochlorobenzene at 0.1 part per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to 
monochlorobenzene.
    (45) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). The United States 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and 
has determined that polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are a health 
concern at certain levels of exposure. These organic chemicals were once 
widely used in electrical transformers and other industrial equipment. 
They generally get into drinking water by improper waste disposal or 
leaking electrical industrial equipment. This chemical has been

[[Page 343]]

shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when 
the animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals 
that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of 
cancer in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set 
the drinking water standard for PCBs at 0.0005 part per million (ppm) to 
reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have 
been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is 
considered safe with respect to PCBs.
    (46) Pentachlorophenol. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
pentachlorophenol is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical is used as a wood preservative, herbicide, 
disinfectant, and defoliant. It generally gets into drinking water by 
runoff into surface water or leaching into ground water. This chemical 
has been shown to produce adverse reproductive effects and to damage the 
liver and kidneys of laboratory animals such as rats exposed to high 
levels during their lifetimes. Some humans who were exposed to 
relatively large amounts of this chemical also suffered damage to the 
liver and kidneys. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in 
laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed to 
high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in 
laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for pentachlorophenol at 0.001 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects. 
Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to 
pentachlorophenol.
    (47) Styrene. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that styrene is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
commonly used to make plastics and is sometimes a component of resins 
used for drinking water treatment. Styrene may get into drinking water 
from improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver and nervous system in laboratory animals when exposed at high 
levels during their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard 
for styrene at 0.1 part per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard 
is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe 
with respect to styrene.
    (48) Tetrachloroethylene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
tetrachloroethylene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical has been a popular solvent, particularly for dry 
cleaning. It generally gets into drinking water by improper waste 
disposal. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory 
animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high 
levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory 
animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed 
over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
tetrachloroethylene at 0.005 part per million (ppm) to reduce the risk 
of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed in 
laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to tetrachloroethylene.
    (49) Toluene. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that toluene is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used as a solvent and in the manufacture of gasoline for airplanes. It 
generally gets into water by improper waste disposal or leaking 
underground storage tanks. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
kidney, nervous system, and circulatory system of laboratory animals 
such as rats and mice exposed to high levels during their lifetimes.

[[Page 344]]

Some industrial workers who were exposed to relatively large amounts of 
this chemical during working careers also suffered damage to the liver, 
kidney and nervous system. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
toluene at 1 part per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to toluene.
    (50) Toxaphene. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that toxaphene is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical 
was once a pesticide widely used on cotton, corn, soybeans, pineapples 
and other crops. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, 
toxaphene may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or by 
leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to cause cancer 
in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed 
at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in 
laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in humans who 
are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for toxaphene at 0.003 part per million (ppm) to reduce the 
risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which have been observed 
in laboratory animals. Drinking water that meets this standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with 
respect to toxaphene.
    (51) 2,4,5-TP. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 2,4,5-TP is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used as a herbicide. When soil and climatic conditions are favorable, 
2,4,5-TP may get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or by 
leaching into ground water. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
liver and kidney of laboratory animals such as rats and dogs exposed to 
high levels during their lifetimes. Some industrial workers who were 
exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical during working 
careers also suffered damage to the nervous system. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for 2,4,5-TP at 0.05 part per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water 
that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and is considered safe with respect to 2,4,5-TP.
    (52) Xylenes. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that xylene is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used in the manufacture of gasoline for airplanes and as a solvent for 
pesticides, and as a cleaner and degreaser of metals. It usually gets 
into water by improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to 
damage the liver, kidney and nervous system of laboratory animals such 
as rats and dogs exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. Some 
humans who were exposed to relatively large amounts of this chemical 
also suffered damage to the nervous system. EPA has set the drinking 
water standard for xylene at 10 parts per million (ppm) to protect 
against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water that 
meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk 
and is considered safe with respect to xylene.
    (53) Antimony. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that antimony is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This inorganic chemical 
occurs naturally in soils, ground water and surface waters and is often 
used in the flame retardant industry. It is also used in ceramics, 
glass, batteries, fireworks and explosives. It may get into drinking 
water through natural weathering of rock, industrial production, 
municipal waste disposal or manufacturing processes. This chemical has 
been shown to decrease longevity, and altered blood levels of 
cholesterol and glucose in laboratory animals such as rats exposed to 
high levels during their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water 
standard for antimony at 0.006 parts per million (ppm) to protect 
against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water which 
meets the EPA standard is associated with

[[Page 345]]

little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to antimony.
    (54) Beryllium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that beryllium is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This inorganic metal 
occurs naturally in soils, ground water and surface waters and is often 
used in electrical equipment and electrical components. It generally 
gets into water from runoff from mining operations, discharge from 
processing plants and improper waste disposal. Beryllium compounds have 
been associated with damage to the bones and lungs and induction of 
cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are 
exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. There is limited evidence 
to suggest that beryllium may pose a cancer risk via drinking water 
exposure. Therefore, EPA based the health assessment on noncancer 
effects with an extra uncertainty factor to account for possible 
carcinogenicity. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also 
may increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed over long 
periods of time. EPA has set the drinking water standard for beryllium 
at 0.004 part per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to beryllium.
    (55) Cyanide. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that cyanide is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This inorganic chemical is 
used in electroplating, steel processing, plastics, synthetic fabrics 
and fertilizer products. It usually gets into water as a result of 
improper waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage the 
spleen, brain and liver of humans fatally poisoned with cyanide. EPA has 
set the drinking water standard for cyanide at 0.2 parts per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect to cyanide.
    (56) [Reserved]
    (57) Thallium. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that thallium is 
a health concern at certain high levels of exposure. This inorganic 
metal is found naturally in soils and is used in electronics, 
pharmaceuticals, and the manufacture of glass and alloys. This chemical 
has been shown to damage the kidney, liver, brain and intestines of 
laboratory animals when the animals are exposed at high levels over 
their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for thallium at 
0.002 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to thallium.
    (58) Benzo[a]pyrene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
benzo[a]pyrene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
Cigarette smoke and charbroiled meats are common source of general 
exposure. The major source of benzo[a]pyrene in drinking water is the 
leaching from coal tar lining and sealants in water storage tanks. This 
chemical has been shown to cause cancer in animals such as rats and mice 
when the animals are exposed at high levels. EPA has set the drinking 
water standard for benzo[a]pyrene at 0.0002 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of cancer. Drinking water which meets the EPA 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should be 
considered safe with respect to benzo[a]pyrene.
    (59) Dalapon. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that dalapon is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a 
widely used herbicide. It may get into drinking water after application 
to control grasses in crops, drainage ditches and along railroads. This 
chemical has been shown to cause damage to the kidney

[[Page 346]]

and liver in laboratory animals when the animals are exposed to high 
levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
dalapon at 0.2 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should be 
considered safe with respect to dalapon.
    (60) Dichloromethane. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
dichloromethane (methylene chloride) is a health concern at certain 
levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a widely used solvent. It 
is used in the manufacture of paint remover, as a metal degreaser and as 
an aerosol propellant. It generally gets into drinking water after 
improper discharge of waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to 
cause cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the 
animals are exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. Chemicals that 
cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer 
in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for dichloromethane at 0.005 parts per million 
(ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health effects which 
have been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water which meets 
this standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should 
be considered safe with respect to dichloromethane.
    (61) Di (2-ethylhexyl)adipate. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate is a health concern at certain levels of 
exposure. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate is a widely used plasticizer in a 
variety of products, including synthetic rubber, food packaging 
materials and cosmetics. It may get into drinking water after improper 
waste disposal. This chemical has been shown to damage liver and testes 
in laboratory animals such as rats and mice exposed to high levels. EPA 
has set the drinking water standard for di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate at 0.4 
parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of adverse health 
effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standards is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate.
    (62) Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate is a health concern at certain levels of 
exposure. Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate is a widely used plasticizer, which 
is primarily used in the production of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resins. 
It may get into drinking water after improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as 
rats and mice exposed to high levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set 
the drinking water standard for di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate at 0.006 parts 
per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health 
effects which have been observed in laboratory animals. Drinking water 
which meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and should be considered safe with respect to di(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate.
    (63) Dinoseb. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that dinoseb is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. Dinoseb is a widely used 
pesticide and generally gets into drinking water after application on 
orchards, vineyards and other crops. This chemical has been shown to 
damage the thyroid and reproductive organs in laboratory animals such as 
rats exposed to high levels. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
dinoseb at 0.007 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to dinoseb.
    (64) Diquat. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that diquat is a health 
concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a 
herbicide used to control terrestrial and aquatic weeds. It may get into 
drinking water by runoff into surface water. This chemical

[[Page 347]]

has been shown to damage the liver, kidney and gastrointestinal tract 
and causes cataract formation in laboratory animals such as dogs and 
rats exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for diquat at 0.02 parts per million (ppm) to 
protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. Drinking water 
which meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this 
risk and should be considered safe with respect to diquat.
    (65) Endothall. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) has determined that endothall is a health concern at certain 
levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a herbicide used to control 
terrestrial and aquatic weeds. It may get into water by runoff into 
surface water. This chemical has been shown to damage the liver, kidney, 
gastrointestinal tract and reproductive system of laboratory animals 
such as rats and mice exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. EPA 
has set the drinking water standard for endothall at 0.1 parts per 
million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health 
effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to endothall.
    (66) Endrin. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
sets drinking water standards and has determined that endrin is a health 
concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is a 
pesticide no longer registered for use in the United States. However, 
this chemical is persistent in treated soils and accumulates in 
sediments and aquatic and terrestrial biota. This chemical has been 
shown to cause damage to the liver, kidney and heart in laboratory 
animals such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high 
levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
endrin at 0.002 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects which have been observed in laboratory 
animals. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to endrin.
    (67) Glyphosate. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that glyphosate 
is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical 
is a herbicide used to control grasses and weeds. It may get into 
drinking water by runoff into surface water. This chemical has been 
shown to cause damage to the liver and kidneys in laboratory animals 
such as rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over 
their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for glyphosate 
at 0.7 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to glyphosate.
    (68) Hexachlorobenzene. The United States Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that 
hexachlorobenzene is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical is produced as an impurity in the manufacture of 
certain solvents and pesticides. This chemical has been shown to cause 
cancer in laboratory animals such as rats and mice when the animals are 
exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. Chemicals that cause 
cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the risk of cancer in 
humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA has set the 
drinking water standard for hexachlorobenzene at 0.001 parts per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of cancer and other adverse health 
effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to hexachlorobenzene.
    (69) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) establishes drinking water standards and has 
determined that hexachlorocyclopentadiene is a health concern at certain 
levels of exposure. This organic chemical is used as an intermediate in 
the manufacture of pesticides and flame retardants. It may get into 
water by discharge from production facilities. This chemical

[[Page 348]]

has been shown to damage the kidney and the stomach of laboratory 
animals when exposed at high levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set 
the drinking water standard for hexachlorocyclopentadiene at 0.05 parts 
per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health 
effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to hexachlorocyclopentadiene.
    (70) Oxamyl. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
establishes drinking water standards and has determined that oxamyl is a 
health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used as a pesticide for the control of insects and other pests. It may 
get into drinking water by runoff into surface water or leaching into 
ground water. This chemical has been shown to damage the kidneys of 
laboratory animals such as rats when exposed at high levels over their 
lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for oxamyl at 0.2 
parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse 
health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to oxamyl.
    (71) Picloram. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that picloram is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
used as a pesticide for broadleaf weed control. It may get into drinking 
water by runoff into surface water or leaching into ground water as a 
result of pesticide application and improper waste disposal. This 
chemical has been shown to cause damage to the kidneys and liver in 
laboratory animals such as rats when the animals are exposed at high 
levels over their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking water standard for 
picloram at 0.5 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of 
these adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA 
standard is associated with little to none of this risk and should be 
considered safe with respect to picloram.
    (72) Simazine. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined that simazine is 
a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This organic chemical is 
a herbicide used to control annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. It may 
leach into ground water or runs off into surface water after 
application. This chemical may cause cancer in laboratory animals such 
as rats and mice exposed at high levels during their lifetimes. 
Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may increase the 
risk of cancer in humans who are exposed over long periods of time. EPA 
has set the drinking water standard for simazine at 0.004 parts per 
million (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other adverse health 
effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with 
little to none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect 
to simazine.
    (73) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene is a health concern at certain levels of 
exposure. This organic chemical is used as a dye carrier and as a 
precursor in herbicide manufacture. It generally gets into drinking 
water by discharges from industrial activities. This chemical has been 
shown to cause damage to several organs, including the adrenal glands. 
EPA has set the drinking water standard for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene at 
0.07 parts per million (ppm) to protect against the risk of these 
adverse health effects. Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is 
associated with little to none of this risk and should be considered 
safe with respect to 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene.
    (74) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane. The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
1,1,2-trichloroethane is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. 
This organic chemical is an intermediate in the production of 1,1-
dichloroethylene. It generally gets into water by industrial discharge 
of wastes. This chemical has been shown to damage the kidney and liver 
of laboratory animals such as rats

[[Page 349]]

exposed to high levels during their lifetimes. EPA has set the drinking 
water standard for 1,1,2-trichloroethane at 0.005 parts per million 
(ppm) to protect against the risk of these adverse health effects. 
Drinking water which meets the EPA standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect to 1,1,2-
trichloroethane.
    (75) 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin). The United States Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) sets drinking water standards and has determined 
that dioxin is a health concern at certain levels of exposure. This 
organic chemical is an impurity in the production of some pesticides. It 
may get into drinking water by industrial discharge of wastes. This 
chemical has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals such as 
rats and mice when the animals are exposed at high levels over their 
lifetimes. Chemicals that cause cancer in laboratory animals also may 
increase the risk of cancer in humans who are exposed over long periods 
of time. EPA has set the drinking water standard for dioxin at 
0.00000003 parts per million (ppm) to reduce the risk of cancer or other 
adverse health effects which have been observed in laboratory animals. 
Drinking water which meets this standard is associated with little to 
none of this risk and should be considered safe with respect to dioxin.
    (f) Public notices for fluoride. Notice of violations of the maximum 
contaminant level for fluoride, notices of variances and exemptions from 
the maximum contaminant level for fluoride, and notices of failure to 
comply with variance and exemption schedules for the maximum contaminant 
level for fluoride shall consist of the public notice prescribed in 
Sec. 143.5(b), plus a description of any steps which the system is 
taking to come into compliance.
    (g) Public notification by the State. The State may give notice to 
the public required by this section on behalf of the owner or operator 
of the public water system if the State complies with the requirements 
of this section. However, the owner or operator of the public water 
system remains legally responsible for ensuring that the requirements of 
this section are met.

[52 FR 41546, Oct. 28, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 15188, Apr. 17, 1989; 
54 FR 27527, 27566, June 29, 1989; 55 FR 25064, June 19, 1990; 56 FR 
3587, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 30279, July 1, 
1991; 57 FR 31843, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34323, July 1, 1994; 60 FR 
33932, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.33   Record maintenance.

    Any owner or operator of a public water system subject to the 
provisions of this part shall retain on its premises or at a convenient 
location near its premises the following records:
    (a) Records of bacteriological analyses made pursuant to this part 
shall be kept for not less than 5 years. Records of chemical analyses 
made pursuant to this part shall be kept for not less than 10 years. 
Actual laboratory reports may be kept, or data may be transferred to 
tabular summaries, provided that the following information is included:
    (1) The date, place, and time of sampling, and the name of the 
person who collected the sample;
    (2) Identification of the sample as to whether it was a routine 
distribution system sample, check sample, raw or process water sample or 
other special purpose sample;
    (3) Date of analysis;
    (4) Laboratory and person responsible for performing analysis;
    (5) The analytical technique/method used; and
    (6) The results of the analysis.
    (b) Records of action taken by the system to correct violations of 
primary drinking water regulations shall be kept for a period not less 
than 3 years after the last action taken with respect to the particular 
violation involved.
    (c) Copies of any written reports, summaries or communications 
relating to sanitary surveys of the system conducted by the system 
itself, by a private consultant, or by any local, State or Federal 
agency, shall be kept for a period not less than 10 years after 
completion of the sanitary survey involved.
    (d) Records concerning a variance or exemption granted to the system 
shall be kept for a period ending not less than 5 years following the 
expiration of such variance or exemption.

[[Page 350]]

Sec. 141.34  [Reserved]



Sec. 141.35  Reporting and public notification for certain unregulated contaminants.

    (a) The requirements of this section only apply to the contaminants 
listed in Sec. 141.40.
    (b) The owner or operator of a community water system or non-
transient, non-community water system who is required to monitor under 
Sec. 141.40 shall send a copy of the results of such monitoring within 
30 days of receipt and any public notice under paragraph (d) of this 
section to the State.
    (c) The State, or the community water system or non-transient, non-
community water system if the State has not adopted regulations 
equivalent to Sec. 141.40, shall furnish the following information to 
the Administrator for each sample analyzed under Sec. 141.40:
    (1) Results of all analytical methods, including negatives;
    (2) Name and address of the system that supplied the sample;
    (3) Contaminant(s);
    (4) Analytical method(s) used;
    (5) Date of sample;
    (6) Date of analysis.
    (d) The owner or operator shall notify persons served by the system 
of the availability of the results of sampling conducted under 
Sec. 141.40 by including a notice in the first set of water bills issued 
by the system after the receipt of the results or written notice within 
three months. The notice shall identify a person and supply the 
telephone number to contact for information on the monitoring results. 
For surface water systems, public notification is required only after 
the first quarter's monitoring and must include a statement that 
additional monitoring will be conducted for three more quarters with the 
results available upon request.

[52 FR 25714, July 8, 1987; 53 FR 25110, July 1, 1988]



  Subpart E--Special Regulations, Including Monitoring Regulations and 
                         Prohibition on Lead Use



Sec. 141.40  Special monitoring for inorganic and organic contaminants.

    (a) All community and non-transient, non-community water systems 
shall monitor for the contaminants listed in paragraph (e) in this 
section by date specified in Table 1:

               Table 1--Monitoring Schedule by System Size              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Monitoring to begin no later
         Number of persons served                      than--           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over 10,000...............................  Jan. 1, 1988.               
3,300 to 10,000...........................  Jan. 1, 1989.               
Less than 3,300...........................  Jan. 1, 1991.               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Surface water systems shall sample at points in the distribution 
system representative of each water source or at entry points to the 
distribution system after any application of treatment. The minimum 
number of samples is one year of quarterly samples per water source.
    (c) Ground water systems shall sample at points of entry to the 
distribution system representative of each well after any application of 
treatment. The minimum number of samples is one sample per entry point 
to the distribution system.
    (d) The State may require confirmation samples for positive or 
negative results.
    (e) Community water systems and non-transient, non-community water 
systems shall monitor for the following contaminants except as provided 
in paragraph (f) of this section:

 (1) Chloroform
 (2) Bromodichloromethane
 (3) Chlorodibromomethane
 (4) Bromoform
 (5) Dibromomethane
 (6) m-Dichlorobenzene
 (7) [Reserved]
 (8) 1,1-Dichloropropene
 (9) 1,1-Dichloroethane

[[Page 351]]

 (10) 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
 (11) 1,3-Dichloropropane
 (12) Chloromethane
 (13) Bromomethane
 (14) 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
 (15) 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
 (16) Chloroethane
 (17) 2,2-Dichloropropane
 (18) o-Chlorotoluene
 (19) p-Chlorotoluene
 (20) Bromobenzene
 (21) 1,3-Dichloropropene
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Analysis for the unregulated contaminants listed under 
paragraphs (e) and (j) of this section shall be conducted using EPA 
Methods 502.2 or 524.2, or their equivalent as determined by EPA, except 
analysis for bromodichloromethane, bromoform, chlorodibromomethane and 
chloroform under paragraph (e) of this section also may be conducted by 
EPA Method 551, and analysis for 1,2,3-trichloropropane also may be 
conducted by EPA Method 504.1. A source for the EPA methods is 
referenced at Sec. 141.24(e).
    (h) Analysis under this section shall only be conducted by 
laboratories certified under Sec. 141.24(f)(17).
    (i) Public water systems may use monitoring data collected any time 
after January 1, 1983 to meet the requirements for unregulated 
monitoring, provided that the monitoring program was consistent with the 
requirements of this section. In addition, the results of EPA's Ground 
Water Supply Survey may be used in a similar manner for systems supplied 
by a single well.
    (j) Monitoring for the following compounds is required at the 
discretion of the State:
    (1) 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene;
    (2) 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene;
    (3) n-Propylbenzene;
    (4) n-Butylbenzene;
    (5) Naphthalene;
    (6) Hexachlorobutadiene;
    (7) 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene;
    (8) p-Isopropyltoluene;
    (9) Isopropylbenzene;
    (10) Tert-butylbenzene;
    (11) Sec-butylbenzene;
    (12) Fluorotrichloromethane;
    (13) Dichlorodifluoromethane;
    (14) Bromochloromethane.
    (k) Instead of performing the monitoring required by this section, a 
community water system or non-transient non-community water system 
serving fewer than 150 service connections may send a letter to the 
State stating that the system is available for sampling. This letter 
must be sent to the State no later than January 1, 1991. The system 
shall not send such samples to the State, unless requested to do so by 
the State.
    (l) All community and non-transient, non-community water systems 
shall repeat the monitoring required in Sec. 141.40 no less frequently 
than every five years from the dates specified in Sec. 141.40(a).
    (m) States or public water systems may composite up to five samples 
when monitoring for substances in Sec. 141.40 (e) and (j) of this 
section.
    (n) Monitoring of the contaminants listed in Sec. 141.40(n) (11) and 
(12) shall be conducted as follows:
    (1) Each community and non-transient, non-community water system 
shall take four consecutive quarterly samples at each sampling point for 
each contaminant listed in paragraph (n)(11) of this section and report 
the results to the State. Monitoring must be completed by December 31, 
1995.
    (2) Each community and non-transient non-community water system 
shall take one sample at each sampling point for each contaminant listed 
in paragraph (n)(12) of this section and report the results to the 
States. Monitoring must be completed by December 31, 1995.
    (3) Each community and non-transient non-community water system may 
apply to the State for a waiver from the requirements of paragraph (n) 
(1) and (2) of this section.
    (4) The State may grant a waiver for the requirement of paragraph 
(n)(1) of this section based on the criteria specified in 
Sec. 141.24(h)(6). The State may grant a waiver from the requirement of 
paragraph (n)(2) of this section if previous analytical results indicate 
contamination would not occur, provided this data was collected after 
January 1, 1990.
    (5) Groundwater systems shall take a minimum of one sample at every 
entry point to the distribution system which is representative of each 
well after treatment (hereafter called a sampling

[[Page 352]]

point). Each sample must be taken at the same sampling point unless 
conditions make another sampling point more representative of each 
source or treatment plant.
    (6) Surface water systems shall take a minimum of one sample at 
points in the distribution system that are representative of each source 
or at each entry point to the distribution system after treatment 
(hereafter called a sampling point). Each sample must be taken at the 
same sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point more 
representative of each source or treatment plant.

    Note: For purposes of this paragraph, surface water systems include 
systems with a combination of surface and ground sources.

    (7) If the system draws water from more than one source and the 
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at an 
entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal 
operating conditions (i.e., when water representative of all sources is 
being used).
    (8) The State may require a confirmation sample for positive or 
negative results.
    (9) The State may reduce the total number of samples a system must 
analyze by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from a 
maximum of five sampling points are allowed. Compositing of samples must 
be done in the laboratory and the composite sample must be analyzed 
within 14 days of collection. If the population served by the system is 
>3,300 persons, then compositing may only be permitted by the State at 
sampling points within a single system. In systems serving 
3,300 persons, the State may permit compositing among 
different systems provided the 5-sample limit is maintained.
    (10) Instead of performing the monitoring required by this section, 
a community water system or non-transient non-community water system 
serving fewer than 150 service connections may send a letter to the 
State stating that the system is available for sampling. This letter 
must be sent to the State by January 1, 1994. The system shall not send 
such samples to the State, unless requested to do so by the State.
    (11) Systems shall monitor for the unregulated organic contaminants 
listed below, using the method(s) identified below and using the 
analytical test procedures contained in Technical Notes on Drinking 
Water Methods, EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, which is available at 
NTIS, PB95-104766. Method 6610 shall be followed in accordance with the 
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater 18th 
Edition Supplement, 1994, American Public Health Association. This 
incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal 
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies 
may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 
Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20005. Copies may be inspected at 
EPA's Drinking Water Docket, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; or 
at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., 
Suite 700, Washington, DC. A source for EPA methods 505, 507, 508, 
508.1, 515.2, 525.2 and 531.1 is referenced at Sec. 141.24(e).

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Contaminants                            Method           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
aldicarb..................................  531.1, 6610.                
aldicarb sulfone..........................  531.1, 6610.                
aldicarb sulfoxide........................  531.1, 6610.                
aldrin....................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
butachlor.................................  507, 525.2.                 
carbaryl..................................  531.1, 6610.                
dicamba...................................  515.2, 555, 515.1.          
dieldrin..................................  505, 508, 525.2, 508.1.     
3-hydroxycarbofuran.......................  531.1, 6610.                
methomyl..................................  531.1, 6610.                
metolachlor...............................  507, 525.2, 508.1.          
metribuzin................................  507, 525.2, 508.1.          
propachlor................................  508, 525.2, 508.1.          
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (12) Systems shall monitor for sulfate, an unregulated inorganic 
contaminant, by using the methods listed at Sec. 143.4(b).

[52 FR 25715, July 8, 1987; 53 FR 25110, July 1, 1988, as amended at 56 
FR 3592, Jan. 30, 1991; 57 FR 31845, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34323, July 1, 
1994; 59 FR 62469, Dec. 5, 1994]



Sec. 141.41  Special monitoring for sodium.

    (a) Suppliers of water for community public water systems shall 
collect and analyze one sample per plant at the entry point of the 
distribution system

[[Page 353]]

for the determination of sodium concentration levels; samples must be 
collected and analyzed annually for systems utilizing surface water 
sources in whole or in part, and at least every three years for systems 
utilizing solely ground water sources. The minimum number of samples 
required to be taken by the system shall be based on the number of 
treatment plants used by the system, except that multiple wells drawing 
raw water from a single aquifer may, with the State approval, be 
considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of 
samples. The supplier of water may be required by the State to collect 
and analyze water samples for sodium more frequently in locations where 
the sodium content is variable.
    (b) The supplier of water shall report to EPA and/or the State the 
results of the analyses for sodium within the first 10 days of the month 
following the month in which the sample results were received or within 
the first 10 days following the end of the required monitoring period as 
stipulated by the State, whichever of these is first. If more than 
annual sampling is required the supplier shall report the average sodium 
concentration within 10 days of the month following the month in which 
the analytical results of the last sample used for the annual average 
was received. The supplier of water shall not be required to report the 
results to EPA where the State has adopted this regulation and results 
are reported to the State. The supplier shall report the results to EPA 
where the State has not adopted this regulation.
    (c) The supplier of water shall notify appropriate local and State 
public health officials of the sodium levels by written notice by direct 
mail within three months. A copy of each notice required to be provided 
by this paragraph shall be sent to EPA and/or the State within 10 days 
of its issuance. The supplier of water is not required to notify 
appropriate local and State public health officials of the sodium levels 
where the State provides such notices in lieu of the supplier.
    (d) Analyses for sodium shall be conducted as directed in 
Sec. 141.23(k)(1).

[45 FR 57345, Aug. 27, 1980, as amended at 59 FR 62470, Dec. 5, 1994]



Sec. 141.42  Special monitoring for corrosivity characteristics.

    (a)--(c) [Reserved]
    (d) Community water supply systems shall identify whether the 
following construction materials are present in their distribution 
system and report to the State:

Lead from piping, solder, caulking, interior lining of distribution 
          mains, alloys and home plumbing.
Copper from piping and alloys, service lines, and home plumbing.
Galvanized piping, service lines, and home plumbing.
Ferrous piping materials such as cast iron and steel.
Asbestos cement pipe.

In addition, States may require identification and reporting of other 
materials of construction present in distribution systems that may 
contribute contaminants to the drinking water, such as:

Vinyl lined asbestos cement pipe.
Coal tar lined pipes and tanks.

[45 FR 57346, Aug. 27, 1980; 47 FR 10999, Mar. 12, 1982, as amended at 
59 FR 62470, Dec. 5, 1994]



Sec. 141.43  Prohibition on use of lead pipes, solder, and flux.

    (a) In general--(1) Prohibition. Any pipe, solder, or flux, which is 
used after June 19, 1986, in the installation or repair of--
    (i) Any public water system, or
    (ii) Any plumbing in a residential or nonresidential facility 
providing water for human consumption which is connected to a public 
water system shall be lead free as defined by paragraph (d) of this 
section. This paragraph (a)(1) shall not apply to leaded joints 
necessary for the repair of cast iron pipes.
    (2) Each public water system shall identify and provide notice to 
persons that may be affected by lead contamination of their drinking 
water where such contamination results from either or both of the 
following:
    (i) The lead content in the construction materials of the public 
water distribution system,
    (ii) Corrosivity of the water supply sufficient to cause leaching of 
lead.
    Notice shall be provided notwithstanding the absence of a violation 
of any national drinking water standard.

[[Page 354]]

The manner and form of notice are specified in Sec. 141.34 of this part.
    (b) State enforcement--(1) Enforcement of prohibition. The 
requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be enforced in 
all States effective June 19, 1988. States shall enforce such 
requirements through State or local plumbing codes, or such other means 
of enforcement as the State may determine to be appropriate.
    (2) Enforcement of public notice requirements. The requirements of 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall apply in all States effective 
June 19, 1988.
    (c) Penalties. If the Administrator determines that a State is not 
enforcing the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, as required 
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator may 
withhold up to 5 percent of Federal funds available to that State for 
State program grants under section 1443(a) of the Act.
    (d) Definition of lead free. For purposes of this section, the term 
lead free
    (1) When used with respect to solders and flux refers to solders and 
flux containing not more than 0.2 percent lead, and
    (2) When used with respect to pipes and pipe fittings refers to 
pipes and pipe fittings containing not more than 8.0 percent lead.

[52 FR 20674, June 2, 1987]



               Subpart F--Maximum Contaminant Level Goals



Sec. 141.50  Maximum contaminant level goals for organic contaminants.

    (a) MCLGs are zero for the following contaminants:

(1) Benzene
(2) Vinyl chloride
(3) Carbon tetrachloride
(4) 1,2-dichloroethane
(5) Trichloroethylene
(6) Acrylamide
(7) Alachlor
(8) Chlordane
(9) Dibromochloropropane
(10) 1,2-Dichloropropane
(11) Epichlorohydrin
(12) Ethylene dibromide
(13) Heptachlor
(14) Heptachlor epoxide
(15) Pentachlorophenol
(16) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
(17) Tetrachloroethylene
(18) Toxaphene
(19) Benzo[a]pyrene
(20) Dichloromethane (methylene chloride)
(21) Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
(22) Hexachlorobenzene
(23) 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)
    (b) MCLGs for the following contaminants are as indicated:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                MCLG in 
                         Contaminant                              mg/l  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) 1,1-Dichloroethylene.....................................     0.007 
(2) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane....................................     0.20  
(3) para-Dichlorobenzene.....................................     0.075 
(4) Aldicarb.................................................     0.001 
(5) Aldicarb sulfoxide.......................................     0.001 
(6) Aldicarb sulfone.........................................     0.001 
(7) Atrazine.................................................     0.003 
(8) Carbofuran...............................................     0.04  
(9) o-Dichlorobenzene........................................     0.6   
(10) cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene................................     0.07  
(11) trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene..............................     0.1   
(12) 2,4-D...................................................     0.07  
(13) Ethylbenzene............................................     0.7   
(14) Lindane.................................................     0.0002
(15) Methoxychlor............................................     0.04  
(16) Monochlorobenzene.......................................     0.1   
(17) Styrene.................................................     0.1   
(18) Toluene.................................................     1     
(19) 2,4,5-TP................................................     0.05  
(20) Xylenes (total).........................................    10     
(21) Dalapon.................................................     0.2   
(22) Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate.................................      .4   
(23) Dinoseb.................................................      .007 
(24) Diquat..................................................      .02  
(25) Endothall...............................................      .1   
(26) Endrin..................................................      .002 
(27) Glyphosate..............................................      .7   
(28) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene...............................      .05  
(29) Oxamyl (Vydate).........................................      .2   
(30) Picloram................................................      .5   
(31) Simazine................................................      .004 
(32) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene..................................      .07  
(33) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane...................................      .003 
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[50 FR 46901, Nov. 13, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 20674, June 2, 1987; 52 
FR 25716, July 8, 1987; 56 FR 3592, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 30280, July 1, 
1991; 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992]



Sec. 141.51  Maximum contaminant level goals for inorganic contaminants.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) MCLGs for the following contaminants are as indicated:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Contaminant                          MCLG (mg/l)      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony......................................                     0.006
Asbestos......................................    7 Million fibers/liter
                                                 (longer than 10 m).
Barium........................................                         2
Beryllium.....................................                      .004
Cadmium.......................................                     0.005
Chromium......................................                       0.1
Copper........................................                       1.3

[[Page 355]]

                                                                        
Cyanide (as free Cyanide).....................                        .2
Fluoride......................................                       4.0
Lead..........................................                      zero
Mercury.......................................                     0.002
Nitrate.......................................         10 (as Nitrogen).
Nitrite.......................................          1 (as Nitrogen).
Total Nitrate+Nitrite.........................         10 (as Nitrogen).
Selenium......................................                      0.05
Thallium......................................                     .0005
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[50 FR 47155, Nov. 14, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 20674, June 2, 1987; 56 
FR 3593, Jan. 30, 1991; 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 30280, July 1, 
1991; 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992; 60 FR 33932, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.52  Maximum contaminant level goals for microbiological contaminants.

    MCLGs for the following contaminants are as indicated:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Contaminant                             MCLG            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Giardia lamblia.......................  zero                        
(2) Viruses...............................  zero                        
(3) Legionella............................  zero                        
(4) Total coliforms (including fecal        zero.                       
 coliforms and Escherichia coli).                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[54 FR 27527, 27566, June 29, 1989; 55 FR 25064, June 19, 1990]



Subpart G--National Revised Primary Drinking Water Regulations: Maximum 
                           Contaminant Levels



Sec. 141.60  Effective dates.

    (a) The effective dates for Sec. 141.61 are as follows:
    (1) The effective date for paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(8) of 
Sec. 141.61 is January 9, 1989.
    (2) The effective date for paragraphs (a)(9) through (a)(18) and 
(c)(1) through (c)(18) of Sec. 141.61 is July 30, 1992.
    (3) The effective date for paragraphs (a)(19) through (a)(21), 
(c)(19) through (c)(25), and (c)(27) through (c)(33) of Sec. 141.61 is 
January 17, 1994. The effective date of Sec. 141.61(c)(26) is August 17, 
1992.

    (b) The effective dates for Sec. 141.62 are as follows:
    (1) The effective date of paragraph (b)(1) of Sec. 141.62 is October 
2, 1987.
    (2) The effective date for paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(4) through 
(b)(10) of Sec. 141.62 is July 30, 1992.
    (3) The effective date for paragraphs (b)(11) through (b)(15) of 
Sec. 141.62 is January 17, 1994.

[56 FR 3593, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 31846, July 17, 1992; 59 
FR 34324, July 1, 1994]



Sec. 141.61  Maximum contaminant levels for organic contaminants.

    (a) The following maximum contaminant levels for organic 
contaminants apply to community and non-transient, non-community water 
systems.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CAS No.                  Contaminant           MCL (mg/l)   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (1) 75-01-4..................  Vinyl chloride.......         0.002     
 (2) 71-43-2..................  Benzene..............         0.005     
 (3) 56-23-5..................  Carbon tetrachloride.         0.005     
 (4) 107-06-2.................  1,2-Dichloroethane...         0.005     
 (5) 79-01-6..................  Trichloroethylene....         0.005     
 (6) 106-46-7.................  para-Dichlorobenzene.         0.075     
 (7) 75-35-4..................  1,1-Dichloroethylene.         0.007     
 (8) 71-55-6..................  1,1,1-Trichloroethane         0.2       
 (9) 156-59-2.................  cis-1,2-                      0.07      
                                 Dichloroethylene.                      
 (10) 78-87-5.................  1,2-Dichloropropane..         0.005     
 (11) 100-41-4................  Ethylbenzene.........         0.7       
 (12) 108-90-7................  Monochlorobenzene....         0.1       
 (13) 95-50-1.................  o-Dichlorobenzene....         0.6       
 (14) 100-42-5................  Styrene..............         0.1       
 (15) 127-18-4................  Tetrachloroethylene..         0.005     
 (16) 108-88-3................  Toluene..............         1         
 (17) 156-60-5................  trans-1,2-                    0.1       
                                 Dichloroethylene.                      
 (18) 1330-20-7...............  Xylenes (total)......        10         
 (19) 75-09-2.................  Dichloromethane......         0.005     
 (20) 120-82-1................  1,2,4-Trichloro-               .07      
                                 benzene.                               
 (21) 79-00-5.................  1,1,2-Trichloro-               .005     
                                 ethane.                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 356]]

    (b) The Administrator, pursuant to section 1412 of the Act, hereby 
identifies as indicated in the Table below granular activated carbon 
(GAC), packed tower aeration (PTA), or oxidation (OX) as the best 
technology treatment technique, or other means available for achieving 
compliance with the maximum contaminant level for organic contaminants 
identified in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section:

                         BAT for Organic Contaminants Listed in Sec.  141.61 (a) and (c)                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   CAS No.                                 Contaminant                 GAC       PTA       OX   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15972-60-8..................................  Alachlor............................      X     ........  ........
116-06-3....................................  Aldicarb............................      X     ........  ........
1646-88-4...................................  Aldicarb sulfone....................      X     ........  ........
1646-87-3...................................  Aldicarb sulfoxide..................      X     ........  ........
1912-24-9...................................  Atrazine............................      X     ........  ........
71-43-2.....................................  Benzene.............................      X         X     ........
50-32-8.....................................  Benzo[a]pyrene......................      X     ........  ........
1563-66-2...................................  Carbofuran..........................      X     ........  ........
56-23-5.....................................  Carbon tetrachloride................      X         X     ........
57-74-9.....................................  Chlordane...........................      X     ........  ........
75-99-0.....................................  Dalapon.............................      X     ........  ........
94-75-7.....................................  2,4-D...............................      X     ........  ........
103-23-1....................................  Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate...........      X         X     ........
117-81-7....................................  Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.........      X     ........  ........
96-12-8.....................................  Dibromochloropropane (DBCP).........      X         X     ........
95-50-1.....................................  o-Dichlorobenzene...................      X         X     ........
106-46-7....................................  para-Dichlorobenzene................      X         X     ........
107-06-2....................................  1,2-Dichloroethane..................      X         X     ........
75-35-4.....................................  1,1-Dichloroethylene................      X         X     ........
156-59-2....................................  cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene............      X         X     ........
156-60-5....................................  trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene..........      X         X     ........
75-09-2.....................................  Dichloromethane.....................  ........      X     ........
78-87-5.....................................  1,2-Dichloropropane.................      X         X     ........
88-85-7.....................................  Dinoseb.............................      X     ........  ........
85-00-7.....................................  Diquat..............................      X     ........  ........
145-73-3....................................  Endothall...........................      X     ........  ........
72-20-8.....................................  Endrin..............................      X     ........  ........
100-41-4....................................  Ethylbenzene........................      X         X     ........
106-93-4....................................  Ethylene Dibromide (EDB)............      X         X     ........
1071-83-6...................................  Gylphosate..........................  ........  ........      X   
76-44-8.....................................  Heptachlor..........................      X     ........  ........
1024-57-3...................................  Heptachlor epoxide..................      X     ........  ........
118-74-1....................................  Hexachlorobenzene...................      X     ........  ........
77-47-3.....................................  Hexachlorocyclopentadiene...........      X         X     ........
58-89-9.....................................  Lindane.............................      X     ........  ........
72-43-5.....................................  Methoxychlor........................      X     ........  ........
108-90-7....................................  Monochlorobenzene...................      X         X     ........
23135-22-0..................................  Oxamyl (Vydate).....................      X     ........  ........
87-86-5.....................................  Pentachlorophenol...................      X     ........  ........
1918-02-1...................................  Picloram............................      X     ........  ........
1336-36-3...................................  Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB).....      X     ........  ........
122-34-9....................................  Simazine............................      X     ........  ........
100-42-5....................................  Styrene.............................      X         X     ........
1746-01-6...................................  2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)...............      X     ........  ........
127-18-4....................................  Tetrachloroethylene.................      X         X     ........
108-88-3....................................  Toluene.............................      X         X     ........
8001-35-2...................................  Toxaphene...........................      X     ........  ........
93-72-1.....................................  2,4,5-TP (Silvex)...................      X     ........  ........
120-82-1....................................  1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene..............      X         X     ........
71-55-6.....................................  1,1,1-Trichloroethane...............      X         X     ........
79-00-5.....................................  1,1,2-Trichloroethane...............      X         X     ........
79-01-6.....................................  Trichloroethylene...................      X         X     ........
75-01-4.....................................  Vinyl chloride......................  ........      X     ........
1330-20-7...................................  Xylene..............................      X         X     ........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The following maximum contaminant levels for synthetic organic 
contaminants apply to community water systems and non-transient, non-
community water systems:

[[Page 357]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CAS No.                  Contaminant           MCL (mg/l)   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (1) 15972-60-8...............  Alachlor.............         0.002     
 (2) 116-06-3.................  Aldicarb.............         0.003     
 (3) 1646-87-3................  Aldicarb sulfoxide...         0.004     
 (4) 1646-87-4................  Aldicarb sulfone.....         0.002     
 (5) 1912-24-9................  Atrazine.............         0.003     
 (6) 1563-66-2................  Carbofuran...........         0.04      
 (7) 57-74-9..................  Chlordane............         0.002     
 (8) 96-12-8..................  Dibromochloropropane.         0.0002    
 (9) 94-75-7..................  2,4-D................         0.07      
(10) 106-93-4.................  Ethylene dibromide...         0.00005   
(11) 76-44-8..................  Heptachlor...........         0.0004    
(12) 1024-57-3................  Heptachlor epoxide...         0.0002    
(13) 58-89-9..................  Lindane..............         0.0002    
(14) 72-43-5..................  Methoxychlor.........         0.04      
(15) 1336-36-3................  Polychlorinated               0.0005    
                                 biphenyls.                             
(16) 87-86-5..................  Pentachlorophenol....         0.001     
(17) 8001-35-2................  Toxaphene............         0.003     
(18) 93-72-1..................  2,4,5-TP.............         0.05      
(19) 50-32-8..................  Benzo[a]pyrene.......         0.0002    
(20) 75-99-0..................  Dalapon..............         0.2       
(21) 103-23-1.................  Di(2-ethylhexyl)              0.4       
                                 adipate.                               
(22) 117-81-7.................  Di(2-ethylhexyl)              0.006     
                                 phthalate.                             
(23) 88-85-7..................  Dinoseb..............         0.007     
(24) 85-00-7..................  Diquat...............         0.02      
(25) 145-73-3.................  Endothall............         0.1       
(26) 72-20-8..................  Endrin...............         0.002     
(27) 1071-53-6................  Glyphosate...........         0.7       
(28) 118-74-1.................  Hexacholorbenzene....         0.001     
(29) 77-47-4..................  Hexachlorocyclopentad         0.05      
                                 iene.                                  
(30) 23135-22-0...............  Oxamyl (Vydate)......         0.2       
(31) 1918-02-1................  Picloram.............         0.5       
(32) 122-34-9.................  Simazine.............         0.004     
(33) 1746-01-6................  2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)  3 x 10-8         
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[56 FR 3593, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 30280, July 1, 1991; 57 
FR 31846, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34324, July 1, 1994]



Sec. 141.62  Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) The maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants 
specified in paragraphs (b)(2)--(6), (b)(10), and (b)(11)--(15) of this 
section apply to community water systems and non-transient, non-
community water systems. The maximum contaminant level specified in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section only applies to community water 
systems. The maximum contaminant levels specified in (b)(7), (b)(8), and 
(b)(9) of this section apply to community water systems; non-transient, 
non-community water systems; and transient non-community water systems.

                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Contaminant                          MCL (mg/l)         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Fluoride..............................  4.0                         
(2) Asbestos..............................  7 Million Fibers/liter      
                                             (longer than 10 m).                      
(3) Barium................................  2                           
(4) Cadmium...............................  0.005                       
(5) Chromium..............................  0.1                         
(6) Mercury...............................  0.002                       
(7) Nitrate...............................  10 (as Nitrogen)            
(8) Nitrite...............................  1 (as Nitrogen)             
(9) Total Nitrate and Nitrite.............  10 (as Nitrogen)            
(10) Selenium.............................  0.05                        
(11) Antimony.............................  0.006                       
(12) Beryllium............................  0.004                       
(13) Cyanide (as free Cyanide)............  0.2                         
(14) [Reserved]...........................  ............................
(15) Thallium.............................  0.002                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The Administrator, pursuant to Section 1412 of the Act, hereby 
identifies the following as the best technology, treatment technique, or 
other means available for achieving compliance with the maximum 
contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants identified in paragraph 
(b) of this section, except fluoride:

         BAT for Inorganic Compounds Listed in Section 141.62(B)        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Chemical Name                           BAT(s)    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antimony................................................             2,7
Asbestos................................................           2,3,8

[[Page 358]]

                                                                        
Barium..................................................         5,6,7,9
Beryllium...............................................       1,2,5,6,7
Cadmium.................................................         2,5,6,7
Chromium................................................     2,5,6 \2\,7
Cyanide.................................................          5,7,10
Mercury.................................................  2 \1\,4,6 \1\,
                                                                   7 \1\
Nickel..................................................           5,6,7
Nitrate.................................................           5,7,9
Nitrite.................................................             5,7
Selenium................................................   1,2 \3\,6,7,9
Thallium................................................             1,5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ BAT only if influent Hg concentrations 10g/1.   
\2\ BAT for Chromium III only.                                          
\3\ BAT for Selenium IV only.                                           

                          Key to BATS in Table

1=Activated Alumina
2=Coagulation/Filtration
3=Direct and Diatomite Filtration
4=Granular Activated Carbon
5=Ion Exchange
6=Lime Softening
7=Reverse Osmosis
8=Corrosion Control
9=Electrodialysis
10=Chlorine
11=Ultraviolet

[56 FR 3594, Jan. 30, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 30280, July 1, 1991; 57 
FR 31847, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 34325, July 1, 1994; 60 FR 33932, June 
29, 1995]



Sec. 141.63  Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for microbiological contaminants.

    (a) The MCL is based on the presence or absence of total coliforms 
in a sample, rather than coliform density.
    (1) For a system which collects at least 40 samples per month, if no 
more than 5.0 percent of the samples collected during a month are total 
coliform-positive, the system is in compliance with the MCL for total 
coliforms.
    (2) For a system which collects fewer than 40 samples/month, if no 
more than one sample collected during a month is total coliform-
positive, the system is in compliance with the MCL for total coliforms.
    (b) Any fecal coliform-positive repeat sample or E. coli-positive 
repeat sample, or any total coliform-positive repeat sample following a 
fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-positive routine sample constitutes a 
violation of the MCL for total coliforms. For purposes of the public 
notification requirements in Sec. 141.32, this is a violation that may 
pose an acute risk to health.
    (c) A public water system must determine compliance with the MCL for 
total coliforms in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for each month 
in which it is required to monitor for total coliforms.
    (d) The Administrator, pursuant to section 1412 of the Act, hereby 
identifies the following as the best technology, treatment techniques, 
or other means available for achieving compliance with the maximum 
contaminant level for total coliforms in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section:
    (1) Protection of wells from contamination by coliforms by 
appropriate placement and construction;
    (2) Maintenance of a disinfectant residual throughout the 
distribution system;
    (3) Proper maintenance of the distribution system including 
appropriate pipe replacement and repair procedures, main flushing 
programs, proper operation and maintenance of storage tanks and 
reservoirs, and continual maintenance of positive water pressure in all 
parts of the distribution system;
    (4) Filtration and/or disinfection of surface water, as described in 
subpart H, or disinfection of ground water using strong oxidants such as 
chlorine, chlorine dioxide, or ozone; and
    (5) For systems using ground water, compliance with the requirements 
of an EPA-approved State Wellhead Protection Program developed and 
implemented under Section 1428 of the SDWA.

[54 FR 27566, June 29, 1989; 55 FR 25064, June 19, 1990]



                 Subpart H--Filtration and Disinfection

    Source: 54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 141.70  General requirements.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart H constitute national primary 
drinking water regulations. These regulations establish criteria under 
which filtration is required as a treatment technique for public water 
systems supplied by a surface water source and public

[[Page 359]]

water systems supplied by a ground water source under the direct 
influence of surface water. In addition, these regulations establish 
treatment technique requirements in lieu of maximum contaminant levels 
for the following contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic 
plate count bacteria, Legionella, and turbidity. Each public water 
system with a surface water source or a ground water source under the 
direct influence of surface water must provide treatment of that source 
water that complies with these treatment technique requirements. The 
treatment technique requirements consist of installing and properly 
operating water treatment processes which reliably achieve:
    (1) At least 99.9 percent (3-log) removal and/or inactivation of 
Giardia lamblia cysts between a point where the raw water is not subject 
to recontamination by surface water runoff and a point downstream before 
or at the first customer; and
    (2) At least 99.99 percent (4-log) removal and/or inactivation of 
viruses between a point where the raw water is not subject to 
recontamination by surface water runoff and a point downstream before or 
at the first customer.
    (b) A public water system using a surface water source or a ground 
water source under the direct influence of surface water is considered 
to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section if:
    (1) It meets the requirements for avoiding filtration in Sec. 141.71 
and the disinfection requirements in Sec. 141.72(a); or
    (2) It meets the filtration requirements in Sec. 141.73 and the 
disinfection requirements in Sec. 141.72(b).
    (c) Each public water system using a surface water source or a 
ground water source under the direct influence of surface water must be 
operated by qualified personnel who meet the requirements specified by 
the State.



Sec. 141.71  Criteria for avoiding filtration.

    A public water system that uses a surface water source must meet all 
of the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, and is 
subject to paragraph (c) of this section, beginning December 30, 1991, 
unless the State has determined, in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that filtration is required. A public water 
system that uses a ground water source under the direct influence of 
surface water must meet all of the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) 
of this section and is subject to paragraph (c) of this section, 
beginning 18 months after the State determines that it is under the 
direct influence of surface water, or December 30, 1991, whichever is 
later, unless the State has determined, in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), that filtration is required. If the State 
determines in writing pursuant to Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii) before 
December 30, 1991, that filtration is required, the system must have 
installed filtration and meet the criteria for filtered systems 
specified in Secs. 141.72(b) and 141.73 by June 29, 1993. Within 18 
months of the failure of a system using surface water or a ground water 
source under the direct influence of surface water to meet any one of 
the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section or after June 
29, 1993, whichever is later, the system must have installed filtration 
and meet the criteria for filtered systems specified in Secs. 141.72(b) 
and 141.73.
    (a) Source water quality conditions. (1) The fecal coliform 
concentration must be equal to or less than 20/100 ml, or the total 
coliform concentration must be equal to or less than 100/100 ml 
(measured as specified in Sec. 141.74 (a)(1) and (2) and (b)(1)), in 
representative samples of the source water immediately prior to the 
first or only point of disinfectant application in at least 90 percent 
of the measurements made for the 6 previous months that the system 
served water to the public on an ongoing basis. If a system measures 
both fecal and total coliforms, the fecal coliform criterion, but not 
the total coliform criterion, in this paragraph must be met.
    (2) The turbidity level cannot exceed 5 NTU (measured as specified 
in Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (b)(2)) in representative samples of the 
source water immediately prior to the first or only point of 
disinfectant application unless: (i) the State determines that any such 
event was caused by circumstances that were unusual and unpredictable; 
and (ii) as a result of any such event, there have

[[Page 360]]

not been more than two events in the past 12 months the system served 
water to the public, or more than five events in the past 120 months the 
system served water to the public, in which the turbidity level exceeded 
5 NTU. An ``event'' is a series of consecutive days during which at 
least one turbidity measurement each day exceeds 5 NTU.
    (b) Site-specific conditions. (1)(i) The public water system must 
meet the requirements of Sec. 141.72(a)(1) at least 11 of the 12 
previous months that the system served water to the public, on an 
ongoing basis, unless the system fails to meet the requirements during 2 
of the 12 previous months that the system served water to the public, 
and the State determines that at least one of these failures was caused 
by circumstances that were unusual and unpredictable.
    (ii) The public water system must meet the requirements of 
Sec. 141.72(a)(2) at all times the system serves water to the public.
    (iii) The public water system must meet the requirements of 
Sec. 141.72(a)(3) at all times the system serves water to the public 
unless the State determines that any such failure was caused by 
circumstances that were unusual and unpredictable.
    (iv) The public water system must meet the requirements of 
Sec. 141.72(a)(4) on an ongoing basis unless the State determines that 
failure to meet these requirements was not caused by a deficiency in 
treatment of the source water.
    (2) The public water system must maintain a watershed control 
program which minimizes the potential for contamination by Giardia 
lamblia cysts and viruses in the source water. The State must determine 
whether the watershed control program is adequate to meet this goal. The 
adequacy of a program to limit potential contamination by Giardia 
lamblia cysts and viruses must be based on: the comprehensiveness of the 
watershed review; the effectiveness of the system's program to monitor 
and control detrimental activities occurring in the watershed; and the 
extent to which the water system has maximized land ownership and/or 
controlled land use within the watershed. At a minimum, the watershed 
control program must:
    (i) Characterize the watershed hydrology and land ownership;
    (ii) Identify watershed characteristics and activities which may 
have an adverse effect on source water quality; and
    (iii) Monitor the occurrence of activities which may have an adverse 
effect on source water quality.
    The public water system must demonstrate through ownership and/or 
written agreements with landowners within the watershed that it can 
control all human activities which may have an adverse impact on the 
microbiological quality of the source water. The public water system 
must submit an annual report to the State that identifies any special 
concerns about the watershed and how they are being handled; describes 
activities in the watershed that affect water quality; and projects what 
adverse activities are expected to occur in the future and describes how 
the public water system expects to address them. For systems using a 
ground water source under the direct influence of surface water, an 
approved wellhead protection program developed under section 1428 of the 
Safe Drinking Water Act may be used, if the State deems it appropriate, 
to meet these requirements.
    (3) The public water system must be subject to an annual on-site 
inspection to assess the watershed control program and disinfection 
treatment process. Either the State or a party approved by the State 
must conduct the on-site inspection. The inspection must be conducted by 
competent individuals such as sanitary and civil engineers, sanitarians, 
or technicians who have experience and knowledge about the operation and 
maintenance of a public water system, and who have a sound understanding 
of public health principles and waterborne diseases. A report of the on-
site inspection summarizing all findings must be prepared every year. 
The on-site inspection must indicate to the State's satisfaction that 
the watershed control program and disinfection treatment process are 
adequately designed and maintained. The on-site inspection must include:

[[Page 361]]

    (i) A review of the effectiveness of the watershed control program;
    (ii) A review of the physical condition of the source intake and how 
well it is protected;
    (iii) A review of the system's equipment maintenance program to 
ensure there is low probability for failure of the disinfection process;
    (iv) An inspection of the disinfection equipment for physical 
deterioration;
    (v) A review of operating procedures;
    (vi) A review of data records to ensure that all required tests are 
being conducted and recorded and disinfection is effectively practiced; 
and
    (vii) Identification of any improvements which are needed in the 
equipment, system maintenance and operation, or data collection.
    (4) The public water system must not have been identified as a 
source of a waterborne disease outbreak, or if it has been so 
identified, the system must have been modified sufficiently to prevent 
another such occurrence, as determined by the State.
    (5) The public water system must comply with the maximum contaminant 
level (MCL) for total coliforms in Sec. 141.63 at least 11 months of the 
12 previous months that the system served water to the public, on an 
ongoing basis, unless the State determines that failure to meet this 
requirement was not caused by a deficiency in treatment of the source 
water.
    (6) The public water system must comply with the requirements for 
trihalomethanes in Secs. 141.12 and 141.30.
    (c) Treatment technique violations. (1) A system that (i) fails to 
meet any one of the criteria in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section 
and/or which the State has determined that filtration is required, in 
writing pursuant to Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), and (ii) fails to install 
filtration by the date specified in the introductory paragraph of this 
section is in violation of a treatment technique requirement.
    (2) A system that has not installed filtration is in violation of a 
treatment technique requirement if:
    (i) The turbidity level (measured as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(4) 
and (b)(2)) in a representative sample of the source water immediately 
prior to the first or only point of disinfection application exceeds 5 
NTU; or
    (ii) The system is identified as a source of a waterborne disease 
outbreak.



Sec. 141.72  Disinfection.

    A public water system that uses a surface water source and does not 
provide filtration treatment must provide the disinfection treatment 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section beginning December 30, 1991, 
unless the State determines that filtration is required in writing 
pursuant to Sec. 1412 (b)(7)(C)(iii). A public water system that uses a 
ground water source under the direct influence of surface water and does 
not provide filtration treatment must provide disinfection treatment 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section beginning December 30, 1991, 
or 18 months after the State determines that the ground water source is 
under the influence of surface water, whichever is later, unless the 
State has determined that filtration is required in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii). If the State has determined that filtration is 
required, the system must comply with any interim disinfection 
requirements the State deems necessary before filtration is installed. A 
system that uses a surface water source that provides filtration 
treatment must provide the disinfection treatment specified in paragraph 
(b) of this section beginnng June 29, 1993, or beginning when filtration 
is installed, whichever is later. A system that uses a ground water 
source under the direct influence of surface water and provides 
filtration treatment must provide disinfection treatment as specified in 
paragraph (b) of this section by June 29, 1993, or beginning when 
filtration is installed, whichever is later. Failure to meet any 
requirement of this section after the applicable date specified in this 
introductory paragraph is a treatment technique violation.
    (a) Disinfection requirements for public water systems that do not 
provide filtration. Each public water system that does not provide 
filtration treatment must provide disinfection treatment as follows:

[[Page 362]]

    (1) The disinfection treatment must be sufficient to ensure at least 
99.9 percent (3-log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 
percent (4-log) inactivation of viruses, every day the system serves 
water to the public, except any one day each month. Each day a system 
serves water to the public, the public water system must calculate the 
CT value(s) from the system's treatment parameters, using the procedure 
specified in Sec. 141.74(b)(3), and determine whether this value(s) is 
sufficient to achieve the specified inactivation rates for Giardia 
lamblia cysts and viruses. If a system uses a disinfectant other than 
chlorine, the system may demonstrate to the State, through the use of a 
State-approved protocol for on-site disinfection challenge studies or 
other information satisfactory to the State, that CT99.9 values 
other than those specified in Tables 2.1 and 3.1 in Sec. 141.74(b)(3) or 
other operational parameters are adequate to demonstrate that the system 
is achieving minimum inactivation rates required by paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section.
    (2) The disinfection system must have either (i) redundant 
components, including an auxiliary power supply with automatic start-up 
and alarm to ensure that disinfectant application is maintained 
continuously while water is being delivered to the distribution system, 
or (ii) automatic shut-off of delivery of water to the distribution 
system whenever there is less than 0.2 mg/l of residual disinfectant 
concentration in the water. If the State determines that automatic shut-
off would cause unreasonable risk to health or interfere with fire 
protection, the system must comply with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section.
    (3) The residual disinfectant concentration in the water entering 
the distribution system, measured as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(5) and 
(b)(5), cannot be less than 0.2 mg/l for more than 4 hours.
    (4)(i) The residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution 
system, measured as total chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine 
dioxide, as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(5) and (b)(6), cannot be 
undetectable in more than 5 percent of the samples each month, for any 
two consecutive months that the system serves water to the public. Water 
in the distribution system with a heterotrophic bacteria concentration 
less than or equal to 500/ml, measured as heterotrophic plate count 
(HPC) as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(3), is deemed to have a detectable 
disinfectant residual for purposes of determining compliance with this 
requirement. Thus, the value ``V'' in the following formula cannot 
exceed 5 percent in one month, for any two consecutive months.

                                                                        
                                 c+d+e                                  
          V=          ---------------------------          x 100        
                                  a+b                                   
                                                                        

where:
a=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          measured;
b=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          not measured but heterotrophic bacteria plate count (HPC) is 
          measured;
c=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          measured but not detected and no HPC is measured;
d=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          measured but not detected and where the HPC is >500/ml; and
e=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          not measured and HPC is >500/ml.

    (ii) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified by Sec. 141.74(a)(3) and that the 
system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system, 
the requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section do not apply to 
that system.
    (b) Disinfection requirements for public water systems which provide 
filtration. Each public water system that provides filtration treatment 
must provide disinfection treatment as follows.
    (1) The disinfection treatment must be sufficient to ensure that the 
total treatment processes of that system achieve at least 99.9 percent 
(3-log) inactivation and/or removal of Giardia lamblia cysts and at 
least 99.99 percent (4-log) inactivation and/or removal of viruses, as 
determined by the State.
    (2) The residual disinfectant concentration in the water entering 
the

[[Page 363]]

distribution system, measured as specified in Sec. 141.74 (a)(5) and 
(c)(2), cannot be less than 0.2 mg/l for more than 4 hours.
    (3)(i) The residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution 
system, measured as total chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine 
dioxide, as specified in Sec. 141.74 (a)(5) and (c)(3), cannot be 
undetectable in more than 5 percent of the samples each month, for any 
two consecutive months that the system serves water to the public. Water 
in the distribution system with a heterotrophic bacteria concentration 
less than or equal to 500/ml, measured as heterotrophic plate count 
(HPC) as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(3), is deemed to have a detectable 
disinfectant residual for purposes of determining compliance with this 
requirement. Thus, the value ``V'' in the following formula cannot 
exceed 5 percent in one month, for any two consecutive months.

                                                                        
                                 c+d+e                                  
          V=          ---------------------------          x 100        
                                  a+b                                   
                                                                        

where:
a=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          measured;
b=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          not measured but heterotrophic bacteria plate count (HPC) is 
          measured;
c=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          measured but not detected and no HPC is measured;
d=number of instances where no residual disinfectant concentration is 
          detected and where the HPC is >500/ml; and
e=number of instances where the residual disinfectant concentration is 
          not measured and HPC is >500/ml.

    (ii) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(3) and that the 
system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system, 
the requirements of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section do not apply.



Sec. 141.73  Filtration.

    A public water system that uses a surface water source or a ground 
water source under the direct influence of surface water, and does not 
meet all of the criteria in Sec. 141.71 (a) and (b) for avoiding 
filtration, must provide treatment consisting of both disinfection, as 
specified in Sec. 141.72(b), and filtration treatment which complies 
with the requirements of paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this 
section by June 29, 1993, or within 18 months of the failure to meet any 
one of the criteria for avoiding filtration in Sec. 141.71 (a) and (b), 
whichever is later. Failure to meet any requirement of this section 
after the date specified in this introductory paragraph is a treatment 
technique violation.
    (a) Conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration. (1) For 
systems using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the 
turbidity level of representative samples of a system's filtered water 
must be less than or equal to 0.5 NTU in at least 95 percent of the 
measurements taken each month, measured as specified in Sec. 141.74 
(a)(4) and (c)(1), except that if the State determines that the system 
is capable of achieving at least 99.9 percent removal and/or 
inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts at some turbidity level higher 
than 0.5 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken each 
month, the State may substitute this higher turbidity limit for that 
system. However, in no case may the State approve a turbidity limit that 
allows more than 1 NTU in more than 5 percent of the samples taken each 
month, measured as specified in Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1).
    (2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system's 
filtered water must at no time exceed 5 NTU, measured as specified in 
Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1).
    (b) Slow sand filtration. (1) For systems using slow sand 
filtration, the turbidity level of representative samples of a system's 
filtered water must be less than or equal to 1 NTU in at least 95 
percent of the measurements taken each month, measured as specified in 
Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1), except that if the State determines there 
is no significant interference with disinfection at a higher turbidity 
level, the State may substitute this higher turbidity limit for that 
system.

[[Page 364]]

    (2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system's 
filtered water must at no time exceed 5 NTU, measured as specified in 
Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1).
    (c) Diatomaceous earth filtration. (1) For systems using 
diatomaceous earth filtration, the turbidity level of representative 
samples of a system's filtered water must be less than or equal to 1 NTU 
in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken each month, measured as 
specified in Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1).
    (2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system's 
filtered water must at no time exceed 5 NTU, measured as specified in 
Sec. 141.74 (a)(4) and (c)(1).
    (d) Other filtration technologies. A public water system may use a 
filtration technology not listed in paragraphs (a)-(c) of this section 
if it demonstrates to the State, using pilot plant studies or other 
means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination with 
disinfection treatment that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.72(b), 
consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal and/or inactivation of 
Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent removal and/or inactivation of 
viruses. For a system that makes this demonstration, the requirements of 
paragraph (b) of this section apply.



Sec. 141.74  Analytical and monitoring requirements.

    (a) Analytical requirements. Only the analytical method(s) specified 
in this paragraph, or otherwise approved by EPA, may be used to 
demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Secs. 141.71, 141.72, 
and 141.73. Measurements for pH, temperature, turbidity, and residual 
disinfectant concentrations must be conducted by a party approved by the 
State. Measurements for total coliforms, fecal coliforms, and HPC must 
be conducted by a laboratory certified by the State or EPA to do such 
analysis. Until laboratory certification criteria are developed for the 
analysis of HPC and fecal coliforms, any laboratory certified for total 
coliform analysis by EPA is deemed certified for HPC and fecal coliform 
analysis. The following procedures shall be performed in accordance with 
the publications listed in the following section. This incorporation by 
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the methods 
published in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and 
Wastewater may be obtained from the American Public Health Association 
et al., 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005; copies of the 
Minimal Medium ONPG-MUG Method as set forth in the article ``National 
Field Evaluation of a Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous 
Enumeration of Total Coliforms and Esherichia coli from Drinking Water: 
Comparison with the Standard Multiple Tube Fermentation Method'' (Edberg 
et al.), Applied and Environmental Microbiology, Volume 54, pp. 1595-
1601, June 1988 (as amended under Erratum, Applied and Environmental 
Microbiology, Volume 54, p. 3197, December, 1988), may be obtained from 
the American Water Works Association Research Foundation, 6666 West 
Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado, 80235; and copies of the Indigo Method 
as set forth in the article ``Determination of Ozone in Water by the 
Indigo Method'' (Bader and Hoigne), may be obtained from Ozone Science & 
Engineering, Pergamon Press Ltd., Fairview Park, Elmsford, New York 
10523. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Room EB15, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (1) Public water systems must conduct analysis of pH and temperature 
in accordance with one of the methods listed at Sec. 141.23(k)(1). 
Public water systems must conduct analysis of total coliforms, fecal 
coliforms, heterotrophic bacteria, and turbidity in accordance with one 
of the following analytical methods and by using analytical test 
procedures contained in Technical Notes on Drinking Water Methods, EPA-
600/R-94-173, October 1994, which is available at NTIS PB95-104766.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Organism                 Methodology         Citation \1\   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Coliforms \2\............  Total Coliform      9221A, B, C        
                                  Fermentation                          
                                  Technique 3,4,5.                      

[[Page 365]]

                                                                        
                                 Total Coliform      9222A, B, C        
                                  Membrane Filter                       
                                  Technique.                            
                                 ONPG-Mug Test \6\.  9223               
Fecal Coliforms \2\............  Fecal Coliform      9221E              
                                  Procedure \7\.                        
                                 Fecal Coliform      9222D              
                                  Membrane Filter                       
                                  Procedure.                            
Heterotrophic bacteria \2\.....  Pour Plate method.  9215B              
Turbidity......................  Nephelometric       2130B              
                                  Method.                               
                                 Nephelometric       180.1 \8\          
                                  Method.                               
                                 Great Lakes         Method 2 \9\       
                                  Instruments.                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Except where noted, all methods refer to the 18th edition of        
  Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992,   
  American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW,         
  Washington, D.C. 20005.                                               
\2\ The time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not   
  exceed 8 hours. Systems are encouraged but not required to hold       
  samples below 10 deg.C during transit.                                
\3\ Lactose broth, as commercially available, may be used in lieu of    
  lauryl tryptose broth, if the system conducts at least 25 parallel    
  tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth using the water   
  normally tested, and this comparison demonstrates that the false      
  positive rate and false negative rate for total coliforms, using      
  lactose broth, is less than 10 percent.                               
\4\ Media should cover inverted tubes at least one-half to two-thirds   
  after the sample is added.                                            
\5\ No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of   
  all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.                          
\6\ The ONPG-MUG Test is also known as the Autoanalysis Colilert System.
                                                                        
\7\ A-1 Broth may be held up to three months in a tightly closed        
  screwcap tube at 4 deg.C.                                             
\8\ ``Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in          
  Environmental Samples'', EPA-600/R-93-100, August 1993. Available at  
  NTIS, PB94-121811.                                                    
\9\ GLI Method 2, ``Turbidity'', November 2, 1992, Great Lakes          
  Instruments, Inc., 8855 North 55th Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223.

    (2) Public water systems must measure residual disinfectant 
concentrations with one of the analytical methods in the following 
table. The methods are contained in the 18th edition of Standard Methods 
for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992. Other analytical test 
procedures are contained in Technical Notes on Drinking Water Methods, 
EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, which is available at NTIS PB95-104766. 
If approved by the State, residual disinfectant concentrations for free 
chlorine and combined chlorine also may be measured by using DPD 
colorimetric test kits. Free and total chlorine residuals may be 
measured continuously by adapting a specified chlorine residual method 
for use with a continuous monitoring instrument provided the chemistry, 
accuracy, and precision remain same. Instruments used for continuous 
monitoring must be calibrated with a grab sample measurement at least 
every five days, or with a protocol approved by the State.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Residual                Methodology            Methods       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free Chlorine.................  Amperometric       4500-Cl D            
                                 Titration.                             
                                DPD Ferrous        4500-Cl F            
                                 Titrimetric.                           
                                DPD Colorimetric.  4500-Cl G            
                                Syringaldazine     4500-Cl H            
                                 (FACTS).                               
Total Chlorine................  Amperometric       4500-Cl D            
                                 Titration.                             
                                Amperometric       4500-Cl E            
                                 Titration (low                         
                                 level                                  
                                 measurement).                          
                                DPD Ferrous        4500-Cl F            
                                 Titrimetric.                           
                                DPD Colorimetric.  4500-Cl G            
                                Iodometric         4500-Cl I            
                                 Electrode.                             
Chlorine Dioxide..............  Amperometric       4500-ClO2 C          
                                 Titration.                             
                                DPD Method.......  4500-ClO2 D          
                                Amperometric       4500-ClO2 E          
                                 Titration.                             
Ozone.........................  Indigo Method....  4500-O3 B            
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Monitoring requirements for systems that do not provide 
filtration. A public water system that uses a surface water source and 
does not provide filtration treatment must begin monitoring, as 
specified in this paragraph (b), beginning December 31, 1990, unless the 
State has determined that filtration is required in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the State may specify alternative 
monitoring requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in place. A 
public water system that uses a ground water source under the direct 
influence of surface water and does not provide filtration treatment 
must begin monitoring as specified in this paragraph (b) beginning 
December 31, 1990, or 6 months after the State determines that the 
ground water source is under the direct influence of surface water, 
whichever is later, unless the State has determined that filtration is 
required in writing pursuant to Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case 
the State may specify alternative monitoring requirements, as 
appropriate, until filtration is in place.
    (1) Fecal coliform or total coliform density measurements as 
required by Sec. 141.71(a)(1) must be performed on representative source 
water samples immediately prior to the first or only point of 
disinfectant application. The system must sample for fecal or total 
coliforms at the following minimum frequency each week the system serves 
water to the public:

[[Page 366]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Samples/
                 System size (persons served)                   week\1\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
500..........................................................          1
501 to 3,300.................................................          2
3,301 to 10,000..............................................          3
10,001 to 25,000.............................................          4
>25,000......................................................          5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Must be taken on separate days.                                     

    Also, one fecal or total coliform density measurement must be made 
every day the system serves water to the public and the turbidity of the 
source water exceeds 1 NTU (these samples count towards the weekly 
coliform sampling requirement) unless the State determines that the 
system, for logistical reasons outside the system's control, cannot have 
the sample analyzed within 30 hours of collection.
    (2) Turbidity measurements as required by Sec. 141.71(a)(2) must be 
performed on representative grab samples of source water immediately 
prior to the first or only point of disinfectant application every four 
hours (or more frequently) that the system serves water to the public. A 
public water system may substitute continuous turbidity monitoring for 
grab sample monitoring if it validates the continuous measurement for 
accuracy on a regular basis using a protocol approved by the State.
    (3) The total inactivation ratio for each day that the system is in 
operation must be determined based on the CT99.9 values in Tables 
1.1-1.6, 2.1, and 3.1 of this section, as appropriate. The parameters 
necessary to determine the total inactivation ratio must be monitored as 
follows:
    (i) The temperature of the disinfected water must be measured at 
least once per day at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling 
point.
    (ii) If the system uses chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water 
must be measured at least once per day at each chlorine residual 
disinfectant concentration sampling point.
    (iii) The disinfectant contact time(s) (``T'') must be determined 
for each day during peak hourly flow.
    (iv) The residual disinfectant concentration(s) (``C'') of the water 
before or at the first customer must be measured each day during peak 
hourly flow.
    (v) If a system uses a disinfectant other than chlorine, the system 
may demonstrate to the State, through the use of a State-approved 
protocol for on-site disinfection challenge studies or other information 
satisfactory to the State, that CT99.9 values other than those 
specified in Tables 2.1 and 3.1 in this section other operational 
parameters are adequate to demonstrate that the system is achieving the 
minimum inactivation rates required by Sec. 141.72(a)(1).

  Table 1.1--CT Values (CT99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 0.5  
                                               deg.C or Lower \1\                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               pH                               
               Residual (mg/l)                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     6.0        6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5         9.0     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.4..........................................         137        163    195    237    277    329         390    
0.6..........................................         141        168    200    239    286    342         407    
0.8..........................................         145        172    205    246    295    354         422    
1.0..........................................         148        176    210    253    304    365         437    
1.2..........................................         152        180    215    259    313    376         451    
1.4..........................................         155        184    221    266    321    387         464    
1.6..........................................         157        189    226    273    329    397         477    
1.8..........................................         162        193    231    279    338    407         489    
2.0..........................................         165        197    236    286    346    417         500    
2.2..........................................         169        201    242    297    353    426         511    
2.4..........................................         172        205    247    298    361    435         522    
2.6..........................................         175        209    252    304    368    444         533    
2.8..........................................         178        213    257    310    375    452         543    
3.0..........................................         181        217    261    316    382    460         552    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.                                                                


  Table 1.2--CT Values (CT 99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 5.0 
                                                    deg.C\1\                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               pH                               
             Free residual (mg/l)             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               6.0   6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5   9.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.4...............................          97        117    139    166    198    236         279    
  0.6........................................         100        120    143    171    204    244         291    
  0.8........................................         103        122    146    175    210    252         301    
  1.0........................................         105        125    149    179    216    260         312    
  1.2........................................         107        127    152    183    221    267         320    
  1.4........................................         109        130    155    187    227    274         329    
  1.6........................................         111        132    158    192    232    281         337    
  1.8........................................         114        135    162    196    238    287         345    
  2.0........................................         116        138    165    200    243    294         353    
  2.2........................................         118        140    169    204    248    300         361    
  2.4........................................         120        143    172    209    253    306         368    
  2.6........................................         122        146    175    213    258    312         375    
  2.8........................................         124        148    178    217    263    318         382    

[[Page 367]]

                                                                                                                
  3.0........................................         126        151    182    221    268    324         389    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature, and at the higher pH.                                                               


 Table 1.3--CT Values (CT 99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 10.0 
                                                    deg.C\1\                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               pH                               
             Free residual (mg/l)             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               6.0   6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5   9.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.4...............................          73         88    104    125    149    177         209    
  0.6........................................          75         90    107    128    153    183         218    
  0.8........................................          78         92    110    131    158    189         226    
  1.0........................................          79         94    112    134    162    195         234    
  1.2........................................          80         95    114    137    166    200         240    
  1.4........................................          82         98    116    140    170    206         247    
  1.6........................................          83         99    119    144    174    211         253    
  1.8........................................          86        101    122    147    179    215         259    
  2.0........................................          87        104    124    150    182    221         265    
  2.2........................................          89        105    127    153    186    225         271    
  2.4........................................          90        107    129    157    190    230         276    
  2.6........................................          92        110    131    160    194    234         281    
  2.8........................................          93        111    134    163    197    239         287    
  3.0........................................          95        113    137    166    201    243         292    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature, and at the higher pH.                                                               


 Table 1.4--CT Values (CT 99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 15.0 
                                                    deg.C\1\                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               pH                               
             Free residual (mg/l)             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               6.0   6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5   9.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.4...............................          49         59     70     83     99    118         140    
  0.6........................................          50         60     72     86    102    122         146    
  0.8........................................          52         61     73     88    105    126         151    
  1.0........................................          53         63     75     90    108    130         156    
  1.2........................................          54         64     76     92    111    134         160    
  1.4........................................          55         65     78     94    114    137         165    
  1.6........................................          56         66     79     96    116    141         169    
  1.8........................................          57         68     81     98    119    144         173    
  2.0........................................          58         69     83    100    122    147         177    
  2.2........................................          59         70     85    102    124    150         181    
  2.4........................................          60         72     86    105    127    153         184    
  2.6........................................          61         73     88    107    129    156         188    
  2.8........................................          62         74     89    109    132    159         191    
  3.0........................................          63         76     91    111    134    162         195    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature, and at the higher pH.                                                               


   Table 1.5--CT Values (CT99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 20  
                                                    deg.C\1\                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  pH                            
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                Free residual (mg/l)                      6.0                                             9.0   
                                                                   6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 0.4...............................................         36       44     52     62     74     89        105  
0.6................................................         38       45     54     64     77     92        109  
0.8................................................         39       46     55     66     79     95        113  
1.0................................................         39       47     56     67     81     98        117  
1.2................................................         40       48     57     69     83    100        120  
1.4................................................         41       49     58     70     85    103        123  
1.6................................................         42       50     59     72     87    105        126  
1.8................................................         43       51     61     74     89    108        129  
2.0................................................         44       52     62     75     91    110        132  
2.2................................................         44       53     63     77     93    113        135  
2.4................................................         45       54     65     78     95    115        138  
2.6................................................         46       55     66     80     97    117        141  
2.8................................................         47       56     67     81     99    119        143  
3.0................................................         47       57     68     83    101    122        146  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature, and at the higher pH.                                                               


   Table 1.6--CT Values (CT99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Free Chlorine at 25  
                                               deg.C\1\ and Higher                                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  pH                            
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                Free residual (mg/l)                      6.0                                             9.0   
                                                                   6.5    7.0    7.5    8.0    8.5              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 0.4...............................................         24       29     35     42     50     59         70  
0.6................................................         25       30     36     43     51     61         73  
0.8................................................         26       31     37     44     53     63         75  
1.0................................................         26       31     37     45     54     65         78  
1.2................................................         27       32     38     46     55     67         80  
1.4................................................         27       33     39     47     57     69         82  
1.6................................................         28       33     40     48     58     70         84  
1.8................................................         29       34     41     49     60     72         86  
2.0................................................         29       35     41     50     61     74         88  
2.2................................................         30       35     42     51     62     75         90  
2.4................................................         30       36     43     52     63     77         92  
2.6................................................         31       37     44     53     65     78         94  
2.8................................................         31       37     45     54     66     80         96  

[[Page 368]]

                                                                                                                
3.0................................................         32       38     46     55     67     81        97   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the         
  indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the indicated temperatures of
  different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value 
  at the lower temperature, and at the higher pH.                                                               


  Table 2.1--CT Values (CT99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by Chlorine Dioxide and  
                                                    Ozone\1\                                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Temperature                          
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   < 1                                                 25  deg.C
                                                  deg.C   5  deg.C  10  deg.C  15  deg.C  20  deg.C             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chlorine dioxide..............................      63        26         23        19         15          11    
Ozone.........................................       2.9       1.9        1.4       0.95       0.72        0.48 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These CT values achieve greater than 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated 
  temperatures may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value at  
  the lower temperature for determining CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.                           


 Table 3.1--CT Values (CT 99.9) for 99.9 Percent Inactivation of Giardia
                     Lamblia Cysts By Chloramines\1\                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Temperature                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 < 1  deg.C    5  deg.C    10  deg.C   15  deg.C  20  deg.C    25  deg.C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,800            2,200       1,850       1,500       1,100         750  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These values are for pH values of 6 to 9. These CT values may be    
  assumed to achieve greater than 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses 
  only if chlorine is added and mixed in the water prior to the addition
  of ammonia. If this condition is not met, the system must demonstrate,
  based on on-site studies or other information, as approved by the     
  State, that the system is achieving at least 99.99 percent            
  inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated temperatures 
  may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is     
  used, use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for determining   
  CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.                         

    (4) The total inactivation ratio must be calculated as follows:
    (i) If the system uses only one point of disinfectant application, 
the system
may determine the total inactivation ratio based on either of the 
following two methods:
    (A) One inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) is determined before 
or at the first customer during peak hourly flow and if the CTcalc/
CT99.9  1.0, the 99.9 percent Giardia lamblia 
inactivation requirement has been achieved; or
    (B) Successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential 
inactivation ratios, are determined between the point of disinfectant 
application and a point before or at the first customer during peak 
hourly flow. Under this alternative, the following method must be used 
to calculate the total inactivation ratio:


[[Page 369]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC02JY92.060


lamblia inactivation requirement has been achieved.
    (ii) If the system uses more than one point of disinfectant 
application before or at the first customer, the system must determine 
the CT value of each disinfection sequence immediately prior to the next 
point of disinfectant application during peak hourly flow. The CTcalc/
CT99.9 value of each sequence and

                                                                        
                                                    CTcalc              
            <3-ln-grk-S>             -----------------------------------
                                                    CT99.9              
                                                                        

    must be calculated using the method in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of 
this section to determine if the system is in compliance with 
Sec. 142.72(a).
    (iii) Although not required, the total percent inactivation for a 
system with one or more points of residual disinfectant concentration 
monitoring may be calculated by solving the following equation:

                                                                        
                                                                     100
                  Percent inactivation                     = 100 -  ----
                                                                     10z
                                                                        


                                                                        
                                                   CTcalc               
   where z=3 x      <3-ln-grk-S>    <3-ln (>  ---------------  <3-ln )> 
                                                   CT99.9               
                                                                        

    (5) The residual disinfectant concentration of the water entering 
the distribution system must be monitored continuously, and the lowest 
value must be recorded each day, except that if there is a failure in 
the continuous monitoring equipment, grab sampling
every 4 hours may be conducted in lieu of continuous monitoring, but for 
no more than 5 working days following the failure of the equipment, and 
systems serving 3,300 or fewer persons may take grab samples in lieu of 
providing continuous monitoring on an ongoing basis at the frequencies 
prescribed below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Samples/
                  System size by population                      day\1\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
<500.........................................................          1
501 to 1,000.................................................          2
1,001 to 2,500...............................................          3
2,501 to 3,300...............................................          4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The day's samples cannot be taken at the same time. The sampling    
  intervals are subject to State review and approval.                   

If at any time the residual disinfectant concentration falls below 0.2 
mg/l in a system using grab sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring, 
the system must take a grab sample every 4 hours until the residual 
concentration is equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/l.
    (6)(i) The residual disinfectant concentration must be measured at 
least at the same points in the distribution system and at the same time 
as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in Sec. 141.21, except that 
the State may allow a public water system which uses both a surface 
water source or a ground water source under direct influence of surface 
water, and a ground water source, to take disinfectant residual samples 
at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the State 
determines that such points are more representative of treated 
(disinfected) water quality within the distribution

[[Page 370]]

system. Heterotrophic bacteria, measured as heterotrophic plate count 
(HPC) as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, may be measured 
in lieu of residual disinfectant concentration.
    (ii) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified by paragraph (a)(3) of this section and 
that the system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution 
system, the requirements of paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section do not 
apply to that system.
    (c) Monitoring requirements for systems using filtration treatment. 
A public water system that uses a surface water source or a ground water 
source under the influence of surface water and provides filtration 
treatment must monitor in accordance with this paragraph (c) beginning 
June 29, 1993, or when filtration is installed, whichever is later.
    (1) Turbidity measurements as required by Sec. 141.73 must be 
performed on representative samples of the system's filtered water every 
four hours (or more frequently) that the system serves water to the 
public. A public water system may substitute continuous turbidity 
monitoring for grab sample monitoring if it validates the continuous 
measurement for accuracy on a regular basis using a protocol approved by 
the State. For any systems using slow sand filtration or filtration 
treatment other than conventional treatment, direct filtration, or 
diatomaceous earth filtration, the State may reduce the sampling 
frequency to once per day if it determines that less frequent monitoring 
is sufficient to indicate effective filtration performance. For systems 
serving 500 or fewer persons, the State may reduce the turbidity 
sampling frequency to once per day, regardless of the type of filtration 
treatment used, if the State determines that less frequent monitoring is 
sufficient to indicate effective filtration performance.
    (2) The residual disinfectant concentration of the water entering 
the distribution system must be monitored continuously, and the lowest 
value must be recorded each day, except that if there is a failure in 
the continuous monitoring equipment, grab sampling every 4 hours may be 
conducted in lieu of continuous monitoring, but for no more than 5 
working days following the failure of the equipment, and systems serving 
3,300 or fewer persons may take grab samples in lieu of providing 
continuous monitoring on an ongoing basis at the frequencies each day 
prescribed below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Samples/
                  System size by population                     day \1\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
500..............................................          1
501 to 1,000.................................................          2
1,001 to 2,500...............................................          3
2,501 to 3,300...............................................         4 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The day's samples cannot be taken at the same time. The sampling    
  intervals are subject to State review and approval.                   

If at any time the residual disinfectant concentration falls below 0.2 
mg/l in a system using grab sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring, 
the system must take a grab sample every 4 hours until the residual 
disinfectant concentration is equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/l.
    (3)(i) The residual disinfectant concentration must be measured at 
least at the same points in the distribution system and at the same time 
as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in Sec. 141.21, except that 
the State may allow a public water system which uses both a surface 
water source or a ground water source under direct influence of surface 
water, and a ground water source to take disinfectant residual samples 
at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the State 
determines that such points are more representative of treated 
(disinfected) water quality within the distribution system. 
Heterotrophic bacteria, measured as heterotrophic plate count (HPC) as 
specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, may be measured in lieu 
of residual disinfectant concentration.
    (ii) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified by paragraph (a)(3) of this section and 
that the system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution 
system, the requirements of paragraph

[[Page 371]]

(c)(3)(i) of this section do not apply to that system.

[54 FR 27527, June 29, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 62470, Dec. 5, 1994; 60 
FR 34086, June 29, 1995]



Sec. 141.75  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) A public water system that uses a surface water source and does 
not provide filtration treatment must report monthly to the State the 
information specified in this paragraph (a) beginning December 31, 1990, 
unless the State has determined that filtration is required in writing 
pursuant to section 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the State may 
specify alternative reporting requirements, as appropriate, until 
filtration is in place. A public water system that uses a ground water 
source under the direct influence of surface water and does not provide 
filtration treatment must report monthly to the State the information 
specified in this paragraph (a) beginning December 31, 1990, or 6 months 
after the State determines that the ground water source is under the 
direct influence of surface water, whichever is later, unless the State 
has determined that filtration is required in writing pursuant to 
Sec. 1412(b)(7)(C)(iii), in which case the State may specify alternative 
reporting requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in place.
    (1) Source water quality information must be reported to the State 
within 10 days after the end of each month the system serves water to 
the public. Information that must be reported includes:
    (i) The cumulative number of months for which results are reported.
    (ii) The number of fecal and/or total coliform samples, whichever 
are analyzed during the month (if a system monitors for both, only fecal 
coliforms must be reported), the dates of sample collection, and the 
dates when the turbidity level exceeded 1 NTU.
    (iii) The number of samples during the month that had equal to or 
less than 20/100 ml fecal coliforms and/or equal to or less than 100/100 
ml total coliforms, whichever are analyzed.
    (iv) The cumulative number of fecal or total coliform samples, 
whichever are analyzed, during the previous six months the system served 
water to the public.
    (v) The cumulative number of samples that had equal to or less than 
20/100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or less than 100/100 ml total 
coliforms, whichever are analyzed, during the previous six months the 
system served water to the public.
    (vi) The percentage of samples that had equal to or less than 20/100 
ml fecal coliforms or equal to or less than 100/100 ml total coliforms, 
whichever are analyzed, during the previous six months the system served 
water to the public.
    (vii) The maximum turbidity level measured during the month, the 
date(s) of occurrence for any measurement(s) which exceeded 5 NTU, and 
the date(s) the occurrence(s) was reported to the State.
    (viii) For the first 12 months of recordkeeping, the dates and 
cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU, 
and after one year of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the 
dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity 
exceeded 5 NTU in the previous 12 months the system served water to the 
public.
    (ix) For the first 120 months of recordkeeping, the dates and 
cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU, 
and after 10 years of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the 
dates and cumulative number of events during which the turbidity 
exceeded 5 NTU in the previous 120 months the system served water to the 
public.
    (2) Disinfection information specified in Sec. 141.74(b) must be 
reported to the State within 10 days after the end of each month the 
system serves water to the public. Information that must be reported 
includes:
    (i) For each day, the lowest measurement of residual disinfectant 
concentration in mg/l in water entering the distribution system.
    (ii) The date and duration of each period when the residual 
disinfectant concentration in water entering the distribution system 
fell below 0.2 mg/l and when the State was notified of the occurrence.

[[Page 372]]

    (iii) The daily residual disinfectant concentration(s) (in mg/l) and 
disinfectant contact time(s) (in minutes) used for calculating the CT 
value(s).
    (iv) If chlorine is used, the daily measurement(s) of pH of 
disinfected water following each point of chlorine disinfection.
    (v) The daily measurement(s) of water temperature in  deg.C 
following each point of disinfection.
    (vi) The daily CTcalc and CTcalc/CT99.9 values for each 
disinfectant measurement or sequence and the sum of all CTcalc/
CT99.9 values ((CTcalc/CT99.9)) before or at the first 
customer.
    (vii) The daily determination of whether disinfection achieves 
adequate Giardia cyst and virus inactivation, i.e., whether (CTcalc/
CT99.9) is at least 1.0 or, where disinfectants other than chlorine 
are used, other indicator conditions that the State determines are 
appropriate, are met.
    (viii) The following information on the samples taken in the 
distribution system in conjunction with total coliform monitoring 
pursuant to Sec. 141.72:
    (A) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is measured;
    (B) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is not measured but heterotrophic bacteria plate count 
(HPC) is measured;
    (C) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is measured but not detected and no HPC is measured;
    (D) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is detected and where HPC is >500/ml;
    (E) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is not measured and HPC is >500/ml;
    (F) For the current and previous month the system served water to 
the public, the value of ``V'' in the following formula:

                                                                        
                                 c+d+e                                  
          V=          ---------------------------          x 100        
                                  a+b                                   
                                                                        

where
a=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(A) of this section,
b=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(B) of this section,
c=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(C) of this section,
d=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(D) of this section, and
e=the value in paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(E) of this section.
    (G) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory under the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified by Sec. 141.74(a)(3) and that the 
system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system, 
the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(viii)(A)-(F) of this section do not 
apply to that system.
    (ix) A system need not report the data listed in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i), and (iii)-(vi) of this section if all data listed in 
paragraphs (a)(2) (i)-(viii) of this section remain on file at the 
system, and the State determines that:
    (A) The system has submitted to the State all the information 
required by paragraphs (a)(2) (i)-(viii) of this section for at least 12 
months; and
    (B) The State has determined that the system is not required to 
provide filtration treatment.
    (3) No later than ten days after the end of each Federal fiscal year 
(September 30), each system must provide to the State a report which 
summarizes its compliance with all watershed control program 
requirements specified in Sec. 141.71(b)(2).
    (4) No later than ten days after the end of each Federal fiscal year 
(September 30), each system must provide to the State a report on the 
on-site inspection conducted during that year pursuant to 
Sec. 141.71(b)(3), unless the on-site inspection was conducted by the 
State. If the inspection was conducted by the State, the State must 
provide a copy of its report to the public water system.
    (5)(i) Each system, upon discovering that a waterborne disease 
outbreak potentially attributable to that water system has occurred, 
must report that occurrence to the State as soon as possible, but no 
later than by the end of the next business day.
    (ii) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the system must 
inform the State as soon as possible, but no

[[Page 373]]

later than the end of the next business day.
    (iii) If at any time the residual falls below 0.2 mg/l in the water 
entering the distribution system, the system must notify the State as 
soon as possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day. 
The system also must notify the State by the end of the next business 
day whether or not the residual was restored to at least 0.2 mg/l within 
4 hours.
    (b) A public water system that uses a surface water source or a 
ground water source under the direct influence of surface water and 
provides filtration treatment must report monthly to the State the 
information specified in this paragraph (b) beginning June 29, 1993, or 
when filtration is installed, whichever is later.
    (1) Turbidity measurements as required by Sec. 141.74(c)(1) must be 
reported within 10 days after the end of each month the system serves 
water to the public. Information that must be reported includes:
    (i) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken 
during the month.
    (ii) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity 
measurements taken during the month which are less than or equal to the 
turbidity limits specified in Sec. 141.73 for the filtration technology 
being used.
    (iii) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during 
the month which exceed 5 NTU.
    (2) Disinfection information specified in Sec. 141.74(c) must be 
reported to the State within 10 days after the end of each month the 
system serves water to the public. Information that must be reported 
includes:
    (i) For each day, the lowest measurement of residual disinfectant 
concentration in mg/l in water entering the distribution system.
    (ii) The date and duration of each period when the residual 
disinfectant concentration in water entering the distribution system 
fell below 0.2 mg/l and when the State was notified of the occurrence.
    (iii) The following information on the samples taken in the 
distribution system in conjunction with total coliform monitoring 
pursuant to Sec. 141.72:
    (A) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is measured;
    (B) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is not measured but heterotrophic bacteria plate count 
(HPC) is measured;
    (C) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is measured but not detected and no HPC is measured;
    (D) Number of instances where no residual disinfectant concentration 
is detected and where HPC is >500/ml;
    (E) Number of instances where the residual disinfectant 
concentration is not measured and HPC is >500/ml;
    (F) For the current and previous month the system serves water to 
the public, the value of ``V'' in the following formula:

                                                                        
                                 c+d+e                                  
          V=          ---------------------------          x 100        
                                  a+b                                   
                                                                        

where
a=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this section,
b=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B) of this section,
c=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this section,
d=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section, and
e=the value in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(E) of this section.

    (G) If the State determines, based on site-specific considerations, 
that a system has no means for having a sample transported and analyzed 
for HPC by a certified laboratory within the requisite time and 
temperature conditions specified by Sec. 141.74(a)(3) and that the 
system is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system, 
the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A)-(F) of this section do not 
apply.
    (iv) A system need not report the data listed in paragraph (b)(2)(i) 
of this section if all data listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)-(iii) of this 
section remain on file at the system and the State determines that the 
system has submitted all the information required by paragraphs 
(b)(2)(i)-(iii) of this section for at least 12 months.
    (3)(i) Each system, upon discovering that a waterborne disease 
outbreak potentially attributable to that water

[[Page 374]]

system has occurred, must report that occurrence to the State as soon as 
possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day.
    (ii) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the system must 
inform the State as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the 
next business day.
    (iii) If at any time the residual falls below 0.2 mg/l in the water 
entering the distribution system, the system must notify the State as 
soon as possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day. 
The system also must notify the State by the end of the next business 
day whether or not the residual was restored to at least 0.2 mg/l within 
4 hours.



                  Subpart I--Control of Lead and Copper

    Source: 56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 141.80  General requirements.

    (a) Applicability and effective dates. (1) The requirements of this 
subpart I constitute the national primary drinking water regulations for 
lead and copper. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the provisions of 
this subpart applies to community water systems and non-transient, non-
community water systems (hereinafter referred to as ``water systems'' or 
``systems'').
    (2) The requirements set forth in Secs. 141.86 to 141.91 shall take 
effect on July 7, 1991. The requirements set forth in Secs. 141.80 to 
141.85 shall take effect on December 7, 1992.
    (b) Scope. These regulations establish a treatment technique that 
includes requirements for corrosion control treatment, source water 
treatment, lead service line replacement, and public education. These 
requirements are triggered, in some cases, by lead and copper action 
levels measured in samples collected at consumers' taps.
    (c) Lead and copper action levels. (1) The lead action level is 
exceeded if the concentration of lead in more than 10 percent of tap 
water samples collected during any monitoring period conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 141.86 is greater than 0.015 mg/L (i.e., if the 
``90th percentile'' lead level is greater than 0.015 mg/L).
    (2) The copper action level is exceeded if the concentration of 
copper in more than 10 percent of tap water samples collected during any 
monitoring period conducted in accordance with Sec. 141.86 is greater 
than 1.3 mg/L (i.e., if the ``90th percentile'' copper level is greater 
than 1.3 mg/L).
    (3) The 90th percentile lead and copper levels shall be computed as 
follows:
    (i) The results of all lead or copper samples taken during a 
monitoring period shall be placed in ascending order from the sample 
with the lowest concentration to the sample with the highest 
concentration. Each sampling result shall be assigned a number, 
ascending by single integers beginning with the number 1 for the sample 
with the lowest contaminant level. The number assigned to the sample 
with the highest contaminant level shall be equal to the total number of 
samples taken.
    (ii) The number of samples taken during the monitoring period shall 
be multiplied by 0.9.
    (iii) The contaminant concentration in the numbered sample yielded 
by the calculation in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) is the 90th percentile 
contaminant level.
    (iv) For water systems serving fewer than 100 people that collect 5 
samples per monitoring period, the 90th percentile is computed by taking 
the average of the highest and second highest concentrations.
    (d) Corrosion control treatment requirements. (1) All water systems 
shall install and operate optimal corrosion control treatment as defined 
in Sec. 141.2.
    (2) Any water system that complies with the applicable corrosion 
control treatment requirements specified by the State under Secs. 141.81 
and 141.82 shall be deemed in compliance with the treatment requirement 
contained in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (e) Source water treatment requirements. Any system exceeding the 
lead or copper action level shall implement all applicable source water 
treatment requirements specified by the State under Sec. 141.83.
    (f) Lead service line replacement requirements. Any system exceeding 
the lead action level after implementation

[[Page 375]]

of applicable corrosion control and source water treatment requirements 
shall complete the lead service line replacement requirements contained 
in Sec. 141.84.
    (g) Public education requirements. Any system exceeding the lead 
action level shall implement the public education requirements contained 
in Sec. 141.85.
    (h) Monitoring and analytical requirements. Tap water monitoring for 
lead and copper, monitoring for water quality parameters, source water 
monitoring for lead and copper, and analyses of the monitoring results 
under this subpart shall be completed in compliance with Secs. 141.86, 
141.87, 141.88, and 141.89.
    (i) Reporting requirements. Systems shall report to the State any 
information required by the treatment provisions of this subpart and 
Sec. 141.90.
    (j) Recordkeeping requirements. Systems shall maintain records in 
accordance with Sec. 141.91.
    (k) Violation of national primary drinking water regulations. 
Failure to comply with the applicable requirements of Secs. 141.80-
141.91, including requirements established by the State pursuant to 
these provisions, shall constitute a violation of the national primary 
drinking water regulations for lead and/or copper.

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992]



Sec. 141.81  Applicability of corrosion control treatment steps to small, medium-size and large water systems.

    (a) Systems shall complete the applicable corrosion control 
treatment requirements described in Sec. 141.82 by the deadlines 
established in this section.
    (1) A large system (serving >50,000 persons) shall complete the 
corrosion control treatment steps specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section, unless it is deemed to have optimized corrosion control under 
paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section.
    (2) A small system (serving 3300 persons) and a medium-
size system (serving >3,300 and 50,000 persons) shall 
complete the corrosion control treatment steps specified in paragraph 
(e) of this section, unless it is deemed to have optimized corrosion 
control under paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section.
    (b) A system is deemed to have optimized corrosion control and is 
not required to complete the applicable corrosion control treatment 
steps identified in this section if the system satisfies one of the 
following criteria:
    (1) A small or medium-size water system is deemed to have optimized 
corrosion control if the system meets the lead and copper action levels 
during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 141.86.
    (2) Any water system may be deemed by the State to have optimized 
corrosion control treatment if the system demonstrates to the 
satisfaction of the State that it has conducted activities equivalent to 
the corrosion control steps applicable to such system under this 
section. If the State makes this determination, it shall provide the 
system with written notice explaining the basis for its decision and 
shall specify the water quality control parameters representing optimal 
corrosion control in accordance with Sec. 141.82(f). A system shall 
provide the State with the following information in order to support a 
determination under this paragraph:
    (i) The results of all test samples collected for each of the water 
quality parameters in Sec. 141.82(c)(3).
    (ii) A report explaining the test methods used by the water system 
to evaluate the corrosion control treatments listed in 
Sec. 141.82(c)(1), the results of all tests conducted, and the basis for 
the system's selection of optimal corrosion control treatment;
    (iii) A report explaining how corrosion control has been installed 
and how it is being maintained to insure minimal lead and copper 
concentrations at consumers' taps; and
    (iv) The results of tap water samples collected in accordance with 
Sec. 141.86 at least once every six months for one year after corrosion 
control has been installed.
    (3) Any water system is deemed to have optimized corrosion control 
if it submits results of tap water monitoring conducted in accordance 
with Sec. 141.86 and source water monitoring conducted in accordance 
with Sec. 141.88 that demonstrates for two consecutive six-month 
monitoring periods that the difference between the 90th percentile

[[Page 376]]

tap water lead level computed under Sec. 141.80(c)(3), and the highest 
source water lead concentration, is less than the Practical Quantitation 
Level for lead specified in Sec. 141.89(a)(1)(ii).
    (c) Any small or medium-size water system that is required to 
complete the corrosion control steps due to its exceedance of the lead 
or copper action level may cease completing the treatment steps whenever 
the system meets both action levels during each of two consecutive 
monitoring periods conducted pursuant to Sec. 141.86 and submits the 
results to the State. If any such water system thereafter exceeds the 
lead or copper action level during any monitoring period, the system (or 
the State, as the case may be) shall recommence completion of the 
applicable treatment steps, beginning with the first treatment step 
which was not previously completed in its entirety. The State may 
require a system to repeat treatment steps previously completed by the 
system where the State determines that this is necessary to implement 
properly the treatment requirements of this section. The State shall 
notify the system in writing of such a determination and explain the 
basis for its decision. The requirement for any small- or medium-size 
system to implement corrosion control treatment steps in accordance with 
paragraph (e) of this section (including systems deemed to have 
optimized corrosion control under paragraph (b)(1) of this section) is 
triggered whenever any small- or medium-size system exceeds the lead or 
copper action level.
    (d) Treatment steps and deadlines for large systems. Except as 
provided in paragraph (b) (2) and (3) of this section, large systems 
shall complete the following corrosion control treatment steps 
(described in the referenced portions of Secs. 141.82, 141.86, and 
141.87) by the indicated dates.
    (1) Step 1: The system shall conduct initial monitoring 
(Sec. 141.86(d)(1) and Sec. 141.87(b)) during two consecutive six-month 
monitoring periods by January 1, 1993.
    (2) Step 2: The system shall complete corrosion control studies 
(Sec. 141.82(c)) by July 1, 1994.
    (3) Step 3: The State shall designate optimal corrosion control 
treatment (Sec. 141.82(d)) by January 1, 1995.
    (4) Step 4: The system shall install optimal corrosion control 
treatment (Sec. 141.82(e)) by January 1, 1997.
    (5) Step 5: The system shall complete follow-up sampling 
(Sec. 141.86(d)(2) and Sec. 141.87(c)) by January 1, l998.
    (6) Step 6: The State shall review installation of treatment and 
designate optimal water quality control parameters (Sec. 141.82(f)) by 
July 1, 1998.
    (7) Step 7: The system shall operate in compliance with the State-
specified optimal water quality control parameters (Sec. 141.82(g)) and 
continue to conduct tap sampling (Sec. 141.86(d)(3) and Sec. 141.87(d)).
    (e) Treatment Steps and deadlines for small and medium-size systems. 
Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, small and medium-
size systems shall complete the following corrosion control treatment 
steps (described in the referenced portions of Secs. 141.82, 141.86 and 
141.87) by the indicated time periods.
    (1) Step 1: The system shall conduct initial tap sampling 
(Sec. 141.86(d)(1) and Sec. 141.87(b)) until the system either exceeds 
the lead or copper action level or becomes eligible for reduced 
monitoring under Sec. 141.86(d)(4). A system exceeding the lead or 
copper action level shall recommend optimal corrosion control treatment 
(Sec. 141.82(a)) within six months after it exceeds one of the action 
levels.
    (2) Step 2: Within 12 months after a system exceeds the lead or 
copper action level, the State may require the system to perform 
corrosion control studies (Sec. 141.82(b)). If the State does not 
require the system to perform such studies, the State shall specify 
optimal corrosion control treatment (Sec. 141.82(d)) within the 
following timeframes:
    (i) For medium-size systems, within 18 months after such system 
exceeds the lead or copper action level,
    (ii) For small systems, within 24 months after such system exceeds 
the lead or copper action level.
    (3) Step 3: If the State requires a system to perform corrosion 
control studies under step 2, the system shall complete the studies 
(Sec. 141.82(c)) within 18 months after the State requires that such 
studies be conducted.

[[Page 377]]

    (4) Step 4: If the system has performed corrosion control studies 
under step 2, the State shall designate optimal corrosion control 
treatment (Sec. 141.82(d)) within 6 months after completion of step 3.
    (5) Step 5: The system shall install optimal corrosion control 
treatment (Sec. 141.82(e)) within 24 months after the State designates 
such treatment.
    (6) Step 6: The system shall complete follow-up sampling 
(Sec. 141.86(d)(2) and Sec. 141.87(c)) within 36 months after the State 
designates optimal corrosion control treatment.
    (7) Step 7: The State shall review the system's installation of 
treatment and designate optimal water quality control parameters 
(Sec. 141.82(f)) within 6 months after completion of step 6.
    (8) Step 8: The system shall operate in compliance with the State-
designated optimal water quality control parameters (Sec. 141.82(g)) and 
continue to conduct tap sampling (Sec. 141.86(d)(3) and Sec. 141.87(d)).

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 59 FR 33862, June 30, 1994]



Sec. 141.82  Description of corrosion control treatment requirements.

    Each system shall complete the corrosion control treatment 
requirements described below which are applicable to such system under 
Sec. 141.81.
    (a) System recommendation regarding corrosion control treatment. 
Based upon the results of lead and copper tap monitoring and water 
quality parameter monitoring, small and medium-size water systems 
exceeding the lead or copper action level shall recommend installation 
of one or more of the corrosion control treatments listed in paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section which the system believes constitutes optimal 
corrosion control for that system. The State may require the system to 
conduct additional water quality parameter monitoring in accordance with 
Sec. 141.87(b) to assist the State in reviewing the system's 
recommendation.
    (b) State decision to require studies of corrosion control treatment 
(applicable to small and medium-size systems). The State may require any 
small or medium-size system that exceeds the lead or copper action level 
to perform corrosion control studies under paragraph (c) of this section 
to identify optimal corrosion control treatment for the system.
    (c) Performance of corrosion control studies. (1) Any public water 
system performing corrosion control studies shall evaluate the 
effectiveness of each of the following treatments, and, if appropriate, 
combinations of the following treatments to identify the optimal 
corrosion control treatment for that system:
    (i) Alkalinity and pH adjustment;
    (ii) Calcium hardness adjustment; and
    (iii) The addition of a phosphate or silicate based corrosion 
inhibitor at a concentration sufficient to maintain an effective 
residual concentration in all test tap samples.
    (2) The water system shall evaluate each of the corrosion control 
treatments using either pipe rig/loop tests, metal coupon tests, 
partial-system tests, or analyses based on documented analogous 
treatments with other systems of similar size, water chemistry and 
distribution system configuration.
    (3) The water system shall measure the following water quality 
parameters in any tests conducted under this paragraph before and after 
evaluating the corrosion control treatments listed above:
    (i) Lead;
    (ii) Copper;
    (iii) pH;
    (iv) Alkalinity;
    (v) Calcium;
    (vi) Conductivity;
    (vii) Orthophosphate (when an inhibitor containing a phosphate 
compound is used);
    (viii) Silicate (when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is 
used);
    (ix) Water temperature.
    (4) The water system shall identify all chemical or physical 
constraints that limit or prohibit the use of a particular corrosion 
control treatment and document such constraints with at least one of the 
following:
    (i) Data and documentation showing that a particular corrosion 
control treatment has adversely affected other water treatment processes 
when used by another water system with comparable water quality 
characteristics; and/or

[[Page 378]]

    (ii) Data and documentation demonstrating that the water system has 
previously attempted to evaluate a particular corrosion control 
treatment and has found that the treatment is ineffective or adversely 
affects other water quality treatment processes.
    (5) The water system shall evaluate the effect of the chemicals used 
for corrosion control treatment on other water quality treatment 
processes.
    (6) On the basis of an analysis of the data generated during each 
evaluation, the water system shall recommend to the State in writing the 
treatment option that the corrosion control studies indicate constitutes 
optimal corrosion control treatment for that system. The water system 
shall provide a rationale for its recommendation along with all 
supporting documentation specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of 
this section.
    (d) State designation of optimal corrosion control treatment. (1) 
Based upon consideration of available information including, where 
applicable, studies performed under paragraph (c) of this section and a 
system's recommended treatment alternative, the State shall either 
approve the corrosion control treatment option recommended by the 
system, or designate alternative corrosion control treatment(s) from 
among those listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. When designating 
optimal treatment the State shall consider the effects that additional 
corrosion control treatment will have on water quality parameters and on 
other water quality treatment processes.
    (2) The State shall notify the system of its decision on optimal 
corrosion control treatment in writing and explain the basis for this 
determination. If the State requests additional information to aid its 
review, the water system shall provide the information.
    (e) Installation of optimal corrosion control. Each system shall 
properly install and operate throughout its distribution system the 
optimal corrosion control treatment designated by the State under 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (f) State review of treatment and specification of optimal water 
quality control parameters. The State shall evaluate the results of all 
lead and copper tap samples and water quality parameter samples 
submitted by the water system and determine whether the system has 
properly installed and operated the optimal corrosion control treatment 
designated by the State in paragraph (d) of this section. Upon reviewing 
the results of tap water and water quality parameter monitoring by the 
system, both before and after the system installs optimal corrosion 
control treatment, the State shall designate:
    (1) A minimum value or a range of values for pH measured at each 
entry point to the distribution system;
    (2) A minimum pH value, measured in all tap samples. Such value 
shall be equal to or greater than 7.0, unless the State determines that 
meeting a pH level of 7.0 is not technologically feasible or is not 
necessary for the system to optimize corrosion control;
    (3) If a corrosion inhibitor is used, a minimum concentration or a 
range of concentrations for the inhibitor, measured at each entry point 
to the distribution system and in all tap samples, that the State 
determines is necessary to form a passivating film on the interior walls 
of the pipes of the distribution system;
    (4) If alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion control 
treatment, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for 
alkalinity, measured at each entry point to the distribution system and 
in all tap samples;
    (5) If calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of corrosion 
control, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for 
calcium, measured in all tap samples.

The values for the applicable water quality control parameters listed 
above shall be those that the State determines to reflect optimal 
corrosion control treatment for the system. The State may designate 
values for additional water quality control parameters determined by the 
State to reflect optimal corrosion control for the system. The State 
shall notify the system in writing of these determinations and explain 
the basis for its decisions.
    (g) Continued operation and monitoring. All systems shall maintain 
water quality parameter values at or above

[[Page 379]]

minimum values or within ranges designated by the State under paragraph 
(f) of this section in each sample collected under Sec. 141.87(d). If 
the water quality parameter value of any sample is below the minimum 
value or outside the range designated by the State, then the system is 
out of compliance with this paragraph. As specified in Sec. 141.87(d), 
the system may take a confirmation sample for any water quality 
parameter value no later than 3 days after the first sample. If a 
confirmation sample is taken, the result must be averaged with the first 
sampling result and the average must be used for any compliance 
determinations under this paragraph. States have discretion to delete 
results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation.
    (h) Modification of State treatment decisions. Upon its own 
initiative or in response to a request by a water system or other 
interested party, a State may modify its determination of the optimal 
corrosion control treatment under paragraph (d) of this section or 
optimal water quality control parameters under paragraph (f) of this 
section. A request for modification by a system or other interested 
party shall be in writing, explain why the modification is appropriate, 
and provide supporting documentation. The State may modify its 
determination where it concludes that such change is necessary to ensure 
that the system continues to optimize corrosion control treatment. A 
revised determination shall be made in writing, set forth the new 
treatment requirements, explain the basis for the State's decision, and 
provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment 
modifications.
    (i) Treatment decisions bv EPA in lieu of the State. Pursuant to the 
procedures in Sec. 142.19, the EPA Regional Administrator may review 
treatment determinations made by a State under paragraphs (d), (f), or 
(h) of this section and issue federal treatment determinations 
consistent with the requirements of those paragraphs where the Regional 
Administrator finds that:
    (1) A State has failed to issue a treatment determination by the 
applicable deadlines contained in Sec. 141.81,
    (2) A State has abused its discretion in a substantial number of 
cases or in cases affecting a substantial population, or
    (3) The technical aspects of a State's determination would be 
indefensible in an expected Federal enforcement action taken against a 
system.



Sec. 141.83  Source water treatment requirements.

    Systems shall complete the applicable source water monitoring and 
treatment requirements (described in the referenced portions of 
paragraph (b) of this section, and in Secs. 141.86, and 141.88) by the 
following deadlines.
    (a) Deadlines for completing source water treatment steps--(1) Step 
1:  A system exceeding the lead or copper action level shall complete 
lead and copper source water monitoring (Sec. 141.88(b)) and make a 
treatment recommendation to the State (Sec. 141.83(b)(1)) within 6 
months after exceeding the lead or copper action level.
    (2) Step 2: The State shall make a determination regarding source 
water treatment (Sec. 141.83(b)(2)) within 6 months after submission of 
monitoring results under step 1.
    (3) Step 3: If the State requires installation of source water 
treatment, the system shall install the treatment (Sec. 141.83(b)(3)) 
within 24 months after completion of step 2.
    (4) Step 4: The system shall complete follow-up tap water monitoring 
(Sec. 141.86(d)(2) and source water monitoring (Sec. 141.88(c)) within 
36 months after completion of step 2.
    (5) Step 5: The State shall review the system's installation and 
operation of source water treatment and specify maximum permissible 
source water levels (Sec. 141.83(b)(4)) within 6 months after completion 
of step 4.
    (6) Step 6: The system shall operate in compliance with the State-
specified maximum permissible lead and copper source water levels 
(Sec. 141.83(b)(4)) and continue source water monitoring 
(Sec. 141.88(d)).
    (b) Description of source water treatment requirements--(1) System 
treatment recommendation. Any system which exceeds the lead or copper 
action level shall recommend in writing to the State the installation 
and operation of one of the source water treatments

[[Page 380]]

listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A system may recommend that 
no treatment be installed based upon a demonstration that source water 
treatment is not necessary to minimize lead and copper levels at users' 
taps.
    (2) State determination regarding source water treatment. The State 
shall complete an evaluation of the results of all source water samples 
submitted by the water system to determine whether source water 
treatment is necessary to minimize lead or copper levels in water 
delivered to users' taps. If the State determines that treatment is 
needed, the State shall either require installation and operation of the 
source water treatment recommended by the system (if any) or require the 
installation and operation of another source water treatment from among 
the following: Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime softening or 
coagulation/filtration. If the State requests additional information to 
aid in its review, the water system shall provide the information by the 
date specified by the State in its request. The State shall notify the 
system in writing of its determination and set forth the basis for its 
decision.
    (3) Installation of source water treatment. Each system shall 
properly install and operate the source water treatment designated by 
the State under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (4) State review of source water treatment and specification of 
maximum permissible source water levels. The State shall review the 
source water samples taken by the water system both before and after the 
system installs source water treatment, and determine whether the system 
has properly installed and operated the source water treatment 
designated by the State. Based upon its review, the State shall 
designate the maximum permissible lead and copper concentrations for 
finished water entering the distribution system. Such levels shall 
reflect the contaminant removal capability of the treatment properly 
operated and maintained. The State shall notify the system in writing 
and explain the basis for its decision.
    (5) Continued operation and maintenance. Each water system shall 
maintain lead and copper levels below the maximum permissible 
concentrations designated by the State at each sampling point monitored 
in accordance with Sec. 141.88. The system is out of compliance with 
this paragraph if the level of lead or copper at any sampling point is 
greater than the maximum permissible concentration designated by the 
State.
    (6) Modification of State treatment decisions. Upon its own 
initiative or in response to a request by a water system or other 
interested party, a State may modify its determination of the source 
water treatment under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or maximum 
permissible lead and copper concentrations for finished water entering 
the distribution system under paragraph (b)(4) of this section. A 
request for modification by a system or other interested party shall be 
in writing, explain why the modification is appropriate, and provide 
supporting documentation. The State may modify its determination where 
it concludes that such change is necessary to ensure that the system 
continues to minimize lead and copper concentrations in source water. A 
revised determination shall be made in writing, set forth the new 
treatment requirements, explain the basis for the State's decision, and 
provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment 
modifications.
    (7) Treatment decisions by EPA in lieu of the State. Pursuant to the 
procedures in Sec. 142.19, the EPA Regional Administrator may review 
treatment determinations made by a State under paragraphs (b) (2), (4), 
or (6) of this section and issue Federal treatment determinations 
consistent with the requirements of those paragraphs where the 
Administrator finds that:
    (i) A State has failed to issue a treatment determination by the 
applicable deadlines contained in Sec. 141.83(a),
    (ii) A state has abused its discretion in a substantial number of 
cases or in cases affecting a substantial population, or
    (iii) The technical aspects of a State's determination would be 
indefensible in an expected Federal enforcement action taken against a 
system.

[[Page 381]]



Sec. 141.84  Lead service line replacement requirements.

    (a) Systems that fail to meet the lead action level in tap samples 
taken pursuant to Sec. 141.86(d)(2), after installing corrosion control 
and/or source water treatment (whichever sampling occurs later), shall 
replace lead service lines in accordance with the requirements of this 
section. If a system is in violation of Sec. 141.81 or Sec. 141.83 for 
failure to install source water or corrosion control treatment, the 
State may require the system to commence lead service line replacement 
under this section after the date by which the system was required to 
conduct monitoring under Sec. 141.86(d)(2) has passed.
    (b) A system shall replace annually at least 7 percent of the 
initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system. The 
initial number of lead service lines is the number of lead lines in 
place at the time the replacement program begins. The system shall 
identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution 
system based upon a materials evaluation, including the evaluation 
required under Sec. 141.86(a). The first year of lead service line 
replacement shall begin on the date the action level was exceeded in tap 
sampling referenced in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) A system is not required to replace an individual lead service 
line if the lead concentration in all service line samples from that 
line, taken pursuant to Sec. 141.86(b)(3), is less than or equal to 
0.015 mg/L.
    (d) A water system shall replace the entire service line (up to the 
building inlet) unless it demonstrates to the satisfaction of the State 
under paragraph (e) of this section that it controls less than the 
entire service line. In such cases, the system shall replace the portion 
of the line which the State determines is under the system's control. 
The system shall notify the user served by the line that the system will 
replace the portion of the service line under its control and shall 
offer to replace the building owner's portion of the line, but is not 
required to bear the cost of replacing the building owner's portion of 
the line. For buildings where only a portion of the lead service line is 
replaced, the water system shall inform the resident(s) that the system 
will collect a first flush tap water sample after partial replacement of 
the service line is completed if the resident(s) so desire. In cases 
where the resident(s) accept the offer, the system shall collect the 
sample and report the results to the resident(s) within 14 days 
following partial lead service line replacement.
    (e) A water system is presumed to control the entire lead service 
line (up to the building inlet) unless the system demonstrates to the 
satisfaction of the State, in a letter submitted under 
Sec. 141.90(e)(4), that it does not have any of the following forms of 
control over the entire line (as defined by state statutes, municipal 
ordinances, public service contracts or other applicable legal 
authority): authority to set standards for construction, repair, or 
maintenance of the line, authority to replace, repair, or maintain the 
service line, or ownership of the service line. The State shall review 
the information supplied by the system and determine whether the system 
controls less than the entire service line and, in such cases, shall 
determine the extent of the system's control. The State's determination 
shall be in writing and explain the basis for its decision.
    (f) The State shall require a system to replace lead service lines 
on a shorter schedule than that required by this section, taking into 
account the number of lead service lines in the system, where such a 
shorter replacement schedule is feasible. The State shall make this 
determination in writing and notify the system of its finding within 6 
months after the system is triggered into lead service line replacement 
based on monitoring referenced in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (g) Any system may cease replacing lead service lines whenever first 
draw samples collected pursuant to Sec. 141.86(b)(2) meet the lead 
action level during each of two consecutive monitoring periods and the 
system submits the results to the State. If first draw tap samples 
collected in any such system thereafter exceeds the lead action level, 
the system shall recommence replacing lead service lines pursuant to 
paragraph (b) of this section.

[[Page 382]]

    (h) To demonstrate compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of 
this section, a system shall report to the State the information 
specified in Sec. 141.90(e).

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992]



Sec. 141.85  Public education and supplemental monitoring requirements.

    A water system that exceeds the lead action level based on tap water 
samples collected in accordance with Sec. 141.86 shall deliver the 
public education materials contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (a) Content of written materials. A water system shall include the 
following text in all of the printed materials it distributes through 
its lead public education program. Any additional information presented 
by a system shall be consistent with the information below and be in 
plain English that can be understood by laypersons.
    (1) Introduction. The United States Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) and [insert name of water supplier] are concerned about lead in 
your drinking water. Although most homes have very low levels of lead in 
their drinking water, some homes in the community have lead levels above 
the EPA action level of 15 parts per billion (ppb), or 0.015 milligrams 
of lead per liter of water (mg/L). Under Federal law we are required to 
have a program in place to minimize lead in your drinking water by 
[insert date when corrosion control will be completed for your system]. 
This program includes corrosion control treatment, source water 
treatment, and public education. We are also required to replace each 
lead service line that we control if the line contributes lead 
concentrations of more than 15 ppb after we have completed the 
comprehensive treatment program. If you have any questions about how we 
are carrying out the requirements of the lead regulation please give us 
a call at [insert water system's phone number]. This brochure explains 
the simple steps you can take to protect you and your family by reducing 
your exposure to lead in drinking water.
    (2) Health effects of lead. Lead is a common metal found throughout 
the environment in lead-based paint, air, soil, household dust, food, 
certain types of pottery porcelain and pewter, and water. Lead can pose 
a significant risk to your health if too much of it enters your body. 
Lead builds up in the body over many years and can cause damage to the 
brain, red blood cells and kidneys. The greatest risk is to young 
children and pregnant women. Amounts of lead that won't hurt adults can 
slow down normal mental and physical development of growing bodies. In 
addition, a child at play often comes into contact with sources of lead 
contamination--like dirt and dust--that rarely affect an adult. It is 
important to wash children's hands and toys often, and to try to make 
sure they only put food in their mouths.
    (3) Lead in drinking water. (i) Lead in drinking water, although 
rarely the sole cause of lead poisoning, can significantly increase a 
person's total lead exposure, particularly the exposure of infants who 
drink baby formulas and concentrated juices that are mixed with water. 
The EPA estimates that drinking water can make up 20 percent or more of 
a person's total exposure to lead.
    (ii) Lead is unusual among drinking water contaminants in that it 
seldom occurs naturally in water supplies like rivers and lakes. Lead 
enters drinking water primarily as a result of the corrosion, or wearing 
away, of materials containing lead in the water distribution system and 
household plumbing. These materials include lead-based solder used to 
join copper pipe, brass and chrome plated brass faucets, and in some 
cases, pipes made of lead that connect your house to the water main 
(service lines). In 1986, Congress banned the use of lead solder 
containing greater than 0.2% lead, and restricted the lead content of 
faucets, pipes and other plumbing materials to 8.0%.
    (iii) When water stands in lead pipes or plumbing systems containing 
lead for several hours or more, the lead may dissolve into your drinking 
water. This means the first water drawn from the tap in the morning, or 
later in the afternoon after returning from work or

[[Page 383]]

school, can contain fairly high levels of lead.
    (4) Steps you can take in the home to reduce exposure to lead in 
drinking water. (i) Despite our best efforts mentioned earlier to 
control water corrosivity and remove lead from the water supply, lead 
levels in some homes or buildings can be high. To find out whether you 
need to take action in your own home, have your drinking water tested to 
determine if it contains excessive concentrations of lead. Testing the 
water is essential because you cannot see, taste, or smell lead in 
drinking water. Some local laboratories that can provide this service 
are listed at the end of this booklet. For more information on having 
your water tested, please call [insert phone number of water system].
    (ii) If a water test indicates that the drinking water drawn from a 
tap in your home contains lead above 15 ppb, then you should take the 
following precautions:
    (A) Let the water run from the tap before using it for drinking or 
cooking any time the water in a faucet has gone unused for more than six 
hours. The longer water resides in your home's plumbing the more lead it 
may contain. Flushing the tap means running the cold water faucet until 
the water gets noticeably colder, usually about 15-30 seconds. If your 
house has a lead service line to the water main, you may have to flush 
the water for a longer time, perhaps one minute, before drinking. 
Although toilet flushing or showering flushes water through a portion of 
your home's plumbing system, you still need to flush the water in each 
faucet before using it for drinking or cooking. Flushing tap water is a 
simple and inexpensive measure you can take to protect your family's 
health. It usually uses less than one or two gallons of water and costs 
less than [insert a cost estimate based on flushing two times a day for 
30 days] per month. To conserve water, fill a couple of bottles for 
drinking water after flushing the tap, and whenever possible use the 
first flush water to wash the dishes or water the plants. If you live in 
a high-rise building, letting the water flow before using it may not 
work to lessen your risk from lead. The plumbing systems have more, and 
sometimes larger pipes than smaller buildings. Ask your landlord for 
help in locating the source of the lead and for advice on reducing the 
lead level.
    (B) Try not to cook with, or drink water from the hot water tap. Hot 
water can dissolve more lead more quickly than cold water. If you need 
hot water, draw water from the cold tap and heat it on the stove.
    (C) Remove loose lead solder and debris from the plumbing materials 
installed in newly constructed homes, or homes in which the plumbing has 
recently been replaced, by removing the faucet strainers from all taps 
and running the water from 3 to 5 minutes. Thereafter, periodically 
remove the strainers and flush out any debris that has accumulated over 
time.
    (D) If your copper pipes are joined with lead solder that has been 
installed illegally since it was banned in 1986, notify the plumber who 
did the work and request that he or she replace the lead solder with 
lead-free solder. Lead solder looks dull gray, and when scratched with a 
key looks shiny. In addition, notify your State [insert name of 
department responsible for enforcing the Safe Drinking Water Act in your 
State] about the violation.
    (E) Determine whether or not the service line that connects your 
home or apartment to the water main is made of lead. The best way to 
determine if your service line is made of lead is by either hiring a 
licensed plumber to inspect the line or by contacting the plumbing 
contractor who installed the line. You can identify the plumbing 
contractor by checking the city's record of building permits which 
should be maintained in the files of the [insert name of department that 
issues building permits]. A licensed plumber can at the same time check 
to see if your homes's plumbing contains lead solder, lead pipes, or 
pipe fittings that contain lead. The public water system that delivers 
water to your home should also maintain records of the materials located 
in the distribution system. If the service line that connects your 
dwelling to the water main contributes more than 15 ppb to drinking 
water, after our comprehensive treatment program is in place, we are 
required to replace the line. If the line

[[Page 384]]

is only partially controlled by the [insert name of the city, county, or 
water system that controls the line], we are required to provide you 
with information on how to replace your portion of the service line, and 
offer to replace that portion of the line at your expense and take a 
follow-up tap water sample within 14 days of the replacement. Acceptable 
replacement alternatives include copper, steel, iron, and plastic pipes.
    (F) Have an electrician check your wiring. If grounding wires from 
the electrical system are attached to your pipes, corrosion may be 
greater. Check with a licensed electrician or your local electrical code 
to determine if your wiring can be grounded elsewhere. DO NOT attempt to 
change the wiring yourself because improper grounding can cause 
electrical shock and fire hazards.
    (iii) The steps described above will reduce the lead concentrations 
in your drinking water. However, if a water test indicates that the 
drinking water coming from your tap contains lead concentrations in 
excess of 15 ppb after flushing, or after we have completed our actions 
to minimize lead levels, then you may want to take the following 
additional measures:
    (A) Purchase or lease a home treatment device. Home treatment 
devices are limited in that each unit treats only the water that flows 
from the faucet to which it is connected, and all of the devices require 
periodic maintenance and replacement. Devices such as reverse osmosis 
systems or distillers can effectively remove lead from your drinking 
water. Some activated carbon filters may reduce lead levels at the tap, 
however all lead reduction claims should be investigated. Be sure to 
check the actual performance of a specific home treatment device before 
and after installing the unit.
    (B) Purchase bottled water for drinking and cooking.
    (iv) You can consult a variety of sources for additional 
information. Your family doctor or pediatrician can perform a blood test 
for lead and provide you with information about the health effects of 
lead. State and local government agencies that can be contacted include:
    (A) [insert the name of city or county department of public 
utilities] at [insert phone number] can provide you with information 
about your community's water supply, and a list of local laboratories 
that have been certified by EPA for testing water quality;
    (B) [insert the name of city or county department that issues 
building permits] at [insert phone number] can provide you with 
information about building permit records that should contain the names 
of plumbing contractors that plumbed your home; and
    (C) [insert the name of the State Department of Public Health] at 
[insert phone number] or the [insert the name of the city or county 
health department] at [insert phone number] can provide you with 
information about the health effects of lead and how you can have your 
child's blood tested.
    (v) The following is a list of some State approved laboratories in 
your area that you can call to have your water tested for lead. [Insert 
names and phone numbers of at least two laboratories].
    (b) Content of broadcast materials. A water system shall include the 
fol- 
lowing information in all public service announcements submitted under 
its lead public education program to television and radio stations for 
broadcasting:
    (1) Why should everyone want to know the facts about lead and 
drinking water? Because unhealthy amounts of lead can enter drinking 
water through the plumbing in your home. That's why I urge you to do 
what I did. I had my water tested for [insert free or $ per sample]. You 
can contact the [insert the name of the city or water system] for 
information on testing and on simple ways to reduce your exposure to 
lead in drinking water.
    (2) To have your water tested for lead, or to get more information 
about this public health concern, please call [insert the phone number 
of the city or water system].
    (c) Delivery of a public education program. (1) In communities where 
a significant proportion of the population speaks a language other than 
English, public education materials shall be communicated in the 
appropriate language(s).

[[Page 385]]

    (2) A community water system that fails to meet the lead action 
level on the basis of tap water samples collected in accordance with 
Sec. 141.86 shall, within 60 days:
    (i) Insert notices in each customer's water utility bill containing 
the information in paragraph (a) of this section, along with the 
following alert on the water bill itself in large print: ``SOME HOMES IN 
THIS COMMUNITY HAVE ELEVATED LEAD LEVELS IN THEIR DRINKING WATER. LEAD 
CAN POSE A SIGNIFICANT RISK TO YOUR HEALTH. PLEASE READ THE ENCLOSED 
NOTICE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.''
    (ii) Submit the information in paragraph (a) of this section to the 
editorial departments of the major daily and weekly newspapers 
circulated throughout the community.
    (iii) Deliver pamphlets and/or brochures that contain the public 
education materials in paragraphs (a) (2) and (4) of this section to 
facilities and organizations, including the following:
    (A) Public schools and/or local school boards;
    (B) City or county health department;
    (C) Women, Infants, and Children and/or Head Start Program(s) 
whenever available;
    (D) Public and private hospitals and/or clinics;
    (E) Pediatricians;
    (F) Family planning clinics; and
    (G) Local welfare agencies.
    (iv) Submit the public service announcement in paragraph (b) of this 
section to at least five of the radio and television stations with the 
largest audiences that broadcast to the community served by the water 
system.
    (3) A community water system shall repeat the tasks contained in 
paragraphs (c)(2) (i), (ii) and (iii) of this section every 12 months, 
and the tasks contained in paragraphs (c)(2)(iv) of this section every 6 
months for as long as the system exceeds the lead action level.
    (4) Within 60 days after it exceeds the lead action level, a non-
transient non-community water system shall deliver the public education 
materials contained in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (4) of this section 
as follows:
    (i) Post informational posters on lead in drinking water in a public 
place or common area in each of the buildings served by the system; and
    (ii) Distribute informational pamphlets and/or brochures on lead in 
drinking water to each person served by the non-transient non-community 
water system.
    (5) A non-transient non-community water system shall repeat the 
tasks contained in paragraph (c)(4) of this section at least once during 
each calendar year in which the system exceeds the lead action level.
    (6) A water system may discontinue delivery of public education 
materials if the system has met the lead action level during the most 
recent six-month monitoring period conducted pursuant to Sec. 141.86. 
Such a system shall recommence public education in accordance with this 
section if it subsequently exceeds the lead action level during any 
monitoring period.
    (d) Supplemental monitoring and notification of results. A water 
system that fails to meet the lead action level on the basis of tap 
samples collected in accordance with Sec. 141.86 shall offer to sample 
the tap water of any customer who requests it. The system is not 
required to pay for collecting or analyzing the sample, nor is the 
system required to collect and analyze the sample itself.

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992]



Sec. 141.86  Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in tap water.

    (a) Sample site location. (1) By the applicable date for 
commencement of monitoring under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, each 
water system shall complete a materials evaluation of its distribution 
system in order to identify a pool of targeted sampling sites that meets 
the requirements of this section, and which is sufficiently large to 
ensure that the water system can collect the number of lead and copper 
tap samples required in paragraph (c) of this section. All sites from 
which first draw samples are collected shall be selected from this pool 
of targeted sampling sites. Sampling sites may not include faucets that 
have point-of-use or point- 

[[Page 386]]

of-entry treatment devices designed to remove inorganic contaminants.
    (2) A water system shall use the information on lead, copper, and 
galvanized steel that it is required to collect under Sec. 141.42(d) of 
this part [special monitoring for corrosivity characteristics] when 
conducting a materials evaluation. When an evaluation of the information 
collected pursuant to Sec. 141.42(d) is insufficient to locate the 
requisite number of lead and copper sampling sites that meet the 
targeting criteria in paragraph (a) of this section, the water system 
shall review the sources of information listed below in order to 
identify a sufficient number of sampling sites. In addition, the system 
shall seek to collect such information where possible in the course of 
its normal operations (e.g., checking service line materials when 
reading water meters or performing maintenance activities):
    (i) All plumbing codes, permits, and records in the files of the 
building department(s) which indicate the plumbing materials that are 
installed within publicly and privately owned structures connected to 
the distribution system;
    (ii) All inspections and records of the distribution system that 
indicate the material composition of the service connections that 
connect a structure to the distribution system; and
    (iii) All existing water quality information, which includes the 
results of all prior analyses of the system or individual structures 
connected to the system, indicating locations that may be particularly 
susceptible to high lead or copper concentrations.
    (3) The sampling sites selected for a community water system's 
sampling pool (``tier l sampling sites'') shall consist of single family 
structures that:
    (i) Contain copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or 
contain lead pipes; and/or
    (ii) Are served by a lead service line. When multiple-family 
residences comprise at least 20 percent of the structures served by a 
water system, the system may include these types of structures in its 
sampling pool.
    (4) Any community water system with insufficient tier 1 sampling 
sites shall complete its sampling pool with ``tier 2 sampling sites'', 
consisting of buildings, including multiple-family residences that:
    (i) Contain copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or 
contain lead pipes; and/or
    (ii) Are served by a lead service line.
    (5) Any community water system with insufficient tier 1 and tier 2 
sampling sites shall complete its sampling pool with ``tier 3 sampling 
sites'', consisting of single family structures that contain copper 
pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
    (6) The sampling sites selected for a non-transient noncommunity 
water system (``tier l sampling sites'') shall consist of buildings 
that:
    (i) Contain copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or 
contain lead pipes; and/or
    (ii) Are served by a lead service line.
    (7) A non-transient non-community water system with insufficient 
tier 1 sites that meet the targeting criteria in paragraph (a)(6) of 
this section shall complete its sampling pool with sampling sites that 
contain copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
    (8) Any water system whose sampling pool does not consist 
exclusively of tier 1 sites shall demonstrate in a letter submitted to 
the State under Sec. 141.90(a)(2) why a review of the information listed 
in paragraph (a)(2) of this section was inadequate to locate a 
sufficient number of tier l sites. Any community water system which 
includes tier 3 sampling sites in its sampling pool shall demonstrate in 
such a letter why it was unable to locate a sufficient number of tier l 
and tier 2 sampling sites.
    (9) Any water system whose distribution system contains lead service 
lines shall draw 50 percent of the samples it collects during each 
monitoring period from sites that contain lead pipes, or copper pipes 
with lead solder, and 50 percent of the samples from sites served by a 
lead service line. A water system that cannot identify a sufficient 
number of sampling sites served by a lead service line shall demonstrate 
in a letter submitted to the State under Sec. 141.90(a)(4) why the 
system was unable to locate a sufficient number of such sites. Such a 
water system shall collect first draw samples

[[Page 387]]

from all of the sites identified as being served by such lines.
    (b) Sample collection methods. (1) All tap samples for lead and 
copper collected in accordance with this subpart, with the exception of 
lead service line samples collected under Sec. 141.84(c), shall be first 
draw samples.
    (2) Each first draw tap sample for lead and copper shall be one 
liter in volume and have stood motionless in the plumbing system of each 
sampling site for at least six hours. First draw samples from 
residential housing shall be collected from the cold water kitchen tap 
or bathroom sink tap. First-draw samples from a nonresidential building 
shall be collected at an interior tap from which water is typically 
drawn for consumption. First draw samples may be collected by the system 
or the system may allow residents to collect first draw samples after 
instructing the residents of the sampling procedures specified in this 
paragraph. To avoid problems of residents handling nitric acid, 
acidification of first draw samples may be done up to 14 days after the 
sample is collected. If the sample is not acidified immediately after 
collection, then the sample must stand in the original container for at 
least 28 hours after acidification. If a system allows residents to 
perform sampling, the system may not challenge, based on alleged errors 
in sample collection, the accuracy of sampling results.
    (3) Each service line sample shall be one liter in volume and have 
stood motionless in the lead service line for at least six hours. Lead 
service line samples shall be collected in one of the following three 
ways:
    (i) At the tap after flushing the volume of water between the tap 
and the lead service line. The volume of water shall be calculated based 
on the interior diameter and length of the pipe between the tap and the 
lead service line;
    (ii) Tapping directly into the lead service line; or
    (iii) If the sampling site is a building constructed as a single-
family residence, allowing the water to run until there is a significant 
change in temperature which would be indicative of water that has been 
standing in the lead service line.
    (4) A water system shall collect each first draw tap sample from the 
same sampling site from which it collected a previous sample. If, for 
any reason, the water system cannot gain entry to a sampling site in 
order to collect a follow-up tap sample, the system may collect the 
follow-up tap sample from another sampling site in its sampling pool as 
long as the new site meets the same targeting criteria, and is within 
reasonable proximity of the original site.
    (c) Number of samples. Water systems shall collect at least one 
sample during each monitoring period specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section from the number of sites listed in the first column below 
(``standard monitoring''). A system conducting reduced monitoring under 
paragraph (d)(4) of this section may collect one sample from the number 
of sites specified in the second column below during each monitoring 
period specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           No. of sites    No. of sites 
     System size (No. people served)         (standard       (reduced   
                                            monitoring)     monitoring) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
>100,000................................             100              50
10,001-100,000..........................              60              30
3,301 to 10,000.........................              40              20
501 to 3,300............................              20              10
101 to 500..............................              10               5
100.....................................               5               5
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Timing of monitoring--(1) Initial tap sampling.
    The first six-month monitoring period for small, medium-size and 
large systems shall begin on the following dates:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           First six-month monitoring   
    System size (No. people served)             period begins on        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
>50,000...............................  January 1, 1992.                
3,301 to 50,000.......................  July 1, 1992.                   
3,300......................  July 1, 1993.                   
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i) All large systems shall monitor during two consecutive six-month 
periods.
    (ii) All small and medium-size systems shall monitor during each 
six-month monitoring period until:
    (A) The system exceeds the lead or copper action level and is 
therefore required to implement the corrosion control treatment 
requirements under Sec. 141.81, in which case the system shall

[[Page 388]]

continue monitoring in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section, 
or
    (B) The system meets the lead and copper action levels during two 
consecutive six-month monitoring periods, in which case the system may 
reduce monitoring in accordance with paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
    (2) Monitoring after installation of corrosion control and source 
water treatment. (i) Any large system which installs optimal corrosion 
control treatment pursuant to Sec. 141.81(d)(4) shall monitor during two 
consecutive six-month monitoring periods by the date specified in 
Sec. 141.81(d)(5).
    (ii) Any small or medium-size system which installs optimal 
corrosion control treatment pursuant to Sec. 141.81(e)(5) shall monitor 
during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods by the date 
specified in Sec. 141.81(e)(6).
    (iii) Any system which installs source water treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 141.83(a)(3) shall monitor during two consecutive six-month 
monitoring periods by the date specified in Sec. 141.83(a)(4).
    (3) Monitoring after State specifies water quality parameter values 
for optimal corrosion control. After the State specifies the values for 
water quality control parameters under Sec. 141.82(f), the system shall 
monitor during each subsequent six-month monitoring period, with the 
first monitoring period to begin on the date the State specifies the 
optimal values under Sec. 141.82(f).
    (4) Reduced monitoring. (i) A small or medium-size water system that 
meets the lead and copper action levels during each of two consecutive 
six-month monitoring periods may reduce the number of samples in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, and reduce the frequency 
of sampling to once per year.
    (ii) Any water system that maintains the range of values for the 
water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control 
treatment specified by the State under Sec. 141.82(f) during each of two 
consecutive six-month monitoring periods may request that the State 
allow the system to reduce the frequency of monitoring to once per year 
and to reduce the number of lead and copper samples in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section. The State shall review the information 
submitted by the water system and shall make its decision in writing, 
setting forth the basis for its determination. The State shall review, 
and where appropriate, revise its determination when the system submits 
new monitoring or treatment data, or when other data relevant to the 
number and frequency of tap sampling becomes available.
    (iii) A small or medium-size water system that meets the lead and 
copper action levels during three consecutive years of monitoring may 
reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and copper from annually to 
once every three years. Any water system that maintains the range of 
values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal 
corrosion control treatment specified by the State under Sec. 141.82(f) 
during three consecutive years of monitoring may request that the State 
allow the system to reduce the frequency of monitoring from annually to 
once every three years. The State shall review the information submitted 
by the water system and shall make its decision in writing, setting 
forth the basis for its determination. The State shall review, and where 
appropriate, revise its determination when the system submits new 
monitoring or treatment data, or when other data relevant to the number 
and frequency of tap sampling becomes available.
    (iv) A water system that reduces the number and frequency of 
sampling shall collect these samples from sites included in the pool of 
targeted sampling sites identified in paragraph (a) of this section. 
Systems sampling annually or less frequently shall conduct the lead and 
copper tap sampling during the months of June, July, August or 
September.
    (v) A small- or medium-size water system subject to reduced 
monitoring that exceeds the lead or copper action level shall resume 
sampling in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section and collect 
the number of samples specified for standard monitoring under paragraph 
(d) of this section. Such system shall also conduct water quality 
parameter monitoring in accordance with Sec. 141.87 (b), (c) or (d) (as

[[Page 389]]

appropriate) during the monitoring period in which it exceeded the 
action level. Any water system subject to the reduced monitoring 
frequency that fails to operate within the range of values for the water 
quality parameters specified by the State under Sec. 141.82(f) shall 
resume tap water sampling in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section and collect the number of samples specified for standard 
monitoring under paragraph (c) of this section.
    (e) Additional monitoring by systems. The results of any monitoring 
conducted in addition to the minimum requirements of this section shall 
be considered by the system and the State in making any determinations 
(i.e., calculating the 90th percentile lead or copper level) under this 
subpart.

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 56 FR 32113, July 15, 1991; 57 FR 28788, 
June 29, 1992]



Sec. 141.87  Monitoring requirements for water quality parameters.

    All large water systems, and all small- and medium-size systems that 
exceed the lead or copper action level shall monitor water quality 
parameters in addition to lead and copper in accordance with this 
section. The requirements of this section are summarized in the table at 
the end of this section.
    (a) General requirements--(1) Sample collection methods. (i) Tap 
samples shall be representative of water quality throughout the 
distribution system taking into account the number of persons served, 
the different sources of water, the different treatment methods employed 
by the system, and seasonal variability. Tap sampling under this section 
is not required to be conducted at taps targeted for lead and copper 
sampling under Sec. 141.86(a). [Note: Systems may find it convenient to 
conduct tap sampling for water quality parameters at sites used for 
coliform sampling under 40 CFR 141.21.]
    (ii) Samples collected at the entry point(s) to the distribution 
system shall be from locations representative of each source after 
treatment. If a system draws water from more than one source and the 
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at an 
entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal 
operating conditions (i.e., when water is representative of all sources 
being used).
    (2) Number of samples. (i) Systems shall collect two tap samples for 
applicable water quality parameters during each monitoring period 
specified under paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section from the 
following number of sites.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           No. of sites 
                                                             for water  
             System size (No. people served)                  quality   
                                                            parameters  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
>100,000................................................              25
10,001-100,000..........................................              10
3,301 to 10,000.........................................               3
501 to 3,300............................................               2
101 to 500..............................................               1
100.....................................................               1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Systems shall collect two samples for each applicable water 
quality parameter at each entry point to the distribution system during 
each monitoring period specified in paragraph (b) of this section. 
During each monitoring period specified in paragraphs (c)-(e) of this 
section, systems shall collect one sample for each applicable water 
quality parameter at each entry point to the distribution system.
    (b) Initial sampling All large water systems shall measure the 
applicable water quality parameters as specified below at taps and at 
each entry point to the distribution system during each six-month 
monitoring period specified in Sec. 141.86(d)(1). All small and medium-
size systems shall measure the applicable water quality parameters at 
the locations specified below during each six-month monitoring period 
specified in Sec. 141.86(d)(1) during which the system exceeds the lead 
or copper action level.
    (1) At taps:
    (i) pH;
    (ii) Alkalinity;
    (iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate 
compound is used;
    (iv) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is 
used;
    (v) Calcium;
    (vi) Conductivity; and
    (vii) Water temperature.
    (2) At each entry point to the distribution system: all of the 
applicable parameters listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

[[Page 390]]

    (c) Monitoring after installation of corrosion control. Any large 
system which installs optimal corrosion control treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 141.81(d)(4) shall measure the water quality parameters at the 
locations and frequencies specified below during each six-month 
monitoring period specified in Sec. 141.86(d)(2)(i). Any small or 
medium-size system which installs optimal corrosion control treatment 
shall conduct such monitoring during each six-month monitoring period 
specified in Sec. 141.86(d)(2)(ii) in which the system exceeds the lead 
or copper action level.
    (1) At taps, two samples for:
    (i) pH;
    (ii) Alkalinity;
    (iii) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate 
compound is used;
    (iv) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is 
used;
    (v) Calcium, when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of 
corrosion control.
    (2) At each entry point to the distribution system, one sample every 
two weeks (bi-weekly) for:
    (i) pH;
    (ii) When alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion 
control, a reading of the dosage rate of the chemical used to adjust 
alkalinity, and the alkalinity concentration; and
    (iii) When a corrosion inhibitor is used as part of optimal 
corrosion control, a reading of the dosage rate of the inhibitor used, 
and the concentration of orthophosphate or silica (whichever is 
applicable).
    (d) Monitoring after State specifies water quality parameter values 
for optimal corrosion control. After the State specifies the values for 
applicable water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion 
control treatment under Sec. 141.82(f), all large systems shall measure 
the applicable water quality parameters in accordance with paragraph (c) 
of this section during each monitoring period specified in 
Sec. 141.86(d)(3). Any small or medium-size system shall conduct such 
monitoring during each monitoring period specified in Sec. 141.86(d)(3) 
in which the system exceeds the lead or copper action level. The system 
may take a confirmation sample for any water quality parameter value no 
later than 3 days after the first sample. If a confirmation sample is 
taken, the result must be averaged with the first sampling result and 
the average must be used for any compliance determinations under 
Sec. 141.82(g). States have discretion to delete results of obvious 
sampling errors from this calculation.
    (e) Reduced monitoring. (1) Any water system that maintains the 
range of values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal 
corrosion control treatment during each of two consecutive six-month 
monitoring periods under paragraph (d) of this section shall continue 
monitoring at the entry point(s) to the distribution system as specified 
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Such system may collect two tap 
samples for applicable water quality parameters from the following 
reduced number of sites during each six-month monitoring period.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Reduced No. of
                                                             sites for  
           System size (No. of people served)              water quality
                                                            parameters  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
>100,000................................................              10
10,001 to 100,000.......................................               7
3,301 to 10,000.........................................               3
501 to 3,300............................................               2
101 to 500..............................................               1
100.....................................................               1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Any water system that maintains the range of values for the 
water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment 
specified by the State under Sec. 141.82(f) during three consecutive 
years of monitoring may reduce the frequency with which it collects the 
number of tap samples for applicable water quality parameters specified 
in this paragraph (e)(1) of this section from every six months to 
annually. Any water system that maintains the range of values for the 
water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment 
specified by the State under Sec. 141.82(f) during three consecutive 
years of annual monitoring under this paragraph may reduce the frequency 
with which it collects the number of tap samples for applicable water 
quality parameters specified in paragraph (e)(1) from annually to every 
three years.
    (3) A water system that conducts sampling annually shall collect 
these

[[Page 391]]

samples evenly throughout the year so as to reflect seasonal 
variability.
    (4) Any water system subject to the reduced monitoring frequency 
that fails to operate within the range of values for the water quality 
parameters specified by the State in Sec. 141.82(f) shall resume tap 
water sampling in accordance with the number and frequency requirements 
in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (f) Additional monitoring by systems. The results of any monitoring 
conducted in addition to the minimum requirements of this section shall 
be considered by the system and the State in making any determinations 
(i.e., determining concentrations of water quality parameters) under 
this section or Sec. 141.82.

                       Summary of Monitoring Requirements for Water Quality Parameters \1\                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Monitoring Period                Parameters \2\              Location                 Frequency       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Monitoring..................  pH, alkalinity,          Taps and at entry         Every 6 months         
                                       orthophosphate or        point(s) to                                     
                                       silica \3\, calcium,     distribution system.                            
                                       conductivity,                                                            
                                       temperature.                                                             
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After Installation of Corrosion       pH, alkalinity,          Taps....................  Every 6 months         
 Control.                              orthophosphate or                                                        
                                       silica \3\, calcium                                                      
                                       \4\.                                                                     
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      pH, alkalinity dosage    Entry point(s) to         Biweekly               
                                       rate and concentration   distribution system.                            
                                       (if alkalinity                                                           
                                       adjusted as part of                                                      
                                       corrosion control),                                                      
                                       inhibitor dosage rate                                                    
                                       and inhibitor residual                                                   
                                       \5\.                                                                     
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After State Specifies Parameter       pH, alkalinity,          Taps....................  Every 6 months         
 Values For Optimal Corrosion          orthophosphate or                                                        
 Control.                              silica \3\, calcium                                                      
                                       \4\.                                                                     
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      pH, alkalinity dosage    Entry point(s) to         Biweekly               
                                       rate and concentration   distribution system.                            
                                       (if alkalinity                                                           
                                       adjusted as part of                                                      
                                       corrosion control),                                                      
                                       inhibitor dosage rate                                                    
                                       and inhibitor residual                                                   
                                       \5\.                                                                     
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reduced Monitoring..................  pH, alkalinity,          Taps....................  Every 6 months at a    
                                       orthophosphate or                                  reduced number of     
                                       silica \3\, calcium                                sites                 
                                       \4\.                                                                     
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      pH, alkalinity dosage    Entry point(s) to         Biweekly               
                                       rate and concentration   distribution system.                            
                                       (if alkalinity                                                           
                                       adjusted as part of                                                      
                                       corrosion control),                                                      
                                       inhibitor dosage rate                                                    
                                       and inhibitor residual                                                   
                                       \5\.                                                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Table is for illustrative purposes; consult the text of this section for precise regulatory requirements.   
\2\ Small and medium-size systems have to monitor for water quality parameters only during monitoring periods in
  which the system exceeds the lead or copper action level.                                                     
\3\ Orthophosphate must be measured only when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used. Silica must 
  be measured only when an inhibitor containing silicate compound is used.                                      
\4\ Calcium must be measured only when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of corrosion control.    
\5\ Inhibitor dosage rates and inhibitor residual concentrations (orthophosphate or silica) must be measured    
  only when an inhibitor is used.                                                                               

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788, June 29, 1992, as amended at 59 
FR 33862, June 30, 1994]



Sec. 141.88  Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in source water.

    (a) Sample location, collection methods, and number of samples. (1) 
A water system that fails to meet the lead or copper action level on the 
basis of tap samples collected in accordance with Sec. 141.86 shall 
collect lead and copper source water samples in accordance with the 
requirements regarding sample location, number of samples, and 
collection methods specified in Sec. 141.23(a)(1)-(4) (inorganic 
chemical sampling). (Note: The timing of sampling for lead and copper 
shall be in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and 
not dates specified in Sec. 141.23(a)(1) and (2)).
    (2) Where the results of sampling indicate an exceedance of maximum 
permissible source water levels established under Sec. 141.83(b)(4), the 
State may require that one additional sample be collected as soon as 
possible after

[[Page 392]]

the initial sample was taken (but not to exceed two weeks) at the same 
sampling point. If a State-required confirmation sample is taken for 
lead or copper, then the results of the initial and confirmation sample 
shall be averaged in determining compliance with the State-specified 
maximum permissible levels. Any sample value below the detection limit 
shall be considered to be zero. Any value above the detection limit but 
below the PQL shall either be considered as the measured value or be 
considered one-half the PQL.
    (b) Monitoring frequency after system exceeds tap water action 
level. Any system which exceeds the lead or copper action level at the 
tap shall collect one source water sample from each entry point to the 
distribution system within six months after the exceedance.
    (c) Monitoring frequency after installation of source water 
treatment. Any system which installs source water treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 141.83(a)(3) shall collect an additional source water sample from 
each entry point to the distribution system during two consecutive six-
month monitoring periods by the deadline specified in Sec. 141.83(a)(4).
    (d) Monitoring frequency after State specifies maximum permissible 
source water levels or determines that source water treatment is not 
needed. (1) A system shall monitor at the frequency specified below in 
cases where the State specifies maximum permissible source water levels 
under Sec. 141.83(b)(4) or determines that the system is not required to 
install source water treatment under Sec. 141.83(b)(2).
    (i) A water system using only groundwater shall collect samples once 
during the three-year compliance period (as that term is defined in 
Sec. 141.2) in effect when the applicable State determination under 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section is made. Such systems shall collect 
samples once during each subsequent compliance period.
    (ii) A water system using surface water (or a combination of surface 
and groundwater) shall collect samples once during each year, the first 
annual monitoring period to begin on the date on which the applicable 
State determination is made under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (2) A system is not required to conduct source water sampling for 
lead and/or copper if the system meets the action level for the specific 
contaminant in tap water samples during the entire source water sampling 
period applicable to the system under paragraph (d)(1) (i) or (ii) of 
this section.
    (e) Reduced monitoring frequency. (1) A water system using only 
groundwater which demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the 
distribution system has been maintained below the maximum permissible 
lead and/or copper concentrations specified by the State in 
Sec. 141.83(b)(4) during at least three consecutive compliance periods 
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section may reduce the monitoring 
frequency for lead and/or copper to once during each nine-year 
compliance cycle (as that term is defined in Sec. 141.2).
    (2) A water system using surface water (or a combination of surface 
and ground waters) which demonstrates that finished drinking water 
entering the distribution system has been maintained below the maximum 
permissible lead and copper concentrations specified by the State in 
Sec. 141.83(b)(4) for at least three consecutive years may reduce the 
monitoring frequency in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to once during 
each nine-year compliance cycle (as that term is defined in Sec. 141.2).
    (3) A water system that uses a new source of water is not eligible 
for reduced monitoring for lead and/or copper until concentrations in 
samples collected from the new source during three consecutive 
monitoring periods are below the maximum permissible lead and copper 
concentrations specified by the State in Sec. 141.83(a)(5).

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28788 and 28789, June 29, 1992]



Sec. 141.89  Analytical methods.

    (a) Analyses for lead, copper, pH, conductivity, calcium, 
alkalinity, orthophosphate, silica, and temperature shall be conducted 
with the methods in Sec. 141.23(k)(1).
    (1) Analyses under this section shall only be conducted by 
laboratories that have been certified by EPA or the State. To obtain 
certification to conduct analyses for lead and copper, laboratories 
must:

[[Page 393]]

    (i) Analyze performance evaluation samples which include lead and 
copper provided by EPA Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory 
or equivalent samples provided by the State; and
    (ii) Achieve quantitative acceptance limits as follows:
    (A) For lead: 30 percent of the actual amount in the 
Performance Evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or 
equal to 0.005 mg/L. The Practical Quantitation Level, or PQL for lead 
is 0.005 mg/L.
    (B) For Copper: 10 percent of the actual amount in the 
Performance Evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or 
equal to 0.050 mg/L. The Practical Quantitation Level, or PQL for copper 
is 0.050 mg/L;
    (iii) Achieve method detection limits according to the procedures in 
appendix B of part 136 of this title as follows:
    (A) Lead: 0.001 mg/L (only if source water compositing is done under 
Sec. 141.23(a)(4)); and
    (B) Copper: 0.001 mg/L or 0.020 mg/L when atomic absorption direct 
aspiration is used (only if source water compositing is done under 
Sec. 141.23(a)(4)).
    (iv) Be currently certified by EPA or the State to perform analyses 
to the specifications described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (2) States have the authority to allow the use of previously 
collected monitoring data for purposes of monitoring, if the data were 
collected and analyzed in accordance with the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (3) All lead and copper levels measured between the PQL and MDL must 
be either reported as measured or they can be reported as one-half the 
PQL specified for lead and copper in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this 
section. All levels below the lead and copper MDLs must be reported as 
zero.
    (4) All copper levels measured between the PQL and the MDL must be 
either reported as measured or they can be reported as one-half the PQL 
(0.025 mg/L). All levels below the copper MDL must be reported as zero.
    (b) [Reserved]

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 28789, June 29, 1992; 57 
FR 31847, July 17, 1992; 59 FR 33863, June 30, 1994; 59 FR 62470, Dec. 
5, 1994]



Sec. 141.90  Reporting requirements.

    All water systems shall report all of the following information to 
the State in accordance with this section.
    (a) Reporting requirements for tap water monitoring for lead and 
copper and for water quality parameter monitoring. (1) A water system 
shall report the information specified below for all tap water samples 
within the first 10 days following the end of each applicable monitoring 
period specified in Sec. 141.86 and Sec. 141.87 and Sec. 141.88 (i.e., 
every six-months, annually, or every 3 years).
    (i) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper including the 
location of each site and the criteria under Sec. 141.86(a) (3), (4), 
(5), (6), and/or (7) under which the site was selected for the system's 
sampling pool;
    (ii) A certification that each first draw sample collected by the 
water system is one-liter in volume and, to the best of their knowledge, 
has stood motionless in the service line, or in the interior plumbing of 
a sampling site, for at least six hours;
    (iii) Where residents collected samples, a certification that each 
tap sample collected by the residents was taken after the water system 
informed them of proper sampling procedures specified in 
Sec. 141.86(b)(2);
    (iv) The 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations measured 
from among all lead and copper tap water samples collected during each 
monitoring period (calculated in accordance with Sec. 141.80(c)(3));
    (v) With the exception of initial tap sampling conducted pursuant to 
Sec. 141.86(d)(1), the system shall designate any site which was not 
sampled during previous monitoring periods, and include an explanation 
of why sampling sites have changed;
    (vi) The results of all tap samples for pH, and where applicable, 
alkalinity, calcium, conductivity, temperature, and orthophosphate or 
silica collected under Sec. 141.87(b)-(e);
    (vii) The results of all samples collected at the entry point(s) to 
the distribution system for applicable water quality parameters under 
Sec. 141.87(b)-(e).
    (2) By the applicable date in Sec. 141.86(d)(1) for commencement of 
monitoring, each community water system which does not complete its 
targeted

[[Page 394]]

sampling pool with tier 1 sampling sites meeting the criteria in 
Sec. 141.86(a)(3) shall send a letter to the State justifying its 
selection of tier 2 and/or tier 3 sampling sites under Sec. 141.86 
(a)(4) and/or (a)(5).
    (3) By the applicable date in Sec. 141.86(d)(1) for commencement of 
monitoring, each non-transient, non-community water system which does 
not complete its sampling pool with tier 1 sampling sites meeting the 
criteria in Sec. 141.86(a)(6) shall send a letter to the State 
justifying its selection of sampling sites under Sec. 141.86(a)(7).
    (4) By the applicable date in Sec. 141.86(d)(1) for commencement of 
monitoring, each water system with lead service lines that is not able 
to locate the number of sites served by such lines required under 
Sec. 141.86(a)(9) shall send a letter to the State demonstrating why it 
was unable to locate a sufficient number of such sites based upon the 
information listed in Sec. 141.86(a)(2).
    (5) Each water system that requests that the State reduce the number 
and frequency of sampling shall pro- 
vide the information required under Sec. 141.86(d)(4).
    (b) Source water monitoring reporting requirements. (1) A water 
system shall report the sampling results for all source water samples 
collected in accordance with Sec. 141.88 within the first 10 days 
following the end of each source water monitoring period (i.e., 
annually, per compliance period, per compliance cycle) specified in 
Sec. 141.88.
    (2) With the exception of the first round of source water sampling 
conducted pursuant to Sec. 141.88(b), the system shall specify any site 
which was not sampled during previous monitoring periods, and include an 
explanation of why the sampling point has changed.
    (c) Corrosion control treatment reporting requirements. By the 
applicable dates under Sec. 141.81, systems shall report the following 
information:
    (1) For systems demonstrating that they have already optimized 
corrosion control, information required in Sec. 141.81(b) (2) or (3).
    (2) For systems required to optimize corrosion control, their 
recommendation regarding optimal corrosion control treatment under 
Sec. 141.82(a).
    (3) For systems required to evaluate the effectiveness of corrosion 
control treatments under Sec. 141.82(c), the information required by 
that paragraph.
    (4) For systems required to install optimal corrosion control 
designated by the State under Sec. 141.82(d), a letter certifying that 
the system has completed installing that treatment.
    (d) Source water treatment reporting requirements. By the applicable 
dates in Sec. 141.83, systems shall provide the following information to 
the State:
    (1) If required under Sec. 141.83(b)(1), their recommendation 
regarding source water treatment;
    (2) For systems required to install source water treatment under 
Sec. 141.83(b)(2), a letter certifying that the system has completed 
installing the treatment designated by the State within 24 months after 
the State designated the treatment.
    (e) Lead service line replacement reporting requirements. Systems 
shall report the following information to the State to demonstrate 
compliance with the requirements of Sec. 141.84:
    (1) Within 12 months after a system exceeds the lead action level in 
sampling referred to in Sec. 141.84(a), the system shall demonstrate in 
writing to the State that it has conducted a material evaluation, 
including the evaluation in Sec. 141.86(a), to identify the initial 
number of lead service lines in its distribution system, and shall 
provide the State with the system's schedule for replacing annually at 
least 7 percent of the initial number of lead service lines in its 
distribution system.
    (2) Within 12 months after a system exceeds the lead action level in 
sampling referred to in Sec. 141.84(a), and every 12 months thereafter, 
the system shall demonstrate to the State in writing that the system has 
either:
    (i) Replaced in the previous 12 months at least 7 percent of the 
initial lead service lines (or a greater number of lines specified by 
the State under Sec. 141.84(f)) in its distribution system, or
    (ii) Conducted sampling which demonstrates that the lead 
concentration in all service line samples from an individual line(s), 
taken pursuant to Sec. 141.86(b)(3), is less than or equal to 0.015 mg/
L. In such cases, the total number of lines replaced and/or which

[[Page 395]]

meet the criteria in Sec. 141.84(c) shall equal at least 7 percent of 
the initial number of lead lines identified under paragraph (a) of this 
section (or the percentage specified by the State under Sec. 141.84(f)).
    (3) The annual letter submitted to the State under paragraph (e)(2) 
of this section shall contain the following information:
    (i) The number of lead service lines scheduled to be replaced during 
the previous year of the system's replacement schedule;
    (ii) The number and location of each lead service line replaced 
during the previous year of the system's replacement schedule;
    (iii) If measured, the water lead concentration and location of each 
lead service line sampled, the sampling method, and the date of 
sampling.
    (4) As soon as practicable, but in no case later than three months 
after a system exceeds the lead action level in sampling referred to in 
Sec. 141.84(a), any system seeking to rebut the presumption that it has 
control over the entire lead service line pursuant to Sec. 141.84(d) 
shall submit a letter to the State describing the legal authority (e.g., 
state statutes, municipal ordinances, public service contracts or other 
applicable legal authority) which limits the system's control over the 
service lines and the extent of the system's control.
    (f) Public education program reporting requirements. By December 
31st of each year, any water system that is subject to the public 
education requirements in Sec. 141.85 shall submit a letter to the State 
demonstrating that the system has delivered the public education 
materials that meet the content requirements in Sec. 141.85(a) and (b) 
and the delivery requirements in Sec. 141.85(c). This information shall 
include a list of all the newspapers, radio stations, television 
stations, facilities and organizations to which the system delivered 
public education materials during the previous year. The water system 
shall submit the letter required by this paragraph annually for as long 
as it exceeds the lead action level.
    (g) Reporting of additional monitoring data. Any system which 
collects sampling data in addition to that required by this subpart 
shall report the results to the State within the first ten days 
following the end of the applicable monitoring period under 
Secs. 141.86, 141.87 and 141.88 during which the samples are collected.

[56 FR 26548, June 7, 1991; 57 FR 28789, June 29, 1992, as amended at 59 
FR 33864, June 30, 1994]



Sec. 141.91  Recordkeeping requirements.

    Any system subject to the requirements of this subpart shall retain 
on its premises original records of all sampling data and analyses, 
reports, surveys, letters, evaluations, schedules, State determinations, 
and any other information required by Sec. 141.81 through Sec. 141.88. 
Each water system shall retain the records required by this section for 
no fewer than 12 years.



           Subpart J--Use of Non-Centralized Treatment Devices

    Source: 52 FR 25716, July 8, 1987, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 141.100  Criteria and procedures for public water systems using point-of-entry devices.

    (a) Public water systems may use point-of-entry devices to comply 
with maximum contaminant levels only if they meet the requirements of 
this section.
    (b) It is the responsibility of the public water system to operate 
and maintain the point-of-entry treatment system.
    (c) The public water system must develop and obtain State approval 
for a monitoring plan before point-of-entry devices are installed for 
compliance. Under the plan approved by the State, point-of-entry devices 
must provide health protection equivalent to central water treatment. 
``Equivalent'' means that the water would meet all national primary 
drinking water regulations and would be of acceptable quality similar to 
water distributed by a well-operated central treatment plant. In 
addition to the VOCs, monitoring must include physical measurements and 
observations such as total flow treated and mechanical condition of the 
treatment equipment.
    (d) Effective technology must be properly applied under a plan ap- 

[[Page 396]]

proved by the State and the microbiological safety of the water must be 
maintained.
    (1) The State must require adequate certification of performance, 
field testing, and, if not included in the certification process, a 
rigorous engineering design review of the point-of-entry devices.
    (2) The design and application of the point-of-entry devices must 
consider the tendency for increase in heterotrophic bacteria 
concentrations in water treated with activated carbon. It may be 
necessary to use frequent backwashing, post-contactor disinfection, and 
Heterotrophic Plate Count monitoring to ensure that the microbiological 
safety of the water is not compromised.
    (e) All consumers shall be protected. Every building connected to 
the system must have a point-of-entry device installed, maintained, and 
adequately monitored. The State must be assured that every building is 
subject to treatment and monitoring, and that the rights and 
responsibilities of the public water system customer convey with title 
upon sale of property.

[52 FR 25716, July 8, 1987; 53 FR 25111, July 1, 1988]



Sec. 141.101  Use of other non-centralized treatment devices.

    Public water systems shall not use bottled water or point-of-use 
devices to achieve compliance with an MCL. Bottled water or point-of-use 
devices may be used on a temporary basis to avoid an unreasonable risk 
to health.



                     Subpart K--Treatment Techniques

    Source: 56 FR 3594, Jan. 30, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 141.110  General requirements.

    The requirements of subpart K of this part constitute national 
primary drinking water regulations. These regulations establish 
treatment techniques in lieu of maximum contaminant levels for specified 
contaminants.



Sec. 141.111  Treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin.

    Each public water system must certify annually in writing to the 
State (using third party or manufacturer's certification) that when 
acrylamide and epichlorohydrin are used in drinking water systems, the 
combination (or product) of dose and monomer level does not exceed the 
levels specified as follows:

Acrylamide=0.05% dosed at 1 ppm (or equivalent)
Epichlorohydrin=0.01% dosed at 20 ppm (or equivalent)

Certifications can rely on manufacturers or third parties, as approved 
by the State.



 Subpart M--Information Collection Requriements (ICR) for Public Water 
                                 Systems

    Source: 61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 61 FR 24368, May 14, 1996, subpart M 
consisting of Secs. 141.140 through 141.144 were added, effective June 
18, 1996 and will expire on Dec. 31, 2000.



Sec. 141.140  Definitions specific to subpart M.

    The following definitions apply only to the requirements of subpart 
M of this part and are arranged alphabetically.
    Distribution system means the components of a PWS that are under the 
control of that PWS located after the point where the finished water 
sample is taken and that provide distribution, storage, and/or booster 
disinfection of finished water.
    Distribution System Equivalent (DSE) sample means a sample collected 
from the distribution system for the purpose of comparing it with the 
``simulated distribution system (SDS) sample''. The DSE sample shall be 
selected using the following criteria:
    (1) No additional disinfectant added between the treatment plant and 
the site where the DSE sample is collected;
    (2) Approximate detention time of water is available; and
    (3) There is no blending with finished water from other treatment 
plants.
    Entry point to distribution system means a location following one or 
more finished water sample points but prior to the beginning of the 
distribution system.

[[Page 397]]

    Finished water means water that does not undergo further treatment 
by a treatment plant other than maintenance of a disinfection residual.
    Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) means the sum of the concentration in 
micrograms per liter of the haloacetic acids mono-, di-, and 
trichloroacetic acid; mono-, and di-, bromoacetic acid, rounded to two 
significant figures.
    Haloacetic acids (six) (HAA6) means the concentration in micrograms 
per liter of the haloacetic acids mono-,    di-, and trichloroacetic 
acid; mono-, and di- bromoacetic acid; and bromochloroacetic acid, 
rounded to two significant figures.
    Haloacetonitriles (HAN) means the concentration in micrograms per 
liter of the haloacetonitriles dichloro-, trichloro-, bromochloro-, and 
dibromo- acetonitrile, rounded to two significant figures.
    Haloketones (HK) means the concentration in micrograms per liter of 
the haloketones 1,1-dichloropropanone and 1,1,1- trichloropropanone, 
rounded to two significant figures.
    Intake means the physical location at which the PWS takes water from 
a water resource. Thereafter, the water is under the control of that 
PWS.
    Notice of applicability means a notice sent by EPA to a PWS that 
indicates that EPA believes that the PWS must comply with some or all 
requirements of subpart M. The PWS is required to reply to this notice 
by providing information specified in the notice (e.g., retail and 
wholesale population served, types of water sources used, volume of 
water treated) by the date provided in subpart M.
    Process train means some number of unit processes connected in 
series starting from the treatment plant influent and ending with 
finished water. A particular unit process may be in more than one 
process train.
    Purchased finished water means finished water purchased by one PWS 
from another PWS (the wholesaler). Purchased finished water includes 
both purchased finished water that is redisinfected and purchased 
finished water that is not.
    Simulated distribution system (SDS) sample means a finished water 
sample incubated at the temperature and detention time of a ``DSE 
sample'' collected from the distribution system. Analytical results of 
the SDS sample will be compared with the DSE sample to determine how 
well the SDS sample predicts disinfection byproduct formation in the 
actual distribution system sample.
    Total finished water means the flow (volume per unit of time) of 
finished water obtained from all treatment plants operated by a PWS and 
includes purchased finished water. This flow includes water entering the 
distribution system and water sold to another PWS.
    Treatment plant means the PWS components that have as their 
exclusive source of water a shared treatment plant influent and that 
deliver finished water to a common point which is located prior to the 
point at which finished water enters a distribution system or is 
diverted for sale to another PWS. For these components of the PWS to be 
considered part of one treatment plant, the PWS must be able to collect 
one representative treatment plant influent sample, either at a single 
sample point or by a composite of multiple influent samples, and there 
must exist a single sampling point where a representative sample of 
finished water can be collected. For the purpose of subpart M, a 
treatment plant is considered to include any site where a disinfectant 
or oxidant is added to water prior to the water entering the 
distribution system. Facilities in which ground water is disinfected 
prior to entering a distribution system, and facilities in which 
purchased finished water has a disinfectant added prior to entering a 
distribution system, are considered treatment plants.
    Treatment plant influent means water that represents the water 
quality challenge to a particular plant.
    Treatment system means all treatment plants operated by one PWS.
    Trihalomethanes (four) (THM4) means the sum of the concentration in 
micrograms per liter of the trihalomethanes chloroform, 
bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, and bromoform, rounded to 
two significant figures.

[[Page 398]]

    Unit process means a component of a treatment process train which 
serves any treatment purpose such as mixing or sedimentation for which 
design and operating information is requested in Sec. 141.142(a), Table 
6c, of this subpart.
    Water resource means a body of water before it passes through an 
intake structure. Examples of a water resource include a river, lake, or 
aquifer. For a PWS which purchases finished water, the water resource is 
the wholesale PWS which supplies the purchased finished water. Generally 
water resources are not under the direct control of a PWS.
    Watershed control practice means protection of a water resource from 
microbiological contamination prior to the water entering an intake. 
These protective measures might include, but are not limited to, a 
watershed control program approved under Sec. 141.71(b)(2) of this part, 
or land use restrictions.



Sec. 141.141  General requirements, applicability, and schedule for information collection.

    (a) General requirements. (1) The purpose of subpart M is to collect 
specified information from certain PWSs for a limited period of time. 
Accordingly, subpart M is of limited duration and is effective for a 
defined period (see Sec. 141.6 (i) and Sec. 141.141(e) of this part). 
Since subpart M does not establish continuing obligations, a PWS that 
has completed all of its requirements at the required duration and 
frequency may discontinue its information collection efforts even if 
subpart M is still in effect.
    (2) For the purpose of this subpart, a PWS shall make applicability 
determinations based on completion of data gathering, calculations, and 
treatment plant categorization specified in Appendix A to paragraph (a) 
of this section.
    (3) For the purpose of this subpart, a PWS that uses multiple wells 
drawing from the same aquifer and has no central treatment plant is 
considered to have one treatment plant for those wells and shall conduct 
required monitoring under this specification. A PWS with multiple wells 
in one or more aquifers that are treated in the same treatment plant is 
considered to have one treatment plant for those wells and shall conduct 
required monitoring under this specification.
    (i) To the extent possible, the PWS should sample at the well with 
the largest flow and at the same well each month for the duration of 
required monitoring.
    (ii) A PWS must report information from Sec. 141.142(a) Tables 6a 
through 6e of this subpart for each well that the PWS sampled.
    (4) For the purpose of this subpart, a PWS shall treat ground water 
sources that have been classified by the State as under the direct 
influence of surface water by May 14, 1996, as surface water sources. A 
PWS shall treat ground water sources that either have not been 
classified by the State (as under the direct influence of surface water 
or not) or have been classified by the State as ground water, by May 14, 
1996, as ground water sources.

                     Appendix A to 40 CFR 141.141(a)

    Purpose. The purpose of this appendix is to enable the PWS to assign 
proportional amounts of its retail and wholesale population served to 
specific treatment plants. The PWS shall then use these values to 
determine which specific requirements in subpart M that it must comply 
with and on what schedule.
    Period of applicability determination. For the purpose of this 
appendix, a PWS shall make applicability determinations based on 
population calculated as annual averages based on PWS records of 
treatment system or treatment plant operation during calendar year 1995.

--If a natural disaster made a treatment system or treatment plant 
inoperable for one or more calendar months in 1995, the applicability 
determination will be based on those months in 1995 during which the 
treatment system or treatment plant was in operation, plus the calendar 
months from 1994 that are representative of those months of 1995 during 
which the treatment system or treatment plant was inoperable. The total 
time period shall be 12 months.
--If the treatment system or treatment plant was not in operation during 
one or more calendar months during 1995 due to a seasonal reduction in 
demand for finished water, the months that the treatment system or 
treatment plant was not in operation are to be included in the 12 months 
of applicability determination with zero flow indicating no operation.
--If the treatment system or treatment plant was not in operation for 
one or more

[[Page 399]]

calendar months in 1995 due to construction and/or maintenance, the 
applicability determination will be based on those months in 1995 during 
which the treatment system or treatment plant was in operation, plus the 
calendar months from 1994 that correspond to those months of 1995 during 
which the treatment system or treatment plant was inoperable. The total 
time period shall be 12 months.
--Treatment systems or treatment plants whose total operational lifetime 
is fewer than 12 calendar months as of December 1995 are not required to 
comply with subpart M requirements.
--PWSs that purchase all their water from one or more other PWSs and do 
not further treat any of their water are not required to comply with 
subpart M requirements.

    Applicability determination. To determine applicability, the PWS is 
required to collect certain operational data and perform specified 
mathematical operations. All operational data and calculated values will 
be expressed as either ``F'' (for flow) or ``P'' (for population), with 
a one or two character subscript. Table A-1 contains a more detailed 
explanation.

       Table A-1.--: Appendix A Subscript Identification Protocol       
General.                                                                
1. ``F'' indicates a flow value. The PWS must use million gallons per   
 day (MGD) to express the flow throughout its calculations.             
2. ``P'' indicates a population value, expressed as a number of people. 
Subscripts.                                                             
1. ``PR'' is retail population, ``FW'' is wholesale flow, and ``FN'' is 
 purchased finished water that is not further treated.                  
2. Each ``F'' value (in Table A-2) or ``P'' value (in Table A-4) will   
 have a two character designator.                                       
    a. The first character in the subscript indicates the source type.  
     Possible entries are ``S'' (for surface water or ground water under
     the direct influence of surface water), ``G'' (for ground water not
     under the direct influence of surface water), ``P'' (for finished  
     water purchased from another PWS and further treated at the        
     entrance to the distribution system, such as by redisinfection),   
     and ``C'' (for combined, or the sum of all water treated by the    
     PWS, including purchased water that is further treated at the      
     entrance to the distribution system).                              
    b. The second character in the subscript indicates the specific     
     identification of the treatment plant. This will be a number (e.g.,
     1, 2, 3, * * *, with # being a non-specific designator) and ``T''  
     (for a Total).                                                     
                                                                        

    Data from operational records. The PWS shall determine the following 
information based on operational records.
--PR=Retail population served by the PWS
    =________ (number of people)
--FN=treated water bought from one or more other PWSs and not 
          further treated at the entry point to the distribution system
    =________ (MGD)
--FW= finished water sold to one or more other PWSs, regardless of 
          whether buying PWSs further treat the finished water
    =________ (MGD)

--Flows from specific water resources to specific treatment plants. For 
each treatment plant operated by the PWS, the PWS must determine the 
flow from each water resource that provides water to the treatment 
plant. In the following table, the PWS must enter flow from each type of 
water resource into the appropriate block, using the subscript 
identification protocol in Table A-1.

--FS#=surface water treated at treatment plant ``#''
    =________ (MGD) (enter into Table A-2)
--FG#=ground water treated at treatment plant ``#''
    =________ (MGD) (enter into Table A-2)
--FP#=treated water bought from one or more other PWSs and further 
          treated at treatment plant ``#'' prior to the entry point to 
          the distribution system
    =________ (MGD) (enter into Table A-2)

                                         Table A-2.--Treated Flow Values                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Sources of treated water (FLOW)                       
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Water resources (by type source)                                 Treatment plants                              
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           #1                  #2                  #3                  #4       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surface water (S)................  (FS1)               (FS2)               (FS3)               (FS4)            
Ground water (G).................  (FG1)               (FG2)               (FG3)               (FG4)            
Purchased finished water that is   (FP1)               (FP2)               (FP3)               (FP4)            
 further treated (P).                                                                                           
Combined (C).....................  (FC1)               (FC2)               (FC3)               (FC4)            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The FC# value is calculated by adding the FS#, FG#, and FP# values in the column above.                   



[[Page 400]]

--FCT=finished water produced in all of the PWS's treatment plants 
          (calculated by adding the combined flows from each treatment 
          plant ( (FC#)).
    =________ (MGD)

    Calculated values. The PWS must calculate the following values.

--Population equivalents. Divide the flow values in Table A-2 by the 
conversion factor K below (a PWS-specific per capita finished water 
usage rate) and enter in the corresponding box in Table A-3 below. For 
each treatment plant operated by the PWS, the PWS must determine the 
population served by each type of water resource that provides water to 
the treatment plant.

Conversion factor=K=(FCT+FN-FW)/PR=________
For Table A-3, P=F/K, using F values from Table A-2 (e.g., 
          PS1=FS1/K).

                                       Table A-3: Population Served Values                                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Population served by treated water (number of people)            
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Water resources (by type source)                                 Treatment plants                              
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           #1                  #2                  #3                  #4       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surface water (S)................  (PS1)               (PS2)               (PS3)               (PS4)            
Ground water (G).................  (PG1)               (PG2)               (PG3)               (PG4)            
Purchased finished water that is   (PP1)               (PP2)               (PP3)               (PP4)            
 further treated (P).                                                                                           
Combined (C).....................  (PC1)               (PC2)               (PC3)               (PC4)            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The PC# value is calculated by adding the PS#, PG#, and PP# values in the column above.                   


--PCT=number of people served by finished water produced in all of 
          the PWS's treatment plants (calculated by adding the combined 
          populations served by each treatment plant ( 
          (PC#)))
    =________ (people)
    Note: A PWS that sells all its finished water and thus has no retail 
population must calculate the population served by the PWS by raising 
the PWS's average treated flow (in MGD) to the 0.95 power and 
multiplying the result by 7,700. As an equation, this would appear as:

PWS population served=7,700 (PWS's average treated flow in MGD)0.95

    The PWS may then calculate the population served by each of its 
treatment plants by multiplying the PWS population served times the 
average treated flow from the treatment plant divided by the average 
treated flow for the PWS. As an equation, this would appear as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR14MY96.001

    Treatment plant categorization. A PWS must categorize its treatment 
plants to determine its specific compliance requirements by reviewing 
Table A-4 below.

[[Page 401]]



                                     Table A-4.--Treatment Plant Categories                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Treatment plant category            PCT                   PC#                  PS#                PG#       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..............................  100,00  100,000....  1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                                                                            
B..............................  100,00  100,000....  Zero.............  NA.              
                                  0.                                                                            
C..............................  100,00  PC# is <100,000 and is  1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                 largest PC# in PWS.                                        
D..............................  100,00  PC# is <100,000 and is  Zero.............  NA.              
                                  0.                 largest PC# in PWS.                                        
E..............................  100,00  <100,000 and is not     1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                 largest PC# in PWS.                                        
F..............................  100,00  <100,000 and is not     Zero.............  NA.              
                                  0.                 largest PC# in PWS.                                        
G..............................  50,000-99,999 and  NA....................  NA...............  Largest PG#.     
                                  PGT                                                                
                                  50,000.                                                                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NA--not applicable.                                                                                             


[[Page 402]]

    (b) Applicability.
    (1) Table 1 of this paragraph is a summary of treatment plant 
categorization under the provisions of Appendix A to paragraph (a) of 
this section.

[[Page 403]]



                                      Table 1.--Treatment Plant Categories                                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Treatment plant      Treatment plant    Treatment plant 
    Treatment plant category        PWS combined      combined population     surface water       ground water  
                                 population served          served          population served  population served
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..............................  100,00  100,000....  1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                                                                            
B..............................  100,00  100,000....  zero.............  NA.              
                                  0.                                                                            
C..............................  100,00  Plant serves <100,000   1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                 and is largest plant.                                      
D..............................  100,00  Plant serves <100,000   zero.............  <100,000.        
                                  0.                 and is largest plant.                                      
E..............................  100,00  Plant serves <100,000   1.....  NA.              
                                  0.                 and is not largest                                         
                                                     plant in PWS.                                              
F..............................  100,00  Plant serves <100,000   zero.............  <100,000.        
                                  0.                 and is not largest                                         
                                                     plant in PWS.                                              
G..............................  50,000-99,999 and  NA....................  NA...............  Largest ground   
                                                                                     water plant.    
                                  50,000 served by                                                              
                                  ground water.                                                                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NA-not applicable.                                                                                              


[[Page 404]]

    (2) Table 2 of this paragraph specifies applicability for 
requirements contained in Secs. 141.142, 141.143, and 141.144 of this 
part, based on treatment plant categorization determined under the 
provisions of Appendix A to paragraph (a) of this section.

                                                            Table 2--Subpart M Applicability                                                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         Categories of treatment plants1                                
                Subpart M Requirements                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A             B             C             D             E             F             G     
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Sec.  141.142.--DBP and Related Monitoring                                                       
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1a and 1b.......................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
Table 22..............................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
Table 32..............................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
Table 4a and 4b2......................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
Table 5a and 5b2......................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
Table 6...............................................            X             X             X             X             X             X   ............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Sec.  141.143--Microbiological Monitoring                                                       
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent monitoring...................            X   ............            X   ............            X   ............  ............
Finished water monitoring3............................            X   ............            X   ............            X   ............  ............
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Sec.  141.144--Applicability Monitoring and Treatment Studies                                             
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment study applicability monitoring..............            X             X             X             X   ............  ............            X 
Pilot-scale treatment studies4........................            X             X   ............  ............  ............  ............  ............
Bench- or pilot-scale treatment studies4..............            X             X             X             X   ............  ............           X  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As determined by Appendix A to paragraph (a) of this section.                                                                                         
2 Table 2 required only for treatment plants using chloramines. Table 3 required only for treatment plants using hypochlorite solution. Table 4a and 4b 
  required only for treatment plants using ozone. Table 5a and 5b required only for treatment plants using chlorine dio xide.                           
3 Only required for a PWS that, during any of the first twelve months of monitoring at the treatment plant influent, detects 10 or more Giardia cysts,  
  or 10 or more Cryptosporidium oocysts, or one or more total culturable viruses in one liter of water; or calculates a numerical value of the Giardia  
  or Cryptosporidium concentration equal to or greater than 1000 per 100 liters or virus concentration equal to or greater than 100 per 100 liters; or  
  detects no pathogens in the sample and calculates a numerical value of the detection limit for Giardia or Cryptosporidium concentration equal to or   
  greater than 1000 per 100 liters or virus concentration equal to or greater than 100 per 100 liters.                                                  
4 Pilot-scale treatment studies are required for treatment plants that serve a population of 500,000 or greater. Bench- or pilot-scale treatment studies
  are required for treatment plants that serve a population of fewer than 500,000.                                                                      

    (c) Disinfection Byproduct and Related Monitoring. A PWS must comply 
with the monitoring requirements in Sec. 141.142 of this subpart for 
treatment plants in treatment plant categories A, B, C, D, and E listed 
in Table 1 in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The PWS shall monitor 
monthly for 18 consecutive months at each treatment plant, even if a 
treatment plant was not used for one or more calendar months. When the 
treatment plant is not operating, the PWS shall file the report required 
under Sec. 141.142(c) of this subpart to indicate zero flow, and need 
only conduct treatment plant influent monitoring under the provisions of 
Sec. 141.142 of this subpart. A PWS must comply with the monitoring 
requirements in Sec. 141.142 of this subpart for treatment plants in 
treatment plant categories F listed in Table 1 in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section monthly for 18 consecutive months at each treatment plant, 
except if a treatment plant was not used for one or more calendar 
months. When the treatment plant is not operating, the PWS shall file 
the report required under Sec. 141.142(c) of this subpart to indicate 
zero flow, and is not required to conduct treatment plant influent 
monitoring under the provisions of Sec. 141.142 of this subpart.
    (d) Microbiological Monitoring. A PWS must comply with the 
monitoring requirements in Sec. 141.143 of this subpart for treatment 
plants in treatment plant categories A, C, and E listed in Table 1 in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section and Table 3 of this paragraph. The PWS 
shall conduct 18 consecutive months of microbiological monitoring at 
each treatment plant, even if it is not operated each calendar month.

[[Page 405]]



     Table 3.--Microbiological Monitoring Requirements for Subpart M    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Treatment plant category       
                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                A, C and E              
        Microbial sample         ---------------------------------------
                                    Treatment plant                     
                                       influent       Finished water \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total culturable viruses........  1/month \2\.......  1/month.          
Total coliforms.................  1/month...........  1/month.          
Fecal coliforms or E. coli......  1/month...........  1/month.          
Giardia.........................  1/month...........  1/month.\3\       
Cryptosporidium.................  1/month...........  1/month.\3\       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Only required for a PWS that, during any of the first twelve months 
  of monitoring at the treatment plant influent, detects 10 or more     
  Giardia cysts, or 10 or more Cryptosporidium oocysts, or one or more  
  total culturable viruses in one liter of water; or calculates a       
  numerical value of the Giardia or Cryptosporidium concentration equal 
  to or greater than 1000 per 100 liters or virus concentration equal to
  or greater than 100 per 100 liters; or detects no pathogens in the    
  sample and calculates a numerical value of the detection limit for    
  Giardia or Cryptosporidium concentration equal to or greater than 1000
  per 100 liters or virus concentration equal to or greater than 100 per
  100 liters. The PWS shall collect one sample of finished water during 
  each month that the treatment plant is operated at each such treatment
  plant beginning in the first calendar month after the PWS learns of   
  such a result. A PWS shall continue finished water monitoring monthly 
  until 18 months of treatment plant influent monitoring has been       
  completed.                                                            
\2\ A PWS may avoid virus monitoring if the PWS has monitored total     
  coliforms, fecal coliforms, or E. coli in the source water for at     
  least five days/week for any period of six consecutive months         
  beginning after January 1, 1994, and 90% of all samples taken in that 
  six-month period contained no greater than 100 total coliforms/100 ml,
  or 20 fecal coliforms/100 ml, or 20 E. coli/100 ml.                   
\3\ A PWS may avoid the requirement for finished water monitoring of    
  Giardia and Cryptosporidium if the PWS notifies EPA that it will      
  comply with the alternative monitoring requirements in Sec.           
  141.143(a)(2)(iii). The PWS must still conduct finished water         
  monitoring for all other microorganisms, except that Giardia and      
  Cryptosporidium monitoring in the finished water is not required.     

    (e) Disinfection Byproduct Precursor Removal Studies (Treatment 
Studies).
    (1) A PWS shall comply with treatment study applicability monitoring 
in paragraph (e)(2) of this section at each treatment plant in treatment 
plant categories A, B, C, D, and G listed in Table 1 in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section. A PWS shall comply with the treatment study 
requirements in Sec. 141.144 of this subpart at each such treatment 
plant, except for those treatment plants:
    (i) Meeting the source water quality, disinfection practice, or 
disinfection byproduct precursor removal practice criteria in paragraph 
(e)(3) of this section, for which no treatment study is required; or
    (ii) Meeting the common water resource criteria in paragraph (e)(4) 
of this section, for which several PWSs may conduct treatment studies 
jointly, in lieu of separately; or
    (iii) Meeting the common water resource criteria in paragraph (e)(5) 
of this section, for which a PWS may contribute funds towards research, 
in lieu of conducting a treatment study; or
    (iv) At which a previous treatment study that meets the criteria in 
paragraph (e)(6) of this section has already been conducted, for which a 
PWS may use the results of this previous treatment study, in lieu of 
conducting another treatment study; or
    (v) Operated by the PWS that use the same water resource, as 
classified by the procedure in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. The PWS 
is not required to conduct more than one treatment study for those 
treatment plants. If both pilot-scale and bench-scale treatment studies 
would otherwise be required for treatment plants on the same water 
resource, the PWS shall conduct a pilot-scale study. A PWS with multiple 
water resources shall conduct treatment studies for each treatment plant 
that uses different water resources.
    (2) Treatment study applicability monitoring.
    (i) PWSs shall monitor total organic carbon (TOC) monthly for 12 
months. Treatment plants using surface water shall monitor treatment 
plant influent. Treatment plants using ground water shall monitor 
finished water.
    (ii) Treatment study applicability monitoring for THM4 and HAA5 is 
only required by a PWS that intends to qualify for avoiding a treatment 
study under the provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Total organic halides formed under the uniform formation 
conditions (UFCTOX) monitoring is only required by a PWS that intends to 
qualify for a joint treatment study under the provisions of paragraph 
(e)(4)(i)(A)(2) of this section or for the alternative to conducting a 
treatment study under the provisions of paragraph (e)(5) of this 
section.
    (3) Criteria under which no treatment study is required. A PWS 
identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is not required to 
conduct a treatment study at any treatment plant that satisfies any 
criteria in paragraphs (e)(3) (i) through (iv) of this section, provided 
that the PWS has also complied with the requirements in paragraph 
(e)(7)(i) of this section and EPA has approved the PWS's request to 
avoid the treatment study.
    (i) Treatment plants that use chlorine as both the primary and 
residual disinfectant and have, as an annual average of four quarterly 
averages, levels of less than 40

[[Page 406]]

g/l for THM4 and less than 30 g/l for HAA5. Quarterly 
averages are the arithmetic average of the four distribution system 
samples collected under the requirements of Sec. 141.142(a)(1) of this 
subpart.
    (ii) Treatment plants using surface water that do not exceed a TOC 
annual average of 4.0 mg/l in the treatment plant influent, measured in 
accordance with Secs. 141.141(f)(4) and 141.144(a) of this subpart and 
calculated by averaging the initial 12 monthly TOC samples.
    (iii) Treatment plants using only ground water not under the direct 
influence of surface water that do not exceed a TOC annual average of 
2.0 mg/l in the finished water, measured in accordance with 
Secs. 141.141(f)(4) and 141.144(a) of this subpart and calculated by 
averaging the initial 12 monthly TOC samples.
    (iv) Treatment plants that already use full scale membrane or GAC 
technology. For a treatment plant that already uses full-scale GAC or 
membrane technology capable of achieving precursor removal, a PWS shall 
conduct monitoring and submit full-scale plant data required for 
disinfection byproduct and related monitoring by Sec. 141.142(a) of this 
subpart, ensuring that the GAC or membrane processes are included in the 
process train being monitored. For a treatment plant to be considered to 
have membrane technology to achieve precursor removal, the PWS shall 
have used nanofiltration or reverse osmosis membranes. GAC capable of 
removing precursors is defined as GAC with an empty bed contact time 
(EBCT) of 15 minutes or greater, with a time between carbon reactivation 
or replacement of no more than nine months. PWSs that operate treatment 
plants that use GAC with either an EBCT of less than 15 minutes or a 
replacement or reactivation frequency for GAC longer than nine months 
may submit a request to avoid treatment studies under the provisions of 
paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section by including data demonstrating 
effective DBP precursor removal.
    (4) Criteria under which joint treatment studies are allowed. (i) 
PWSs that use common water resources and have similar treatment trains 
may conduct joint treatment studies. A common water resource for all 
types of surface water resources requires the mean treatment plant 
influent TOC or UFCTOX of each of the cooperating treatment plants to be 
within 10% of the average of the mean treatment plant influent TOCs or 
UFCTOX of all the cooperating treatment plants. A common water resource 
for all types of ground water resources requires the mean treatment 
plant finished water TOC or UFCTOX of each of the cooperating treatment 
plants to be within 10% of the average of the mean treatment plant 
finished water TOCs or UFCTOX of all the cooperating treatment plants. 
The mean is calculated from the monthly TOC or UFCTOX monitoring data 
for the initial twelve months of monitoring under Sec. 141.144(a) of 
this subpart. Similar treatment trains means that, for example, 
softening plants may not conduct joint studies with conventional 
treatment plants. In addition, the applicable requirements in paragraphs 
(e)(4)(i) (A) through (C) of this section shall be met for the water 
resource to be considered a common water resource. If otherwise 
eligible, a PWS may choose to either perform a joint treatment study 
with other eligible systems or contribute funds to a cooperative 
research program, as described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, as 
an alternative to conducting a treatment study.
    (A) River sources. Treatment plants with river intakes are 
considered to have a common water resource if the PWS meets either 
criteria in paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(A) (1) or (2) of this section.
    (1) The intakes are no more than 20 river miles apart and TOC at 
each treatment plant influent is within 10% of the mean TOC of all the 
treatment plant influents.
    (2) The intakes are at least 20, but no more than 200, river miles 
apart and the PWS demonstrates that the mean water resource UFCTOX is 
within 10% of the mean UFCTOX of all the treatment plant influents, 
based on UFCTOX analytical results of the same 12 consecutive months for 
all cooperating treatment plants.
    (B) Lake/reservoir. Treatment plants with lake or reservoir intakes 
are considered to have a common water resource if the same lake or 
reservoir serves all the cooperating treatment plants and TOC at each 
treatment plant influent is within 10% of the mean TOC of all the 
treatment plant influents.
    (C) Ground water not under the direct influence of surface water. 
Treatment plants with intakes from a single aquifer are considered to 
have a common water resource if treatment plant finished water TOC at 
each treatment plant is within 10% of the mean finished water TOC of all 
the treatment plants.
    (ii) PWSs that meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this 
section shall conduct at least the number and type of joint studies 
noted in the following tables. Joint studies shall only be conducted 
among treatment plants in the same size category, i.e. a population 
served of either 500,000 or of <500,000. The maximum number 
of treatment plants with a population served 500,000 persons 
allowed to join together to conduct a study is three. The maximum number 
of treatment plants with a population served <500,000 persons allowed to 
join together to conduct a study is six.

[[Page 407]]



 Joint Studies Requirement for Treatment Plants With a Population Served
                               of <500,000                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Number of plants              Minimum studies to be conducted    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.............................  1 pilot (GAC or membrane).              
3.............................  1 pilot and 1 bench (GAC or membrane).  
4.............................  2 pilots (GAC and/or membrane).         
5.............................  2 pilots (GAC and/or membrane), 1 bench 
                                 (GAC or membrane).                     
6.............................  2 pilots and 2 bench (GAC and/or        
                                 membrane).                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 Joint Studies Requirement For Treatment Plants With a Population Served
                          of 500,000                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Number of plants              Minimum studies to be conducted    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.............................  1 pilot (GAC or membrane), 2 bench (GAC 
                                 and/or membrane).                      
3.............................  2 pilots (GAC and/or membrane).         
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) Criteria under which an alternative to conducting a treatment 
study is allowed. In lieu of conducting the required treatment study, a 
PWS may apply to EPA to contribute funds to a cooperative research 
effort. The PWS shall submit an application to EPA Technical Support 
Division, ICR Precursor Removal Studies Coordinator, 26 W. Martin Luther 
King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45268. The application shall show that the 
treatment plant for which the waiver of the treatment study is sought 
uses a common water resource, as described in paragraph (e)(4) of this 
section, that is being studied by another PWS or cooperative of PWSs 
operating treatment plants in the same size category. A PWS operating 
treatment plants serving a population of fewer than 500,000 may also 
contribute to this fund if there is a common water resource (as defined 
in paragraph (e)(4) of this section) treatment plant serving 500,000 or 
more conducting a treatment study. If EPA approves the application, the 
PWS shall contribute funds in the amount specified in paragraph 
(e)(5)(i) of this section to the Disinfection Byproducts/Microbial 
Research Fund, to be administered by the American Water Works 
Association Research Foundation (AWWARF) under the direction of an 
independent research council, for use in a dedicated cooperative 
research program related to disinfectants, disinfection byproducts, and 
enhanced surface water treatment.
    (i) The PWS shall contribute $300,000 for a treatment plant with a 
population served of 500,000 or more. The PWS shall contribute $100,000 
for a treatment plant with a population served of fewer than 500,000.
    (ii) The PWS shall send the contribution to the address specified in 
EPA's approval letter not later than 90 days after EPA approves the PWS 
application for waiver of the treatment study.
    (6) Criteria under which a previous treatment study is acceptable 
(grandfathered studies). A PWS that has conducted studies of precursor 
removal that meet all the criteria in paragraphs (e)(6)(i) and (ii) of 
this section may use the results of that study in lieu of conducting 
another treatment study.
    (i) The PWS used analytical methods specified in Table 7 of 
Sec. 141.142(b)(1) of this subpart and used the analytical and quality 
control procedures described in ``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods Manual'', 
EPA 814-B-96-002.
    (ii) The PWS followed a protocol similar to that specified and 
supplies the data specified in ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment 
Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996).
    (7) Process for a PWS to obtain EPA approval of criteria 
applicability. A PWS wanting to avoid the requirements for a treatment 
study under the provisions of paragraphs (e)(3) through (6) of this 
section shall submit the applicable information in paragraphs (e)(7)(i) 
through (iv) of this section and in ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-scale 
Treatment Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996) and all 
monitoring data required under Secs. 141.142(a) and 141.143(a) of this 
subpart to EPA, Technical Support Division, ICR Precursor Removal 
Studies Coordinator, 26 W. Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 
45268.
    (i) Approval of request to avoid treatment studies. A PWS that 
believes it qualifies to avoid the requirements for a treatment study 
under the provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this 
section shall submit the information showing the applicable criterion 
for not conducting the study has been met not later than November 14, 
1997. A PWS wanting to avoid the requirements for a treatment study 
under the provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section shall 
submit the supporting information, including any pilot- or full-scale 
data showing effective precursor removal, not later than November 14, 
1997. A PWS that applies to avoid a treatment study under the provisions 
of paragraph (e)(4) through (6) of this section and subsequently 
qualifies to avoid a treatment study under the provisions of paragraph 
(e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section may elect to avoid a treatment 
study under the provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this 
section. If the PWS elects to avoid a treatment study under the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, the PWS 
shall notify all PWSs that were associated with the application to avoid 
a treatment study under the provisions of paragraph (e)(4) through (6) 
of this section.
    (ii) Approval of request to conduct joint studies. A PWS that 
believes it qualifies to avoid the requirements for a treatment study 
under the joint study provisions of paragraph (e)(4) of this section 
shall submit a letter of intent to EPA with the information in

[[Page 408]]

paragraphs (e)(7)(ii)(A) through (F) of this section for all treatment 
plants to be included in the joint study not later than May 14, 1997. 
The letter shall be signed by all PWSs planning to participate in the 
joint study. All PWSs shall submit a combined application for joint 
studies approval to EPA (including 12 months of treatment plant influent 
TOC or finished water TOC results or UFCTOX results, as appropriate, for 
each treatment plant to be included in the joint study) not later than 
November 14, 1997.
  
    (A) Data to support their common water resource designation.
    (B) Information to demonstrate that treatment plants have similar 
treatment trains.
    (C) Information that treatment plants are in the same size category.
    (D) The treatment plant influent TOC or finished water TOC results, 
or UFCTOX results, as appropriate, from the first six months of 
monitoring.
    (E) What studies will be conducted (i.e., combination of bench/pilot 
and GAC/membrane).
    (F) Any additional supporting data.
    (iii) Approval of request for alternative to treatment studies. A 
PWS that believes it qualifies to avoid the requirements for a treatment 
study under the provisions for an alternative in paragraph (e)(5) of 
this section shall submit a letter of intent expressing its intention to 
contribute funds to the cooperative research effort not later than May 
14, 1997. The letter shall identify the other treatment plants using the 
same water resource which will be conducting studies. Each PWS shall 
submit an application for approval of alternative to treatment studies 
to EPA (including 12 months of treatment plant influent TOC or finished 
water TOC results or UFCTOX results, as appropriate) not later than 
November 14, 1997. EPA shall notify the PWS whether a treatment study is 
required (because there is no other appropriately sized treatment plant 
using the same water resource conducting a treatment study) or if the 
PWS can avoid the study by contributing funds to the cooperative 
research effort specified in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
    (iv) Approval of request to use grandfathered studies. A PWS that 
believes it qualifies to avoid the requirements for a treatment study 
under the grandfathered study provisions of paragraph (e)(6) of this 
section shall submit the following information not later than February 
14, 1997: a description of the study, the equipment used, the 
experimental protocol, the analytical methods, the quality assurance 
plan, and any reports resulting from the study. EPA shall review the 
information and inform the PWS whether or not the prior study meets the 
ICR requirements. Not later than November 14, 1997, the PWS must submit 
study data in the format specified in ``ICR Manual for Bench- and Pilot-
scale Treatment Studies'', EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996. An approved 
grandfathered study can be justification for common water resource PWSs 
contributing to the cooperative research effort under the provisions of 
paragraph (e)(5) of this section, but may not be used as joint treatment 
studies unless it incorporates the requirements listed in 
Sec. 141.141(e)(4) of this section and the PWS submits written 
concurrence of the PWS which conducted the study.
    (f) Effective dates. (1) A PWS shall respond to the Notice of 
Applicability sent by EPA within 35 calendar days of receipt of that 
notice. The PWS's response to the Notice shall indicate what 
requirements in subpart M apply to each treatment plant operated by the 
PWS. If a PWS meets the applicability criteria in paragraph (b) of this 
section and has not received a Notice of Applicability from EPA by June 
28, 1996, that PWS must request a Notice of Applicability from EPA by 
contacting the ICR Utilities Coordinator, TSD, USEPA, 26 West Martin 
Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45268, not later than July 15, 1996.
    (2) A PWS required to monitor under both paragraphs (c) and (d) of 
this section shall begin monitoring to comply with the provisions of 
Sec. 141.142 (Disinfection Byproduct and Related Monitoring) and 
Sec. 141.143 (Microbiological Monitoring) of this subpart in the same 
month. The PWS must submit the sampling plans required by 
Secs. 141.142(c)(2)(ii) and 141.143(c)(3)(ii) of this subpart at the 
same time.
    (3) Disinfection Byproduct and Related Monitoring. A PWS operating a 
treatment plant required to comply with Sec. 141.142 of this subpart 
shall begin monitoring in the calendar month following approval of the 
DBP and related monitoring sampling plan submitted under the provisions 
of Sec. 141.142(c)(2)(ii) of this subpart. Once a PWS has begun 
monitoring, it shall continue to monitor for 18 consecutive months.
    (4) Microbiological Monitoring. A PWS operating a treatment plant 
identified in paragraph (d) of this section shall begin monitoring under 
the provisions of Sec. 141.143 of this subpart in the calendar month 
following approval of the sampling plan submitted under the provisions 
of Sec. 141.143(c)(3)(ii) of this subpart. Once a PWS has begun 
monitoring, it shall continue to monitor for 18 consecutive months.
    (5) DBP precursor removal studies. (i) TOC, UFCTOX, THM4, and HAA5 
monitoring. A PWS required to comply with Sec. 141.144 of this subpart 
shall begin TOC, UFCTOX, THM4, and HAA5 monitoring specified in 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section not later than August 14, 1996 and 
continue this monitoring for 12 consecutive months for TOC and UFCTOX 
and four consecutive quarters for THM4 and HAA5.

[[Page 409]]

    (ii) A PWS required to conduct a disinfection byproduct precursor 
removal study (treatment study) under the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section shall begin conducting such treatment studies not later 
than April 14, 1998 and submit the report(s) of the completed study to 
EPA not later than July 14, 1999.



Sec. 141.142  Disinfection byproduct and related monitoring.

    (a) Monitoring requirements. Samples taken under the provisions of 
this section shall be taken according to the procedures described in the 
``ICR Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, April 1996. If a treatment 
plant configuration results in two required sampling points from any 
table in this section when in fact it is a single location, duplicate 
analyses are not required for the same location and time. A PWS that 
uses purchased finished water shall determine whether any monitoring of 
treatment plant influent is required under paragraphs (a)(2) through (5) 
of this section because of certain treatment (e.g., use of hypochlorite 
or chlorine dioxide) of the water provided by the selling PWS.
    (1) A PWS shall obtain a complete set of samples at the frequency 
and location noted in Tables 1a and 1b of this section for treatment 
plants required to test under Sec. 141.141(b) of this subpart. Samples 
shall be taken according to the sampling plan approved under the 
provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Samples of finished water shall be collected at a point after 
which all treatment processes for a particular treatment plant are 
complete (including the clearwell and final point of chlorination) and 
before the distribution system begins. A PWS that purchases finished 
water shall collect a sample before additional disinfectant is added to 
the purchased finished water. A PWS shall collect a sample of purchased 
finished water only if the PWS redisinfects the purchased finished 
water. A sample of finished water is a sample representing the final 
product water from a particular treatment plant.
    (ii) A sample of treatment plant influent for a PWS that treats 
untreated water shall be taken at a location at the upstream end of a 
treatment plant where waters from all intakes are blended prior to any 
treatment or chemical addition. For treatment plants that have multiple 
intakes and add chemicals at the intake, the sample of treatment plant 
influent shall be a flow proportional composite of intake samples 
collected before chemical addition and before pretreatment. If the 
intakes are expected to have the same source water quality, one 
representative intake sample may be taken. If a disinfectant is added at 
or before the intake (e.g., for zebra mussel control), the sample shall 
be taken in the vicinity of the intake so that the sample is not 
contaminated by the disinfectant. A sample of treatment plant influent 
for a PWS that treats purchased finished water is taken at a location 
just before the purchased finished water is treated. An intake sample is 
collected after the intake but before blending with waters from other 
intakes and before addition of chemicals or any treatment.

     Table 1a.--Monthly Monitoring Requirements for Treatment Plants    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Sampling point                     Monthly analyses 1           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent for   pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 non-finished water.            Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, UV 254,
                                Bromide, Ammonia.                       
Treatment plant influent for   pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 purchased finished water 2.    Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, UV 254,
                                Disinfectant residual 3.                
Before first point of oxidant  Chlorine demand test.                    
 addition.                                                              
Washwater return between       pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 washwater treatment plant      Calcium and Total hardness, TOC, UV 254,
 and point of addition to       Bromide, Ammonia, Disinfectant residual 
 process train 4.               3 if disinfectant is used.              
Additional water sources       pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 added to process train after   Calcium and Total hardness, TOC, UV 254,
 treatment plant influent.      Bromide, Ammonia, Disinfectant residual 
 The sample point is before     3 if disinfectant is used.              
 additional water is blended                                            
 with the process train.                                                
Before Filtration............  pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
                                Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, and UV 
                                254.                                    
After Filtration.............  pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
                                Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, and UV 
                                254.                                    

[[Page 410]]

                                                                        
Before each Point of           pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 Disinfection 5.                Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, and UV 
                                254.                                    
After every unit process that  Disinfectant Residual 3.                 
 is downstream from the                                                 
 addition of chlorine or                                                
 chloramines.                                                           
Finished water sample point    pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 (Plant effluent).              Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, UV 254,
                                Disinfectant Residual 3.                
Entry point to distribution    pH, Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,  
 system 6.                      Calcium and Total Hardness, TOC, UV 254,
                                Disinfectant Residual 3.                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ TOC: total organic carbon. UV 254: absorbance of ultraviolet light  
  at 254 nanometers.                                                    
\2\ Samples of purchased finished water shall be taken prior to addition
  of any more disinfectant.                                             
\3\ Free chlorine residual and total chlorine residual shall be measured
  in treatment systems using free chlorine. Total chlorine residual, but
  not free chlorine residual, shall be measured in treatment systems    
  using chloramines as the residual disinfectant.                       
\4\ Washwater return shall be sampled prior to blending with the process
  train.                                                                
\5\ For utilities using ozone or chlorine dioxide, Tables 4 and 5,      
  respectively, of this section, show additional monitoring requirements
  at this sampling point. Addition of ammonia for the purpose of        
  converting free chlorine to chloramines is considered a point of      
  disinfectant addition. PWSs that disinfect just before filtration may 
  use the ``before filtration'' sampling point analytical results to    
  meet the monitoring requirement for this point.                       
\6\ Entry point to distribution system only required for treatment      
  plants that blend finished water with finished water from other       
  treatment plant(s) prior to entry point of distribution system. For   
  most treatment plants, the finished water sample point and the entry  
  point to the distribution system are the same.                        


    Table 1b.--Quarterly Monitoring Requirements for Treatment Plants   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Sampling point                    Quarterly analyses1           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent for   TOX.                                     
 non-finished water.                                                    
Treatment plant influent for   THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX.       
 purchased finished water.                                              
Washwater Return between       TOX.                                     
 washwater treatment plant                                              
 and point of addition to                                               
 process train.                                                         
After filtration if            THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX.       
 disinfectant is applied at                                             
 any point in the treatment                                             
 plant prior to filtration.                                             
Finished water sample point    THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX.       
 (Plant Effluent).                                                      
Entry point to distribution    THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX.       
 system2.                                                               
SDS3.........................  THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX, pH,   
                                Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,     
                                Calcium and Total Hardness, Disinfectant
                                Residual5.                              
Four monitoring points in      THM4, HAA67, HAN, CP, HK, CH, TOX, pH,   
 distribution system4,6.        Alkalinity, Turbidity, Temperature,     
                                Calcium and Total Hardness, Disinfectant
                                Residual5.                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ TOC: total organic carbon. THM4: trihalomethane (four). HAA6:       
  haloacetic acids (six). HAN: Haloacetonitriles. CP: chloropicrin. HK: 
  haloketones. CH: chloral hydrate. TOX: total organic halide. For THM4,
  HAA6, HAN, and HK, analytical results for individual analytes shall be
  reported.                                                             
\2\ Entry point to distribution system only required for treatment      
  plants that blend finished water with finished water from other       
  treatment plant(s) prior to entry point of distribution system. For   
  most treatment plants, the finished water sample point and the entry  
  point to the distribution system are the same.                        
\3\ Simulated Distribution System (SDS) sample shall be collected at the
  finished water sampling point (or entry point to distribution system  
  if finished water from two or more plants are blended prior to        
  entering the distribution system) and analyzed using the method       
  specified in Sec.  141.142. PWSs using purchased finished water are   
  not required to take an SDS sample at treatment plants that use only  
  purchased finished water.                                             
\4\ For each treatment plant, one distribution system equivalent sample 
  location (known as DSE) shall be chosen to correspond to the SDS      
  sample, one sample location shall be chosen to be representative of   
  maximum residence time for the treatment plant, and the remaining two 
  sample locations shall be representative of the average residence time
  in the distribution system for the treatment plant. PWSs using        
  purchased finished water shall take three samples representing the    
  average residence time in the distribution system for the treatment   
  plant and one representing the maximum residence time for the         
  treatment plant (no DSE sample required).                             
\5\ Free chlorine residual and total chlorine residual shall be measured
  in treatment systems using free chlorine. Total chlorine residual, but
  not free chlorine residual, shall be measured in treatment systems    
  using chloramines as the residual disinfectant.                       
\6\ A PWS may use TTHM compliance monitoring locations and analytical   
  results under Sec.  141.30 of this part to the extent that such       
  locations and analytical results are consistent with the requirements 
  of this section.                                                      
\7\ PWSs are encouraged to also analyze for the additional haloacetic   
  acids bromodichloro-, chlorodibromo-, and tribromo-acetic acid, and   
  report the results as part of the reports specified in paragraph      
  (c)(1) of this section.                                               

    (2) Additional requirements for PWSs using chloramines. For each 
treatment plant that uses chloramines for treatment or disinfection 
residual maintenance, a PWS shall also conduct the additional sampling 
identified in Table 2 of this section. A PWS shall send samples of 
cyanogen chloride taken under the provisions of this paragraph

[[Page 411]]

for analysis to EPA, following the procedures contained in the ``ICR 
Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, April 1996.

  Table 2.--Additional Quarterly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using  
                               Chloramines                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                     Quarterly analyses      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent for purchased   Cyanogen Chloride\2\.          
 finished water \1\.                                                    
Finished water sample point (plant       Cyanogen Chloride\2\.          
 effluent).                                                             
Distribution system sample point         Cyanogen Chloride\2\.          
 representing a maximum residence time                                  
 in distribution system relative to the                                 
 treatment plant.                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Applicable only when wholesale water provider is using chloramines. 
\2\ EPA shall provide all analytical results to the PWS. The PWS shall  
  report all results in its monthly report.                             

    (3) Additional requirements for PWSs using hypochlorite solutions. 
For each treatment plant that uses hypochlorite solutions for treatment 
or disinfection residual maintenance, a PWS shall also conduct the 
additional sampling identified in Table 3 of this section.

  Table 3.--Additional Quarterly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using  
                         Hypochlorite Solutions                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                     Quarterly analyses      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent for non-        Chlorate.                      
 finished water.                                                        
Treatment plant influent for purchased   Chlorate.                      
 finished water \1\.                                                    
Hypochlorite Stock Solution............  pH, Temperature, Free Residual 
                                          Chlorine, Chlorate.           
Finished Water Sample Point (Plant       Chlorate.                      
 Effluent).                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Applicable only when wholesale water provider is using hypochlorite 
  solutions.                                                            

    (4) Additional requirements for PWSs using ozone. For each treatment 
plant that uses ozone for treatment, a PWS shall also conduct the 
additional sampling identified in Tables 4a and 4b of this section. A 
PWS shall collect samples for bromate taken under the provisions of this 
paragraph in duplicate, with the PWS analyzing one aliquot and 
submitting the other aliquot for analysis to EPA, following the 
procedures contained in the ``ICR Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, 
April 1996. A PWS shall submit samples for aldehydes taken under the 
provisions of this paragraph for analysis to EPA, following the 
procedures contained in the ``ICR Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, 
April 1996.

   Table 4a.--Additional Monthly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using  
                                  Ozone                                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                      Monthly analyses       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ozone Contactor Influent...............  Bromide, bromate 2,3, and      
                                          ammonia.                      
Each Ozone Contact Chamber Effluent \1\  Ozone residual.                
Ozone Contactor Effluent...............  Bromate\2\.                    
Finished Water Sample Point (Plant       Bromate\2\.                    
 Effluent).                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Each ozone contactor can be subdivided into its contact chambers.   
  Measure ozone residual in effluent of all contact chambers until <0.05
  mg/l is measured in two consecutive chambers.                         
\2\ EPA shall provide all analytical results to the PWS. The PWS shall  
  report all results in its monthly report.                             
\3\PWSs are not required to analyze a bromate sample at this location.  
  However, PWSs are still required to submit a sample to EPA for        
  analysis.                                                             


  Table 4b.--Additional Quarterly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using 
                                  Ozone                                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                     Quarterly analyses      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ozone Contactor Influent...............  Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
Ozone Contactor Effluent...............  Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
Finished Water Sample Point (Plant       Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
 Effluent).                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ EPA shall measure the following aldehydes: formaldehyde,            
  acetaldehyde, propanal, butanal, pentanal, glyoxal, and methyl        
  glyoxal. EPA may analyze for other aldehydes. EPA shall provide all   
  analytical results to the PWS. The PWS shall report all results in its
  monthly report.                                                       

[[Page 412]]

                                                                        
\2\ Analysis and submission of data for both assimilable organic carbon 
  (AOC) and biodegradable organic carbon (BDOC) are optional. Analytical
  methods for AOC and BDOC are listed in ``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods   
  Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-002, April 1996.                               

    (5) Additional sampling requirements for PWSs using chlorine 
dioxide. For each treatment plant that uses chlorine dioxide for 
treatment or disinfection residual maintenance, a PWS shall also conduct 
the additional sampling identified in Tables 5a and 5b of this section. 
A PWS shall collect samples for bromate taken under the provisions of 
this paragraph in duplicate, with the PWS analyzing one aliquot and 
submitting the other aliquot for analysis to EPA, following the 
procedures contained in the ``ICR Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, 
April 1996. A PWS shall submit samples for aldehydes taken under the 
provisions of this paragraph for analysis to EPA, following the 
procedures contained in the ``ICR Sampling Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-001, 
April 1996.

   Table 5a.--Additional Monthly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using  
                            Chlorine Dioxide                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                      Monthly analyses       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treatment plant influent for purchased   Chlorine Dioxide Residual,     
 finished water \1\.                      Chlorite, Chlorate.           
Before first chlorine dioxide            Chlorate, bromate 2,3.         
 application.                                                           
Before application of ferrous salts,     Chlorine Dioxide Residual,     
 sulfur reducing agents, or GAC.          Chlorite, Chlorate, pH.       
Finished water sample point (plant       Chlorine Dioxide Residual,     
 effluent).                               Chlorite, Chlorate, Bromate   
                                          \2\.                          
Three distribution system sampling       Chlorine Dioxide Residual,     
 points (1 near first customer, 1 in      Chlorite, Chlorate, pH, and   
 middle of distribution system, and 1     Temperature.                  
 representative of maximum residence                                    
 time in the distribution system).                                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Applicable only when wholesale water provider is using chlorine     
  dioxide.                                                              
\2\ EPA shall provide all analytical results to the PWS. The PWS shall  
  report all results in its monthly report.                             
\3\ PWSs are not required to analyze a bromate sample at this location. 
  However, PWSs are still required to submit a sample to EPA for        
  analysis.                                                             


  Table 5b.--Additional Quarterly Monitoring for Treatment Plants Using 
                            Chlorine Dioxide                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sampling point                     Quarterly analyses      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Before First Chlorine Dioxide            Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
 Application.                                                           
Before First Point of Downstream         Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
 Chlorine/Chloramine Application After                                  
 Chlorine Dioxide Addition.                                             
Finished Water Sample Point (Plant       Aldehydes \1\ and AOC/BDOC \2\.
 Effluent).                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\EPA shall measure the following aldehydes: formaldehyde,             
  acetaldehyde, propanal, butanal, pentanal, glyoxal, and methyl        
  glyoxal. EPA may analyze for other aldehydes. EPA shall provide all   
  analytical results to the PWS. The PWS shall report all results in its
  monthly report.                                                       
\2\ Analysis and submission of data for both assimilable organic carbon 
  (AOC) and biodegradable organic carbon (BDOC) are optional. Analytical
  methods for AOC and BDOC are listed in ``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods   
  Manual,'' EPA 814-B-96-002, April 1996.                               

    (6) Additional requirements. A PWS shall also report the applicable 
information in Tables 6a through 6e of this section. A PWS is required 
to provide the information in paragraphs (a)(6)(i) through (iii) of this 
section for each unit process listed in Table 6c. The PWS may provide 
the information in paragraphs (a)(6)(iv) and (v) of this section for 
each unit process listed in Table 6c. T10 and T50 tracer 
studies shall be conducted as specified in ``Guidance Manual for 
Compliance with the Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public 
Water Systems using Surface Water Sources'', Appendix C.
    (i) Unit process flow (MGD) at time of sampling.
    (ii) T10 (minutes). A PWS shall determine T10 based on a 
one-time tracer study in the clearwell of all treatment plants required 
to conduct microbiological monitoring under the provisions of 
Sec. 141.141(d) of this subpart. The PWS may use results of a tracer 
study conducted to meet the requirements of subpart H (Filtration and 
Disinfection) of this part to meet this requirement. For subsequent 
T10 determinations, the

[[Page 413]]

PWS shall use a flow-proportional interpolation of the clearwell tracer 
study. For unit processes other than a clearwell, a PWS shall either 
estimate T10 or use an interpolation of tracer study T10 using 
multiple flows for each unit process in which a disinfectant residual 
exists.
    (iii) Chemicals in use at time of sampling. Report chemical name, 
chemical dose at time of sampling, and measurement formula. Measurement 
formulas (e.g., mg/l as Aluminum) shall be provided to determine the 
correct amount of the chemical compound being added.
    (iv) Short circuiting factor (optional). The short circuiting factor 
is an assumed value for the ratio of T10 to nominal contact time 
(volume divided by flow).
    (v) T50 (minutes) (optional). T50 should be reported only 
if based on a tracer study.

                                   Table 6a.--Public Water System Information                                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Permanent data                                Design data                       Monthly data      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public Water System:                                                                                            
Utility Name                                ..........................................  Sampling Dates: From    
Public Water Supply Identification Number                                                (date) To (date).      
 (PWSID)                                                                                Retail population on day
Water Industry Data Base (WIDB) Number                                                   of sampling.           
 [Optional]                                                                             Wholesale population on 
Official Contact Person:                                                                 day of sampling.       
  Name                                                                                  Monthly average Retail  
  Mailing Address                                                                        flow (MGD).            
  Phone Number [optional]                                                               Monthly average         
  FAX Number [optional]                                                                  Wholesale flow (MGD).  
ICR Contact Person:                                                                                             
  Name                                                                                                          
  Mailing Address                                                                                               
  Phone Number [optional]                                                                                       
  FAX Number [optional]                                                                                         
  E-Mail Address [optional]                                                                                     
Treatment Plant: \1\                                                                                            
Plant name                                  Plant type (e.g., Conventional Filtration,  Hours of operation      
ICR plant number assigned by EPA \2\         Direct Filtration, In-Line Filtration,      (hours per day)        
PWSID number of treatment plant \3\          Two Stage Softening, Disinfection Only/    Sludge solids production
State approved (permitted) plant capacity    Groundwater, Other Groundwater treatment)   (lb/day)               
 (MGD)                                                                                  Percent solids in sludge
Historical minimum water temperature (                                                   (%)                    
 deg.C)                                                                                                         
Installed sludge handling capacity (lb/                                                                         
 day)                                                                                                           
Process Train:                                                                                                  
Name                                        Process Train Type (e.g., Conventional                              
                                             Filtration, Direct Filtration, In-Line                             
                                             Filtration, Two Stage Softening,                                   
                                             Disinfection Only/Groundwater, Other                               
                                             Groundwater treatment)                                             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A PWS that operates more than one treatment plant shall report treatment plant information in this table for
  each treatment plant.                                                                                         
\2\ EPA shall assign ICR plant number after the PWS submits sampling plan.                                      
\3\ PWSID of treatment plant if different from the PWSID reported in ``Public Water System''.                   


[[Page 414]]


                                      Table 6b.--Plant Influent Information                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Permanent data                                            Monthly data                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Water Resource \1\                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of resource:                           If Reservoir/Lake: Mean Residence Time (days).                      
    Type of resource (One of the                                                                                
     following):                                                                                                
        1  Flowing stream                                                                                       
        2  Reservoir/Lake                                                                                       
        3  Ground water classified as                                                                           
         under the direct influence of                                                                          
         surface water (GWUDI)                                                                                  
        4  Ground water                                                                                         
        5  Purchased finished water                                                                             
        6  Non-Fresh (such as salt water)                                                                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Intake-Surface Water \2\                                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location of intake: \3\                     Flow on day of sampling (MGD).                                      
    Latitude (deg/min/sec)                                                                                      
    Longitude (deg/min/sec)                                                                                     
    Hydrologic unit code (8 digit), if                                                                          
     known \4\                                                                                                  
    Stream Reach Code (3 digit) (if known)                                                                      
    River mile number (mile) (if known)                                                                         
Is watershed control practiced? (yes/no)                                                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Intake-Ground Water \5\ 6                                           
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location of intake:                         Flow on day of sampling (MGD).                                      
    Latitude (deg/min/sec)                                                                                      
    Longitude (deg/min/sec)                                                                                     
    Hydrological unit code (8 digit), if                                                                        
     known \4\                                                                                                  
Is wellhead protection practiced? (yes/no)                                                                      
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Intake-Purchased Finished Water \7\                                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of supplying utility.................  Flow on day of sampling (MGD).                                      
PWSID of supplying utility                                                                                      
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Plant Influent \8\                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Monthly average flow (MGD).                                         
                                            Flow at time of sampling (MGD).                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Each treatment plant shall have at least one water resource. Each water resource shall have at least one    
  intake. A treatment plant that uses more than one water resource shall report water resource information in   
  this table for each water resource.                                                                           
\2\ Intake-Surface Water describes the physical location of an intake structure located in a river, lake, or    
  other surface water resource or, for ground water under the direct influence of surface water, the physical   
  location of a well.                                                                                           
\3\ The location of the intake will allow cross referencing into other data bases containing information on     
  possible contamination threats to the intake.                                                                 
\4\ The hydrologic unit code will allow cross referencing into other data bases containing information on       
  possible contamination threats to the intake.                                                                 
\5\ An Intake-Ground Water describes the physical location of a well or well field (if multiple wells draw from 
  a common aquifer.                                                                                             

[[Page 415]]

                                                                                                                
\6\ A PWS is not required to report information for ground water that is not treated.                           
\7\ A PWS is required to report information for purchased finished water only if that water is further treated. 
\8\ Multiple ``Intakes'' combine into one ``Plant Influent.'' Each treatment plant has only one treatment plant 
  influent. The treatment plant influent shall mark the point in the treatment plant where the ``Plant          
  Influent'' sample shall be collected as described in Tables 1, 2, 3 and 5 of this section.                    


                                                           Table 6c.--Unit Process Information                                                          
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Design data                                                                  Monthly data                               
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Presedimentation Basin \1\                                                               
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tube Settler Brand Name                                                      Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Plate Settler Brand Name                                                     Surface area (ft2).                                                        
Baffling type\2\                                                             Projected Tube Settler Surface Area (ft\2\).                               
                                                                             Projected Plate Settler Surface Area (ft2).                                
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Ozone Contact Basin                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information for the complete ozone contact basin:                            Information for the complete ozone contact basin:                          
    Type of Ozone Contactor (One of the following)                             Ozone CT (mg min/l).10                                                   
      1  Bubble Diffusion                                                      Ozone Giardia Inactivation (logs).                                       
      2  Turbine                                                               Ozone Virus Inactivation (logs).                                         
    Number of Chambers                                                         Ozone concentration in feed gas (% by weight).                           
Information for each ozone contact chamber:                                    Total Ozone Gas Flow Rate to Contactor (SCFM).3                          
    Chamber sequence number                                                    Type of feed gas used to generate ozone (one of the following).          
    Liquid volume (ft3)                                                            1  Air.                                                              
    Surface area (ft2)                                                             2  Oxygen.                                                           
    Water/Ozone flow regime (one of the following)                             Total Ozone Applied Dose (mg/l).                                         
      1  Counter-current                                                     Information for each ozone contact chamber:                                
      2  Co-current                                                            Percent ozone gas flow split to this chamber (%).                        
                                                                               Hydrogen peroxide dose (mg/l).                                           
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Washwater Return Point 8                                                                
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indicate which washwater treatment processes are being used on day of        Flow of returned washwater at time of sampling (MGD).                      
 sampling                                                                    24 hr average flow prior to sampling (MGD).                                
Is there treatment (yes/no):                                                                                                                            

[[Page 416]]

                                                                                                                                                        
    If yes:                                                                                                                                             
        Plain sedimentation (yes/no)                                                                                                                    
        Coagulation/sedimentation (yes/no)                                                                                                              
        Filtration (yes/no)                                                                                                                             
        Disinfection (yes/no)                                                                                                                           
        Other Treatment (Text)                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Rapid Mix                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of mixer (one of the following):                                        Mean velocity gradient ``G'' (sec-1).4                                     
                                                                             Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
    1  Mechanical                                                                                                                                       
    2  Hydraulic                                                                                                                                        
    3  Static                                                                                                                                           
    4  Other                                                                                                                                            
Baffling type 2                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Flocculation Basin                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of mixer (one of the following):                                        Mean velocity gradient ``G'' (sec-1) in each stage.4                       
                                                                             Liquid volume of each stage (gallons).                                     
    1  Mechanical                                                                                                                                       
    2  Hydraulic                                                                                                                                        
Number of stages                                                                                                                                        
Baffling type 2                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Sedimentation Basin                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tube settler brand name                                                      Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Plate settler brand name                                                     Surface area (ft2).                                                        
Baffling type 2                                                              Projected tube settler surface area (ft2).                                 
                                                                             Projected plate settler surface area (ft2).                                
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Solids Contact Clarifier                                                                
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brand name:                                                                  Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
                                                                             Surface area of settling zone (ft2).                                       
                                                                             Projected tube settler surface area (ft2).                                 
                                                                             Projected plate settler surface area (ft2).                                

[[Page 417]]

                                                                                                                                                        
    Type (check all that apply):                                                                                                                        
        Rectangular basin                                                                                                                               
        Upflow                                                                                                                                          
        Reactor-clarifier                                                                                                                               
        Sludge blanket                                                                                                                                  
Tube settler brand name                                                                                                                                 
Plate settler brand name                                                                                                                                
Baffling type 2                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Adsorption Clarifier                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brand Name                                                                   Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Baffling type 2                                                              Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Dissolved Air Flotation                                                                
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baffling type 2                                                              Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
                                                                             Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                             Percent recycle rate (%).                                                  
                                                                             Recycle stream pressure (psi).                                             
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Recarbonation Basin                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baffling type 2                                                              Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
                                                                             Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Filtration                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Media Type (one of the following):                                           Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
                                                                             Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                             Average filter run time (hr).                                              
    1  Dual media (Anthracite/Sand)                                                                                                                     
    2  GAC over sand                                                                                                                                    
    3  Tri media (Anthracite/Sand/Garnet)                                                                                                               
    4  Sand                                                                                                                                             
    5  Deep bed monomedia anthracite                                                                                                                    
    6  Deep bed monomedia GAC                                                                                                                           
    7  Greensand                                                                                                                                        
    8  Other                                                                                                                                            
Design depth of GAC (inch)                                                                                                                              
Type and manufacturer of activated carbon                                                                                                               
Design media depth (inch)                                                                                                                               
Minimum water depth to top of media (ft)                                                                                                                
Depth from top of media to top of backwash trough (ft)                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 418]]

                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                  Slow Sand Filtration                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Media type                                                                   Surface area (ft2).                                                        
Media depth                                                                  Average filter run length.                                                 
Media size                                                                   Cleaning method.                                                           
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Diatomaceous Earth Filter                                                               
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Effective DE filter surface (ft2).                                         
                                                                             Precoat (lb/ft2).                                                          
                                                                             Bodyfeed (mg/l).                                                           
                                                                             Run length (hours).                                                        
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Granular Activated Carbon--Post-Filter Adsorber                                                    
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer of activated carbon                                             Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Type of activated carbon                                                     Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                             Carbon volume (ft3).                                                       
                                                                             Empty bed contact time (minutes).                                          
                                                                             Operating reactivation frequency (days).                                   
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Membranes                                                                       
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model name:                                                                  Surface area (ft\2\).                                                      
  Type (one of the following):                                               Percent recovery (%).                                                      
      1 Reverse osmosis                                                      Operating pressure (psi).                                                  
      2 Nanofiltration                                                       Operating flux (gpd/ft2).                                                  
      3 Ultrafiltration                                                        Cleaning method (one of the following)                                   
      4 Microfiltration                                                        Hydraulic.                                                               
      5 Electrodialysis                                                        Chemical.                                                                
Number of stages                                                               Cleaning frequency (days).                                               
Molecular weight cutoff (daltons)                                                                                                                       
Design flux (gpd/ft2)                                                                                                                                   
Design pressure (psi)                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Air Stripping                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packing height (ft)                                                          Horizontal cross-section area (ft2).                                       
Design air to water ratio (volume/volume)                                    Air flow (SCFM).3                                                          
Type of packing (Name)                                                                                                                                  
Nominal size of packing (inch)                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 419]]

                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                      Ion Exchange                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Resin (Name)                                                                 Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Resin manufacturer                                                           Surface area (ft2).                                                        
Design exchange capacity (equ/ft3) 3                                                                                                                    
Bed depth (ft)                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Disinfection Contact Basin 5 6                                                             
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baffling type 2                                                              Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
                                                                             Surface area (ft2).                                                        
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Clearwell 7                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baffling type 2                                                              Liquid volume (gallons).                                                   
Minimum liquid volume (gallons)                                              Surface area (ft2).                                                        
Covered or Open                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Additional Water Sources 9                                                               
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of water source:                                                        Flow of additional source (MGD).6                                          
    Purchased Finished water                                                                                                                            
    Untreated ground water                                                                                                                              
    Treated ground water                                                                                                                                
    Untreated surface water                                                                                                                             
    Treated surface water                                                                                                                               
    Other                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Other Treatment                                                                    
                                                                                                                                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purpose                                                                      Surface area (ft2) [optional].                                             
                                                                             Liquid Volume (gallons) [optional].                                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 A reservoir to which oxidants, disinfectants, or coagulants are added is considered a presedimentation basin.                                         
2 Baffling type classified as one of the following: 1 (Unbaffled (mixed tank)), 2 (Poor (inlet/outlet only)), 3 (Average (Inlet/Outlet and              
  intermediate)), 4 (Superior (Serpentine)), or 5 (Perfect (Plug flow)). Information on classifying baffling types can be found in ``Guidance Manual for
  Compliance with the Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems using Surface Water Sources'', Appendix C.                      
3 ``SCFM'' is standard cubic feet per minute. ``Equ/ft\3\'' is equivalents per cubic foot.                                                              
4 The mean velocity gradient is typically computed as G=square root of (P/uV) where P=power expended, u=viscosity, and V=liquid volume.                 
5 The disinfection contact basin shall have a stable liquid level.                                                                                      
6 Disinfection Contact Basin can be used to represent a pipe with a long contact time.                                                                  
7 A clear well may have a variable liquid level.                                                                                                        
8 The ``Washwater Return'' shall mark the point in the process train where washwater joins the main flow.                                               
9 Additional water sources includes water that is added to the process train after the influent.                                                        
10 Ozone CT calculated using the procedure contained in ``Guidance Manual for Compliance with the Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public   
  Water Systems using Surface Water Sources'', Appendix O, 1991.                                                                                        


[[Page 420]]


                                 Table 6d.--Additional Process Train Information                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Design data                                              Monthly data                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Disinfectant Addition                                             
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Disinfectants in use at time of sampling.              
                                                         Dose (mg/l).                                           
                                                         Chemical formula (e.g., mg/l as chlorine).             
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Finished Water Sample Point (Plant Effluent) \1\ \2\                              
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Monthly average flow (MGD).                            
                                                         Flow at time of sampling (MGD).                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This shall mark the end of a treatment plant.                                                               
\2\ Unless the finished water of this treatment plant is blended with finished water from another treatment     
  plant, this point is also the entry point to the distribution system.                                         


                               Table 6e.--Finished Water Distribution Information                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Design data                                              Monthly data                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Entry Point to Distribution System \1\                                     
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Monthly average flow (MGD).                            
                                                         Flow at time of sampling (MGD).                        
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Wholesale Information \2\                                           
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of purchaser......................................  Flow at time of sampling (MGD).                        
PWSID of purchaser                                                                                              
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Distribution System                                              
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Typical maximum residence time (days)                    Maximum residence time (days).                         
Average residence time (days)                            Average residence time (days).                         
Design volume of distribution system storage (million    Number of disinfection booster stations in operation at
 gallon)                                                  time of sampling:                                     
Total surface area of open reservoirs in distribution      Chlorine.                                            
 system storage (ft\2\)                                    Chloramine.                                          
                                                           Chlorine dioxide.                                    
                                                         Range of distribution system disinfectant dosages.     
                                                           Chlorine: High (mg/l) Low (mg/l).                    
                                                           Chloramine: High (mg/l) Low (mg/l).                  
                                                           Chlorine dioxide: High (mg/l) Low (mg/l).            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Multiple treatment plants can feed into one entry point to the distribution system. If there is only one    
  treatment plant then ``Finished Water Sample Point (Plant Effluent)'' and ``Entry Point to Distribution       
  System'' are the same.                                                                                        
\2\ The supplying public water system shall report ``Wholesale Information'' for each public water system which 
  purchases finished water.                                                                                     


[[Page 421]]

    (b) Analytical methods. (1) A PWS shall use the methods identified 
in Table 7 of this section for conducting analyses required by this 
subpart.

[[Page 422]]



                                                   Table 7.--Analytical Methods Approved for Subpart M                                                  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Methodology \1\                                                  
              Analyte               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               40 CFR reference \2\                       EPA method                       Standard method \3\          
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pH, alkalinity, calcium hardness,    Sec.  141.23(k)(1)                                                                                                 
 temperature.                                                                                                                                           
Turbidity..........................  Sec.  141.74(a)(1)                                                                                                 
Disinfectant residuals: free         Sec.  141.74(a)(2)                        ................................  4500-Cl B \9\                          
 chlorine, total chlorine, chlorine                                                                                                                     
 dioxide, ozone.                                                                                                                                        
Trihalomethanes: chloroform, bro...  Sec.  141.24(e)                           551.1 \4\                                                                
modichloromethane, dibro...........                                                                                                                     
mochloromethane, bromoform.........                                                                                                                     
Haloacetic acids: mono-, di-, and    ........................................  552.1, \5\ 552.2 \4\              6251 B                                 
 trichloroacetic acids; mono- and                                                                                                                       
 dibromoacetic acid;                                                                                                                                    
 bromochloroacetic acid.                                                                                                                                
Chloral hydrate....................  ........................................  551.1 \4\                                                                
Haloacetonitriles: di- and           ........................................  551.1 \4\                                                                
 trichloroacetonitrile;                                                                                                                                 
 bromochloroacetonitrile;                                                                                                                               
 dibromoacetonitrile.                                                                                                                                   
Haloketones: 1,1-Dichloropropanone;  ........................................  551.1 \4\                                                                
 1,1,1-trichloropropanone.                                                                                                                              
Chloropicrin.......................  ........................................  551.1 \4\                                                                
Chlorite...........................  ........................................  300.0 \6\                                                                
Chlorate...........................  ........................................  300.0 \6\                                                                
Bromide............................  ........................................  300.0 \6\                                                                
Bromate............................  ........................................  300.0 \6\                                                                
Total Organic Halide (TOX).........  ........................................  ................................  5320 B                                 
Total Organic Carbon...............  ........................................  ................................  5310 B, 5310 C, 5310 D                 
UV absorbance at 254 nm............  ........................................  ................................  5910                                   
Simulated Distribution System Test   ........................................  ................................  5710 C                                 
 (SDS).                                                                                                                                                 
Total Hardness.....................  ........................................  ................................  2340 B,\7\ 2340 C                      
Ammonia............................  Sec.  136.3, Table 1b \8\                 350.1 \6\                         4500-NH3 D, 4500-NH3 G                 
Chlorine Demand Test...............  ........................................  ................................  2350 B                                 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Analyses shall be conducted by using mandatory analytical and quality control procedures contained in ``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods Manual'', EPA 814-
  B-96-002.                                                                                                                                             
\2\ Currently approved methodology for drinking water compliance monitoring is listed in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations in the sections    
  referenced in this column. The 18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, American Public Health         
  Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20005, are equivalent for the methods cited in these sections. Therefore, either edition may  
  be used.                                                                                                                                              
\3\ Except where noted, all methods refer to the 19th edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, American Public Health   
  Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20005.                                                                                        
\4\ Analytical method reprinted in ``Reprints of EPA Methods for Chemical Analyses Under the Information Collection Rule'', EPA 814-B-96-006. Originally
  published in ``Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement III,'' EPA/600/R-95/131, August 1995, PB95-261616.    
\5\ Analytical method reprinted in ``Reprints of EPA Methods for Chemical Analyses Under the Information Collection Rule'', EPA 814-B-96-006. Originally
  published in ``Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement II,'' EPA/600/R-92/129, August 1992, PB92-207703.     
\6\ Analytical method reprinted in ``Reprints of EPA Methods for Chemical Analyses Under the Information Collection Rule'', EPA 814-B-96-006. Originally
  published in ``Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,'' EPA/600/R-93/100, August 1993, PB94-121811.          
\7\ The following methods, cited at Sec.  141.23(k)(1) of this part, can be used to determine calcium and magnesium concentrations for use in           
  conjunction with Standard Method 2340 B: EPA Method 200.7, Standard Method 3111 B, Standard Method 3120 B, or ASTM Method D511-93 B.                  
\8\ PWSs may use only the automated electrode method from Sec.  136.3, Table 1b.                                                                        
\9\ Standard Method 4500-Cl B is approved only for determining free chlorine residual concentrations in hypochlorite stock solutions. This method may   
  not be used for any other disinfectant residual analyses.                                                                                             


[[Page 423]]

    (2) Analyses under this section shall be conducted by laboratories 
that have received approval from EPA to perform sample analysis for 
compliance with this rule. Laboratories that wish to become approved 
shall contact EPA in writing at USEPA, Technical Support Division, ICR 
Laboratory Coordinator, 26 W. Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 
45268 not later than November 14, 1996. Requirements for approval are 
included in ``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods Manual'', EPA 814-B-96-002.
    (c) Reporting. (1) A PWS shall report required data and information 
collected under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section to EPA, 
using an EPA-specified computer readable format. A PWS shall submit a 
monthly report that indicates the analytical results of all samples 
collected, including quarterly samples taken in that same month, and all 
process train data. These reports shall be submitted on a diskette no 
later than the fourth month following sampling. In addition to the 
information in Tables 1 through 6 in paragraph (a) of this section, 
reports shall include PWSID, ICR plant identification, sample date, 
analysis date, laboratory identification numbers, analytical methods 
used, sample identification numbers, quality assurance code, internal 
standards, surrogate standards, and preserved sample pH, if appropriate.
    (2) Additional Requirements. A PWS shall submit a DBP and related 
monitoring sampling plan for EPA approval, using software provided by 
EPA, for each treatment plant specified in Sec. 141.141(b)(2) of this 
subpart that indicates sampling point locations and monitoring to be 
conducted at each point, and process treatment train information. This 
sampling plan shall be submitted to EPA at the same time and on the same 
diskette as the microbiological sampling plan required by 
Sec. 141.143(c)(3) and no later than eight weeks after the PWS receives 
the Notice of ICR Final Applicability Determination from EPA, using the 
procedure specified in ``ICR Sampling Manual'', EPA 814-B-96-001, April 
1996.
    (3) All reports required by this section shall be submitted to USEPA 
(ICR4600), ICR Data Center, Room 1111 East Tower, 401 M Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20460.
    (4) The PWS shall keep all data for at least three years following 
data submission to EPA.
    (d) Incorporation by reference. The documents and methods listed in 
paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section are incorporated by reference 
for purposes specified in this section. This incorporation by reference 
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 
5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be inspected at USEPA, 
Drinking Water Docket (4101), 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC 20460, or 
at Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (1) ``Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and 
Wastewater,'' 19th edition, 1995. Available from the American Public 
Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005.
    (2) ``Guidance Manual for Compliance with the Filtration and 
Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems using Surface Water 
Sources'', Appendices C and O, 1991. Available from American Water Works 
Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235.



Sec. 141.143  Microbial monitoring.

    (a) Monitoring requirements. (1) Parameters. A PWS shall sample for 
the following parameters for the period specified in Sec. 141.141(d) of 
this subpart and at the location specified and using the analytical 
methods specified in paragraphs (a)(2) and (b), respectively, of this 
section. For each sample, a PWS shall determine the densities of total 
coliforms, fecal coliforms or Escherichia coli, Giardia, 
Cryptosporidium, and total culturable viruses for each treatment plant 
required to monitor under the provisions of Sec. 141.141(b) of this 
subpart.
    (2) Monitoring locations. (i) A PWS shall collect one sample of the 
treatment plant influent at the frequency specified in Sec. 141.141(d) 
of this subpart.
    (A) A sample of treatment plant influent shall be taken at a 
location at the upstream end of a treatment plant where waters from all 
intakes are

[[Page 424]]

blended prior to any treatment or chemical addition.
    (B) For treatment plants that have multiple intakes and add 
chemicals at the intake, the PWS shall take an intake sample of the 
water resource with the poorest microbiological quality (or, if that 
cannot be determined, the water resource with the highest flow) 
collected before chemical addition and before pretreatment. If the 
intakes are expected to have the same source water quality, one 
representative intake sample may be taken. If a disinfectant is added at 
or before the intake (e.g., for zebra mussel control), the sample shall 
be taken in the vicinity of the intake in such manner that the sample is 
not contaminated by the disinfectant.
    (ii) A PWS that, during any of the first twelve months of monitoring 
at the treatment plant influent, detects 10 or more Giardia cysts, or 10 
or more Cryptosporidium oocysts, or one or more total culturable 
viruses, in one liter of water; or calculates a numerical value of the 
Giardia or Cryptosporidium concentration equal to or greater than 1000 
per 100 liters or virus concentration equal to or greater than 100 per 
100 liters; or detects no pathogens in the sample and calculates a 
numerical value of the detection limit for Giardia or Cryptosporidium 
concentration equal to or greater than 1000 per 100 liters or virus 
concentration equal to or greater than 100 per 100 liters; shall also 
collect one sample of finished water per month at each such treatment 
plant, beginning in the first calendar month after the PWS learns of 
such a result. The sample of finished water shall be collected at a 
point after which all treatment processes for a particular treatment 
plant are complete (including the clearwell and final point of 
disinfection) and before the distribution system begins. For each sample 
of finished water, PWSs shall determine the density of total coliforms, 
fecal coliforms or E. coli, Giardia, Cryptosporidium, and total 
culturable viruses. A PWS shall continue finished water monitoring 
monthly until 18 months of treatment plant influent monitoring has been 
completed.
    (iii) In lieu of conducting finished water monitoring of Giardia and 
Cryptosporidium specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, a PWS 
may notify EPA in its response to the notice of applicability required 
by paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section that the PWS will comply with the 
alternative monitoring requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii) (A) and 
(B) of this section. The PWS shall still conduct finished water 
monitoring for all other microorganisms, except for Giardia and 
Cryptosporidium monitoring in the finished water.
    (A) The PWS measures the particle counts in the treatment plant 
influent, at points immediately prior to filtration and after filtration 
(but before the addition of post-filtration chemicals). Particle 
counting shall be conducted on the same treatment train as is sampled 
for monitoring conducted under the provisions of Sec. 141.142(a) of this 
subpart. Such samples shall be collected monthly during the entire 18-
month monitoring period, using the procedures contained in the ``ICR 
Sampling Manual'', EPA 814-B-96-001, April 1996. The PWS may use either 
grab or continuous particle counting. Particle counting shall be 
conducted during the same time as protozoa monitoring required by 
paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (1) If grab sampling is conducted, the PWS shall collect 12 samples 
per location at the treatment plant influent, filter influent, and 
filter effluent, over either a 24-hour period or the duration of the 
filter run, whichever is shorter.
    (2) If continuous particle counting is conducted, the PWS shall 
collect 12 instrument readings per location, evenly spaced in time, at 
the treatment plant influent, filter influent, and filter effluent, over 
either a 24-hour period or the duration of the filter run, whichever is 
shorter.
    (3) For each sample, the PWS shall measure particle counts per 
milliliter in the size ranges of 3m-5m, 5m-
7m, 7m-10m, 10m-15m, and 
>15m, and shall report to EPA the mean value in each size range 
of the 12 values collected over the sampling period.
    (B) The PWS collects and analyzes at least four consecutive months 
of Giardia and Cryptosporidium samples at the same locations specified 
in paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, within the first 12 months 
of the 18 months

[[Page 425]]

of sampling. The PWS shall collect Giardia and Cryptosporidium samples 
during the same time period as it is conducting particle counting. The 
minimum sample volume for Giardia and Cryptosporidium analyses shall be 
100 liters for treatment plant influent and 1,000 liters for water that 
has undergone any treatment. The PWS may use results of monitoring for 
Giardia and Cryptosporidium in the treatment plant influent specified in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section to meet the requirements of this 
paragraph as long as such monitoring meets the requirements of both this 
paragraph and paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (iv) If a PWS has monitored total coliforms, fecal coliforms, or E. 
coli in the treatment plant influent for at least five days/week for any 
period of six consecutive months beginning after January 1, 1994 and 90% 
of all samples taken in that six-month period contained no greater than 
100 total coliforms/100 ml, or 20 fecal coliforms/100 ml, or 20 E. coli/
100 ml, the PWS may request to not conduct virus monitoring for that 
treatment plant, for the duration of the requirement. Even if approved, 
the PWS may subsequently be required to monitor under the criteria in 
paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(A) of this section. This request shall be submitted 
as part of the response to the notice of applicability required by 
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
    (A) If the PWS is subsequently required to monitor the finished 
water under the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the 
PWS shall monitor, along with the other specified organisms, total 
culturable viruses, as specified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section 
for treatment plant influent and as specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of 
this section for finished water, until 18 months of microbial monitoring 
is completed.
    (B) A PWS may use coliform data collected under Sec. 141.71(a)(1) of 
this part for this purpose but, if this is done, the PWS shall submit 
two separate monitoring reports. One report, to meet the requirements of 
Sec. 141.71(a)(1) of this part, shall continue to be submitted as 
required by subpart H of this part. The other report shall be submitted 
to meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (C) If a PWS does not provide EPA with six months of suitable 
coliform results as part of its response to the notice of applicability, 
the PWS shall begin virus monitoring. If a PWS begins virus monitoring 
and subsequently provides EPA with six months of coliform results that 
are at or below the indicated density limit, and EPA approves the 
request to not conduct virus monitoring, the PWS may avoid subsequent 
treatment plant virus monitoring.
    (b) Analytical Methods. (1) A PWS shall use the methods listed in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section for monitoring under 
this subpart.
    (i) Fecal coliforms--specified at Sec. 141.74(a)(1) of this part, 
except that whenever paired source water samples and finished water 
samples are to be collected, only the fecal coliform procedure (Standard 
Method 9221E), as specified in Sec. 141.74(a)(1) of this part, using EC 
Medium, can be used. The time between sample collection and initiation 
of sample analysis shall not exceed eight hours. Samples shall be 
chilled, but not frozen, and shipped at a temperature of less than 
10 deg.C. Samples not processed immediately at the laboratory shall be 
refrigerated. The laboratory must invalidate samples that arrive frozen 
or at a temperature greater than 10 deg.C.
    (ii) Total coliforms--specified at Sec. 141.74(a)(2) of this part. 
The time between sample collection and initiation of sample analysis 
shall not exceed eight hours. Samples shall be chilled, but not frozen, 
and shipped at a temperature of less than 10 deg.C. Samples not 
processed immediately at the laboratory shall be refrigerated. The 
laboratory must invalidate samples that arrive frozen or at a 
temperature greater than 10 deg.C.
    (iii) E. coli--as specified by Sec. 141.21(f)(6)(i) through (iii) of 
this part, except that the density shall be reported. PWSs using the 
EC+MUG and ONPG-MUG tests shall use either a 5-tube or 10-tube 10-ml 
configuration, with serial dilutions of the original sample as needed, 
and report the Most Probable Number. PWSs may also use a commercial 
multi-test system for E.

[[Page 426]]

coli enumeration, as long as they use M-Endo medium for the initial 
isolation of the organisms, pick every colony on the plate with the 
appearance of a total coliform, and streak it for purification before 
subjecting the colony to a multi-test system. The time between sample 
collection and initiation of sample analysis, regardless of method used, 
shall not exceed eight hours. Samples shall be chilled, but not frozen, 
and shipped at a temperature of less than 10 deg.C. Samples not 
processed immediately at the laboratory shall be refrigerated. The 
laboratory must invalidate samples that arrive frozen or at a 
temperature greater than 10 deg.C.
    (iv) Giardia and Cryptosporidium--ICR Protozoan Method, as described 
in ``ICR Microbial Laboratory Manual'', EPA 600/R-95/178, April 1996.
    (v) Total culturable viruses--Virus Monitoring Protocol, as 
described in ``ICR Microbial Laboratory Manual'', EPA 600/R-95/178, 
April 1996.
    (2) Laboratories. A PWS shall use EPA-approved laboratories to 
analyze for Giardia, Cryptosporidium, and total culturable viruses. A 
PWS shall use laboratories certified for microbiology analyses by either 
EPA or a State under the EPA or State drinking water program for the 
analysis of total coliforms, fecal coliforms, and E. coli. Laboratories 
that wish to become approved shall contact EPA in writing at USEPA, 
Technical Support Division, ICR Laboratory Coordinator, 26 W. Martin 
Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45268 not later than August 14, 1996. 
Laboratory approval criteria for Giardia, Cryptosporidium, and total 
culturable viruses are found in the ``ICR Microbial Laboratory Manual'', 
EPA 600/R-95/178, April 1996.
    (3) A PWS shall send EPA a virus archive sample prepared as 
described in Chapter VIII of ``ICR Microbial Laboratory Manual'', EPA 
600/R-95/178, April 1996, for each water sample identified in paragraph 
(b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.
    (i) Samples of treatment plant influent and finished water, for 
every month after the PWS learns that viruses were detected in any 
previous sample of finished water.
    (ii) Samples of treatment plant influent and finished water, 
regardless of whether viruses are detected in the finished water, for 
every month after the PWS learns that a density of at least 10 viruses/L 
was detected in any previous treatment plant influent water sample.
    (iii) A PWS may arrange to have virus samples shipped directly to 
EPA by its virus laboratory for archiving.
    (iv) Samples shall be sent on dry ice to ICR Virus Archiving 
Coordinator following the procedures specified in ``ICR Microbial 
Laboratory Manual'', EPA 600/R-95/178, April 1996.
    (c) Reporting. (1) A PWS shall report data and information required 
under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section using an EPA-specified 
computer readable format. A PWS shall submit a monthly report on a 
diskette, no later than the fourth month following sampling, that 
indicates the analytical results of all samples collected. Reports shall 
include PWSID, ICR plant identification, sample date, analysis date, 
laboratory identification numbers, analytical methods used, sample 
identification numbers, analytical batch numbers, quality assurance 
code, and processing batch numbers, if appropriate.
    (2)(i) For a PWS using the alternative to Giardia and 
Cryptosporidium monitoring in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the 
PWS shall report to EPA the mean value in each size range of the 12 
particle counting values collected over the sampling period. In 
addition, during the four consecutive months when the PWS collects 
Giardia and Cryptosporidium samples specified in paragraph 
(a)(2)(iii)(B) of this section, the PWS shall report to EPA, for each 
measured site, the densities of Giardia and Cryptosporidium at each 
measured site. This information shall be submitted at the same time as 
the report required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (ii) A PWS that is not required to monitor for total culturable 
viruses under the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section 
shall report to EPA the dates and results of all total coliform, fecal 
coliform, or E. coli monitoring used by the PWS to determine that 
additional virus monitoring is unnecessary. The report shall indicate 
all data collected during the six-month time period, and how the data 
were

[[Page 427]]

used to calculate compliance with this requirement.
    (3) Additional Requirements. A PWS shall submit a microbiological 
sampling plan for EPA approval, using software provided by EPA, for each 
treatment plant specified in Sec. 141.141(b) of this subpart that 
indicates sampling point locations and monitoring to be conducted at 
each point. This sampling plan shall be submitted to EPA at the same 
time and on the same diskette as the DBP and related monitoring sampling 
plan required by Sec. 141.142(c)(2) and no later than eight weeks after 
the PWS receives the Notice of ICR Final Applicability Determination 
from EPA, using the procedure specified in ``ICR Sampling Manual'', EPA 
814-B-96-001, April 1996.
    (4) All reports required by this section shall be submitted to USEPA 
(ICR4600), ICR Data Center, Room 1111 East Tower, 401 M Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20460.
    (5) The PWS shall keep all data for at least three years following 
data submission to EPA.



Sec. 141.144  Disinfection byproduct precursor removal studies.

    (a) TOC, UFCTOX, THM4, and HAA5 applicability monitoring. A PWS 
required to comply with this section shall conduct TOC, UFCTOX, THM4, 
and HAA5 monitoring specified in Sec. 141.141(e)(2) of this subpart. A 
PWS may use monitoring results from samples required by Sec. 141.142(a) 
of this subpart to meet this requirement to the extent that all 
requirements in each section are met.
    (b) Treatment study requirements. A PWS identified in 
Sec. 141.141(b) of this subpart shall conduct disinfection byproduct 
precursor removal studies (treatment studies). The treatment study shall 
use bench-and/or pilot-scale systems for at least one of the two 
appropriate candidate technologies (GAC or membrane processes) for the 
reduction of organic DBP precursors. The treatment studies shall be 
designed to yield representative performance data and allow the 
development of national treatment cost estimates for different levels of 
organic disinfection byproduct control. The treatment objective of the 
studies is the achievement of levels of byproducts less than 40 
g/L TTHM and 30 g/L HAA5, as an annual average. The 
treatment study shall be conducted with the effluent from treatment 
processes already in place that remove disinfection byproduct precursors 
and TOC, to simulate the most likely treatment scenario. PWSs are 
permitted to optimize these processes or pilot additional processes 
appropriate for pretreatment for treatment studies. In order to minimize 
the formation of DBPs, the test water for both the bench- and pilot-
scale tests shall be obtained from a location before the first point at 
which oxidants or disinfectants that form halogenated disinfection 
byproducts are added. If the use of these oxidants or disinfectants 
precedes any full-scale treatment process that removes disinfection 
byproduct precursors, then bench- and pilot-scale treatment processes 
that represent these full-scale treatment processes are required prior 
to the GAC or membrane process. A PWS should exercise sound judgement in 
its selection of treatment process to study and the point at which to 
obtain water for study. Depending upon the type of treatment study, the 
study shall be conducted in accordance with the following criteria.
    (1) Bench-scale tests are continuous flow tests using rapid small 
scale column test (RSSCT) for GAC and small scale membrane test 
apparatus as specified in ``ICR Manual for Bench- and Pilot-scale 
Treatment Studies'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996).
    (i) GAC bench-scale testing shall include information on the 
experimental conditions and results necessary to adequately determine 
the scaled-up breakthrough curves under the conditions of each RSSCT. At 
least two empty bed contact times (EBCTs) shall be tested using the 
RSSCT. These RSSCT EBCTs shall be designed to represent a full-scale 
EBCT of 10 min and a full-scale EBCT of 20 min. Additional EBCTs may be 
tested. The RSSCT testing is described in the ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-
scale Treatment Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996). The RSSCT 
tests at each EBCT shall be run quarterly to ascertain the impact of 
seasonal variation. Thus a total of four RSSCTs at each EBCT should be 
run.

[[Page 428]]

When seasonal variation is not significant, as is the case in most 
ground waters, the quarterly tests should be run to investigate other 
variables, as described in the ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment 
Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996). The RSSCT shall be run 
until the effluent TOC concentration is at least 70% of the average 
influent TOC concentration or the effluent TOC reaches a plateau at 
greater than 50% of the influent TOC (i.e., the effluent TOC does not 
increase over a two-month full-scale-equivalent time period by more than 
10% of the average influent TOC concentration) or a RSSCT operation time 
that represents the equivalent of one year of full-scale operation, 
whichever is shorter. The average influent TOC is defined as the running 
average of the influent TOC at the time of effluent sampling. If, after 
completion of the first quarter RSSCTs, the PWS finds that the effluent 
TOC reaches 70% of the average influent TOC within 20 full-scale 
equivalent days on the EBCT=10 min test and within 30 full-scale 
equivalent days on the EBCT=20 min test, the last three quarterly tests 
shall be conducted using membrane bench-scale testing with only one 
membrane, as described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Membrane bench-scale testing shall include information on the 
experimental conditions and results necessary to determine the water 
quality produced by the membrane treatment and a preliminary estimate of 
productivity. The testing procedures and monitoring and reporting 
requirements are described in the ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment 
Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996). A minimum of two 
different membrane types with nominal molecular weight cutoffs of less 
than 1000 shall be investigated. Membrane tests shall be conducted 
quarterly over one year to determine the seasonal variation. Thus, a 
total of four bench-scale tests with each membrane shall be run. If 
seasonal variation is not significant, as is the case of most ground 
waters, the quarterly tests should be run to evaluate the impact of 
other variables, such as pretreatment, or additional membranes could be 
tested. Alternatively, a PWS may choose to conduct a long-term, single 
element study using a single membrane type in lieu of evaluating two 
membranes in four quarterly short-term tests, using the protocol in the 
``ICR Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, 
April 1996).
    (2) A PWS shall conduct pilot-scale testing as continuous flow 
tests. For GAC, the PWS shall use GAC of particle size representative of 
that used in full-scale practice, a pilot GAC column with a minimum 
inner diameter of 2.0 inches, and hydraulic loading rate (volumetric 
flow rate/column cross-sectional area) representative of that used in 
full-scale practice. The PWS shall design a pilot-scale membrane system 
as a staged array of elements as described in ``ICR Manual for Bench- 
and Pilot-scale Treatment Studies'', EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996.
    (i) GAC pilot-scale testing. (A) The pilot testing procedures and 
monitoring and reporting requirements are prescribed in the ``ICR Bench- 
and Pilot-scale Treatment Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996).
    (B) At least two EBCTs shall be tested, EBCT=10 min and EBCT=20 min, 
using the pilot-scale plant. Additional EBCTs may be tested.
    (C) The pilot tests at each EBCT shall continue until the effluent 
TOC concentration is at least 70% of the average influent TOC 
concentration on two consecutive TOC sample dates that are at least two 
weeks apart or the effluent TOC reaches a plateau at greater than 50% of 
the influent TOC (i.e., the effluent TOC does not increase over a two-
month period by more than 10% of the average influent TOC 
concentration). If either of these criteria is met for the 20-minute 
EBCT prior to six months run time, a second pilot test at each EBCT 
shall be conducted following the same sampling requirements. In all 
cases the maximum length of the pilot study (one or two tests) is one 
year. The average influent TOC is defined as the running average of the 
influent TOC at the time of sampling. The pilot-scale testing shall be 
timed to capture seasonal variation. If seasonal variation is not 
significant, as is the case with most ground waters, the pilot-scale 
test runs shall be designed

[[Page 429]]

to evaluate the impact of other variables, such as pretreatment.
    (ii) Membrane pilot-scale testing.
    (A) The membrane pilot testing procedures and monitoring and 
reporting requirements are prescribed in the ``ICR Bench- and Pilot-
scale Treatment Study Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 1996).
    (B) The membrane test system shall be designed to yield information 
on loss of productivity (fouling), pretreatment requirements, cleaning 
requirements, and permeate quality and operated at a recovery 
representative of full-scale operation.
    (C) The pilot-scale testing shall be run for one year.
    (3) Chlorination under simulated distribution system (SDS) 
conditions shall be used prior to the measurement of THM4, HAA6, TOX, 
and chlorine demand. These conditions are described in ``ICR Manual for 
Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment Studies'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, April 
1996) and represent the average conditions in the distribution system at 
that time with regard to holding time, temperature, pH, and chlorine 
residual. If chlorine is not used as the final disinfectant in practice, 
then a chlorine dose shall be set to yield a free chlorine residual of 
1.0 to 0.5 mg/l after a holding time, temperature, and pH equal to those 
representative of the distribution system averages.
    (c) Analytical Methods. All analyses required by paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this section shall be conducted using the methods and the 
mandatory analytical and quality control procedures contained in either 
``DBP/ICR Analytical Methods Manual'' (EPA 814-B-96-002, April 1996) or 
``ICR Manual for Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment Studies'' (EPA 814-B-
96-003, April 1996). In addition, TOC analyses required by paragraph (a) 
of this section shall be conducted by a laboratory approved under the 
provisions of Sec. 141.142(b)(2) of this subpart.
    (d) Reporting. (1) TOC and UFCTOX reporting. A PWS shall submit the 
monthly results of 12 months of TOC or UFCTOX monitoring required by 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the annual average of those monthly 
results not later than October 14, 1997. This report is not required to 
be submitted electronically. Although a PWS may use monitoring results 
from samples required by Sec. 141.142(a) of this subpart to meet this 
requirement, it shall submit separate reports to meet this reporting 
requirement and the reporting requirement in Sec. 141.142(c)(1) of this 
subpart.
    (2) A PWS shall report all data collected under the provisions of 
paragraph (b) of this section. In addition, a PWS shall report the 
information for water resource and full-scale and pilot- or bench-scale 
pretreatment processes that precede the bench/pilot systems. These data 
and information shall be reported in the format specified in ``ICR 
Manual for Bench- and Pilot-scale Treatment Studies'' (EPA 814-B-96-003, 
April 1996) not later than July 14, 1999.
    (3) All reports required by this section shall be submitted to 
USEPA, Technical Support Division, ICR Precursor Removal Studies 
Coordinator, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45268.